Lời nói đầu

        Các bạn thân mến !

Khi các bạn cầm trên tay tài liệu này tôi cảm thấy rất vui vì chúng ta đã tìm thấy
nhau.Các bài thi Học sinh giỏi Tiếng Anh và các bài thi vào Trường chuyên, lớp chọn
luôn luôn là các bài thi đầy khó khăn, thử thách nhưng cũng đầy hấp dẫn đối với các em
 có niềm đam mê học Tiếng Anh và muốn học Tiếng Anh giỏi để có thể sử dụng Tiếng
Anh tốt trong công việc tương lai của mình.
Một số em có thể chưa đạt được kết quả cao trong các kỳ thi Học sinh giỏi có lẽ vì các em
chưa được cung cấp các kiến thức nâng cao của chương trình học một cách đầy đủ, cũng
có thể các em chưa có kỹ năng làm bài thi và cũng chưa quen các dạng bài thi. Chính vì
thế, cuốn “Giáo trình bồi dưỡng Học Sinh Giỏi và Chuyên Anh cấp THCS” được
biên sọan với mục đích giúp các em học sinh có thể tự mình đào sâu kiến thức trên nền
tảng kiến thức sách giáo khoa, tự mở rộng kiến thức ngôn ngữ, tự ôn luyện các dạng bài
thi phổ biến của các kỳ thi học sinh giỏi để có thể tham gia và đạt kết quả cao trong các kỳ
thi Học sinh giỏi và các kỳ thi vào trường chuyên Anh, lớp chọn. Cuốn sách cũng sẽ giúp
các em phổ thông cơ sở tự trang bị cho mình một vốn kiến nâng cao, để sau này có thể
tham gia các kỳ thi vào Cao đẳng, Đại học hay tham gia các kỳ thi Tiếng Anh mang tầm
quốc tế.
Cuốn sách bao gồm 7 chuyên đề chính được phân chia đúng cấu trúc của các bài thi học
sinh giỏi mà các Trường, các Thành phố, các Sở GD (các Tỉnh) hay sử dụng trong các
bài thi… Ngữ Pháp, Từ Vựng, Ngữ Âm, Kỹ năng Nghe, Nói, Đọc, Viết đặc biệt có tích
hợp File nghe trong giáo trình đầy đủ giúp các em dễ dàng ôn luyện gặt hái nhiều thành
công…
        
        Tài liệu có sự tham khảo !
Tham khảo kỹ năng viết luận thầy Nguyễn Hải Việt giáo viên THPT tại Thái Nguyên.
Trích 1 số phần nhỏ từ các đề (Đề xuất)Học Sinh Giỏi và Chuyên Anh các sở Giáo Dục.
Các giáo trình bậc đại học …
Contents
Page
CHAPTER I : VOCABULARY
Part   I Word Formations 4
Part  II Confusing Words 12
Part III Phrasal Verbs 24
Part IV Collocations 33
Part  V Idioms 41
CHAPTER II : GRAMMARS
Part    I Tenses and Sequence of Tenses 51
Part   II Subject and Verb Concord 59
Part  III Active voice and Passive voice in English 63
Part  IV Direct and Indirect Speech in English 70
Part   V Conditional Sentences 78
Part  VI Subjunctive 85
Part VII Relative Clauses 91
Part VIII Modal Verbs 98
Part  IX Inversion and Emphasis in English 106
Part   X Conectives 115
Part  XI Adjective, Adverb and Comparison 127
Part  XII Gerund and Infinitive Verbs 133
Part XIII Mixed sentence writing exercises (Advanced) 147
CHAPTER III : PHONETICS
Part  I Pronunciations 156
Part II Stress 162
CHAPTER IV : COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Theory and Practice 167
CHAPTER V : COMPREHENSIVE READING
Skill/Theory/Practice 178
CHAPTER VI : WRITING SKILLS
Part    I Overview of Letter 198
Part   II Overview of a Paragraph 211
Part  III Essay Writing Overview 223
CHAPTER VII : LISTENING SKILLS
Part    I Overview of Listening Skills 235
Part   II Practices 238

CHAPTER I : VOCABULARY
PART I : WORD FORMATIONS
 THEORY
1. Ví trí, chức năng và dấu hiệu nhận biết từ loại
DANH TỪ(NOUN)
Vị trí của danh từ trong câu.
1. Chủ ngữ của câu (đầu cầu, đầu Maths is the subject I like best
mệnh đề)
2.Sau tính từ (good, beautiful..), She is a good teacher.
    Sau tính từ sở hữu (my, your, his, His father works in hospital.
her,..).
    Cụm danh từ: a/ an the + (adv) + adj
+ N.
3. Làm tân ngữ, sau động từ I like English.
We are students.
4. Sau "enough" (enough +N) He didn't have enough money to buy
that car.
5. Sau các mạo từ (a, an, the) She is a teacher.
    Đại từ chỉ định (this, that, these, This book is an interesting book.
those); I have a little money to go to the movie.
    Lượng từ (each, no, any, a few, a
little,..)
6. Sau giới từ: in, on, of, with, under, Thanh is good at literature.
at...
Dấu hiệu nhận biết danh từ
-ion (distribution), -ment (development), -er (teacher) , -or (actor), -ant
(accountant), -age (marriage), -ship (friendship), -sm (enthusiasm), -ity (ability), -
ness (happiness), -dom (freedom), -ist (terrorist), -ian (physician), -hood
(childhood), -ance (importance), -ence (dependence), -ety (society), -ty (honesty) 
TÍNH TỪ(ADJECTIVE)
Vị trí của tính từ trong câu
1. Trước danh từ: (a/an/the) + (adv) + My Tam is a famous singer.
adj + N
2. Sau động từ liên kết: be/ seem/ Tom seems tired now
appear/ feel/ taste/ look/ keep/get/ The homework keeps me busy all the
keep/ make (sb) + adj time
3. Sau "too": S+ be/ seem/look..+ too Coffee seems too hot for me to drink.
+adj..
4. Trước “enough": S + be + adj + She is tall enough to play volleyball.
enough..
5. Trong cấu trúc: so + adj + that The weather was so bad that we
decided to stay
at home
6. Dùng dưới các dạng so sánh Meat is more expensive than fish.
7. Dùng trong câu cảm thán: How intelligent she is!
     How + adj +S+V! What a beautiful girl!
     What + (a/an) + adj +N!
Dấu hiệu nhận biết tính từ
-ful (helpful), -less (homeless), -ly (friendly), -al (national), -ble (acceptable), -ive (
active), -ous (famous), -ish (selfish), -y (foggy), -like (childlike), -ic (scientific), -
ed (bored), -ing (interesting), -ary (necessary), -ant (important), -ent (different)
TRẠNG TỪ
Vị trí của trạng từ trong câu
1. Trước động từ thường giữa trợ động They seldom get up early in the
từ và động từ thường (đặc biệt là các morning.
trạng từ chỉ tần suất: always, I have recently finished my homework.
usually,...) I don't usually go to school late.
2. Trước tính từ: be/ feel/look.. + adv + She is very nice.
adj He looks extremely unwell.
3. Sau "too": V(thường) + too + adv ! The teacher speaks too quickly.
4. Trước "enough": V(thường) + adv + The teacher speaks slowly enough for
enough us to understand.
5. Trong cấu trúc : V(thường) + so + Jack drove so fast that he caused an
adv + that accident.
6. Đứng cuối câu (trạng từ thời gian) I finished my essay last week.
7. Thường đứng 1 mình ở đầu câu/ Last summer I came back my home
giữa câu và cách các thành phần khác country.
của câu bằng dấu “,” Its raining hard. Tom, however, goes to
school.
Dấu hiệu nhận biết trạng từ:
Adv = adj + ly (beautifully, usefully, carefully, strongly, badly)
Ngoại lệ: Một số từ có đuôi “ly” nhưng là tính từ: daily: hàng ngày, early:
sớm; elderly: già, lớn tuổi; friendly: thân thiện, likely: có khả năng sẽ xảy
ra; costly = đắt đỏ; lively = sinh động, lonely
lẻ loi, lovely = đáng yêu, manly = nam tính; silly = ngớ ngẩn; ugly = xấu xí;
unlikely: không có khả năng xảy ra; monthly: hàng tháng; weekly: hàng tuần,
brotherly = như anh em; comely = duyên dáng; goodly = có duyên; homely =giản
dị, lowly = hèn mọn, masterly = tài giỏi; scholarly uyên bác; shapely = dáng đẹp,
timely = đúng lúc; unseemly = không phù hợp. 
ĐỘNG TỪ
Vị trí của trạng từ trong câu
1. Thường đứng sau chủ ngữ Lam Anh plays volleyball everyday.
2. Đứng sau trạng từ chỉ tần suất I usually get up late.
Dấu hiệu nhận biết động từ
-ate (compensate), -ain (maintain); -flect (reflect), -flict (inflict); -spect (respect), -
scrib (describe), -ceive (deceive), -fy (modify), -isel-ize (realize), -ude (include), -
ide (devide), dus (evade), -tend (extend),...
 PRACTICES
 Dạng bài tập cơ bản
Use the correct form of the word in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. There are some _____________ to every grammatical rule. EXCEPT
2. The engineering sector achieved GROW
significant _____________ last year.
3. I have a _____________ of old records from my grandma. COLLECT
4. He'll _____________ be coming later. SURE
5. Eric Clapton's guitar solos are _____________. LEGEND
6. It was one of the most _____________ plays I've seen ENJOY
recently.
7. In her time, Marilyn Monroe was a GLAMOUR
very _____________ actress.
8. It's_____________to tell whether he's lying or not. POSSIBLE
9. He's no worldwide star, but he had very BEGIN
humble _____________. 
10. They took _____________ of noise levels inside the MEASURE
building.
11. He's a really _____________ person. RELY
12. She made several excellent _____________ in her essay on OBSERVE
Charles Dickens.
13. Watching TV shows in English is definitely USE
very _____________ to improve your listening skills.
14. The Internet is probably one of the INVENT
best _____________ ever.
15. The boat was 16 feet in _____________. LONG
16. Both _____________ and fluency are important when ACCURATE
speaking a foreign language.
17. You shouldn't have said that! It was a APPROPRIATE
totally _____________ remark.
18. Since the earliest times, civilisations have understood IMPORTANT
the _____________ of time.
19. Doing puzzles keeps our brains fit and _____________. HEALTH
20. As well as gaining _____________, by doing puzzles we SATISFY
give our brains a good workout. 
21. The most _____________ games have sold in the millions. SUCCESS
22. People have _____________ that doing puzzles is good for COVER
you.
23. It's easy to find a _____________ to the problems posed. SOLVE
24. There has been an _____________ in the power of their IMPROVE
brains.
25. Some _____________ argue that the brain gets better at a SCIENCE
task the more it repeats it.
26. The improvement in the _____________is something that PERFORM
happens naturally.
27. It remains _____________ whether puzzles are actually CERTAIN
helping to boost brainpower or not.
28. According to _____________, most people sleep less than 8 SEARCH
hours every day.
29. The advice passed down to our grandparents may contain TRUE
some _____________.
30. A good example is the_____________between being cold RELATION
and catching a cold.
31. These high-heeled shoes are _____________ for such rough SUIT
terrain. 
32. Colds are caused by viruses, so in the _____________ of a ABSENT
virus, you can't catch a cold.
33. You're too young. This film is _____________ for children APPROPRIATE
your age.
34. _____________ now think that we may have viruses in our SCIENCE
bodies already.
35. In cold weather, for example, blood vessels in the nose get FORTUNATE
smaller to stop heat escaping. _____________, this also allows
the cold virus to attack the nose or throat more easily. 
36. Victoria Falls in Africa is one of the SPECTACLE
most _____________sights in the world.
37. It's also an _____________ place for water sports. CREDIBLE
38. We need you to provide an accurate _____________ of the DESCRIBE
situation.
39. On arrival, it's the noise that makes the IMPRESS
greatest_____________.
40. The _____________ landscape is also well worth a visit. SURROUND
41. There's a post office a bit _____________down the road. FAR
42. Six months after the accident, he still DIFFICULT
has _____________ walking.
43. I can't play tennis that well because I'm a _____________. BEGIN
44. Don't go there. It's _____________. DANGER
45. Read this. It'll be very _____________ for your trip to USE
Australia.
46. I didn't find him that _____________, but my friend did. ATTRACT
47. The school has a _____________ for being very up-to-date REPUTE
with technology. 
48. These are _____________clothes and that's why they are DESIGN
very expensive. 
49. I left the party because it was _____________ noisy in there. EXTREME
50. I had no _____________but to tell him. CHOOSE
51. This cloth is made from _____________ fibers. NATURE
52. If you want to take care of the environment, it's important CYCLE
to _____________.
53. In the next few years, _____________ will hopefully have SCIENCE
found a cure for malaria.
54. According to the _____________, the epidemic started in SEARCH
Kuala Lumpur.
55. _____________from family and friends can lead to feelings ISOLATE
of anxiety.
56. I was _____________ to understand what the problem was. ABLE
57. There will be a _____________of solo games and MIX
competitive games available.
58. Participants will later be asked for _____________ on the FEED
event.
59. It was an_____________reunion and we were all really EMOTION
touched when we remembered how we had met.
60. I am writing to ask for further _____________ on your INFORM
Open Day.
61. This took place at the end of the _____________ century. TWENTY
62. People really _____________the party. JOY
63. Meditation is great as a means of _____________. RELAX
64. This method is a lot more _____________than the previous EFFECT
one.
65. Picasso was a Spanish _____________who also lived in ART
France.
66. There has been little _____________ in the negotiations MOVE
since January.
67. _____________ enough, I didn't know she already had four SURPRISE
children.
68. His voice was_____________recognizable. INSTANT
69. The only cure for _____________ is creativity. BORE
70. This is a textile company _____________ in denim. SPECIAL
71. _____________is a part of life, but you have to be able to SAD
enjoy the others too.
72. Without that, I wouldn't be happy even if I was RICH
the _____________ man in the world.
73. The music in the festival was so loud. It DEAF
was _____________!
74. I don't think my marks can get _____________ because I HIGH
already study to the best of my abilities.
75. The _____________ river fish in Europe lives in Spain! LARGE
76. Passeig de Gràcia is being _____________ so there is more WIDE
room for people to walk on the pavement.
77. I can _____________ that if you study you will have no SURE
problems passing this test.
78. Nowadays there are lots of _____________ species of DANGER
animals in the world, for example, the panda.
79. I was _____________ to take the driving test by my friends. COURAGE
80. I see they've finally got round to _____________ the WIDE
Shoreham road.
81. The teacher asked us to _____________ the main ideas in SUMMARY
the chapter we had read in class.
82. The top manager of the shop told me that my credit card VALIDATE
was not _____________ to pay for the jeans which cost under
20€.
83. Art in the 20th century is usually referred to MODERNIZE
as _____________ art.
84. Everybody listens to David Guetta's music. It's COMMERCE
so _____________.
85. Butterflies are thoroughly_____________by scientists. CLASS
86. She _____________ the qualities of a good leader. EXAMPLE
87. Many people don't understand the _____________ of life. SIMPLE
88. It's impossible to tell those twins apart! They IDENTITY
are _____________.
89. He made several wrong_____________about women. GENERAL
90. It was hard to _____________ between the two styles of DIFFERENCE
music.
91. He hasn't finished the preparation course, so he's QUALIFY
not_____________for this job.
92. She was _____________ by the colour of the plant. CAPTIVE
93. At the auction, Elton John's car was _____________ at 1 VALUE
million euros.
94. The _____________ took place next door at 2 am. ASSASSIN
95. The main _____________ of this painting are its bright CHARACTER
colours and its sense of perspective.
96. _____________ is important in a relationship. STABLE
97. Despite his _____________ with that type of vehicle, he had FAMILIAR
an accident because a cat made him crash into a tree.
98. At the best moment of its empire, Rome DOMINANT
had _____________ over all the Mediterranean.
99. Nowadays almost everything can be _____________ thanks COMPUTER
to the use of technology.
100. I wish I had the _____________ to do that. STRONG
 Dạng bài tập nâng cao
Complete the passage using the correct form of the words in the capital letters. 
Exercise 1
To neighbors, Mr Stewart is a dull man who speaks (1)POLITE
very_________(1)and whose only form_________(2)is his job. And to a (2)ENTERTAIN
certain extent it's true, since Mr Stewart finds his job (3)INTEREST
very_________(3)He is an antique dealer and goes to (4)HAPPY
work_________(4)every day. He handles some very_________(5)pieces (5)EXPENSE
sometimes, which can make his job_________(6)as there have recently (6)DANGER
been quite a few _________(7)at antique shops. So not _________(8), Mr (7)ROB
Stewart decided that his own business needed some extra (8)SURPRISE
_________(9)After having an alarm system put in, Mr Stewart doesn't (9)PROTECT
feel _________(10)secure but he does feel more protected. (10)COMPLETE
Exercise 2
You may know that Asian, Middle Eastern and Mediterranean cultures (1)TRADITION
have _________(1)used garlic in their dishes. What you may not know is (2)VALUE
that garlic was also thought of as a _________(2)medicine by many (3)PROFESSION
ancient civilisations. Today, _________(3)in the field of nutrition have (4)INFORM
come up with new_________(4)which is indeed quite surprising. (5)ILL
Apparently, not only is garlic good for you but it also helps overcome (6)ADVANTAGE
various _________(5)The main _________(6)to eating garlic is of course (7)BREATH
bad _________(7)Cooking it reduces the strong smell and eating parsley, (8)NATURE
which is a _________(8)deodoriser, also helps minimise the smell. So, it's (9)SERIOUS
time we took the benefits of g arlic_________(9)Why not add it to some (10)FAVOUR
of your _________(10)dishes!
Exercise 3
Being a _________(1), I often have to go on strange assignments. So (1)JOURNAL
when my editor told me to do a story on one of the _________(2)health (2)FAME
spas in Switzerland, I was only too happy to go and take it easy for a (3)VARY
week or two. However, when I got there and saw the programme, I (4)ANGRY
began to panic. I had to go on a diet and participate in a _________(3)of (5)BUILD
exercise classes. My _________(4)turned to rage when they insisted I go (6)ORGANIZE
to bed very early so as to get up at 6:00 a. m. and eat breakfast in a (7)NEIGHBOUR
_________(5)which looked like a greenhouse. I must admit that they ran (8)INVITE
an excellent _________(6)Anyway, you can imagine how happy I was to (9)AMUSE
see my familiar _________(7)when I finally arrived home. A few months (10)FRIGHT
later, I received an _________(8)rom the same clinic for a week's worth
of free treatment. My family thought it rather _________(9)when they
saw the_________(10)look on my face.
Exercise 4
My father was a police _________(1), my mother a _________(2)Their (1) INSPECT
_________(3)to move to a small town when I was a child changed my life. (2) TEACH)
It was a very _________(4)place and of course living there meant that I (3) DECIDE
had much more _________(5)to go wherever I pleased. The people were (4) PEACE
_________(6)but I missed my close friends, my school and (5) FREE
the_________(7)city I had lived in. As I grew up, I realized that there (6) FRIEND
wasn't much for a young person to do there, except rush into (7) NOISE
_________(8). When I left, my parents were sad, but they realized that (8) MARRY
staying there would only make me _________(9)The big city I live in now (9) MISERY
is not very far away, so I can visit my parents _________(10)and have the (10) FREQUENT
best of both worlds.
Exercise 5
The economic crisis facing many countries today, has created serious (1)EMPLOY
_________(1)problems. _________(2)young people, willing to work, are (2) ENERGY
confronted by many _________(3)when trying to find a job. Filling in (3) DIFFICULT
countless _________(4)forms and hearing that they are _________(5)for (4) APPLY
the job because they don't have the right _________(6)can be (5) SUIT
disheartening. Finding a job seems just _________(7)However, their (6) QUALIFY
_________(8)shouldn't affect them nor make them give up. There is no (7) POSSIBLE
straightforward _________(9)other than _________(10)and persistence. (8) DISAPPOINT
(9) SOLVE
(10) PATIENT
Exercise 6
There are a myriad of lifestyle issues affecting the youth of today. Such is (1) REAL
the pressure heaped on many school-goers to achieve academic (2) DESPAIR
excellence by their parents that these _________ (1) expectations are (3) PUSH
causing children to become hopelessly depressed. Indeed, some, in (4) AMOUNT
their_________ (2) to escape and their sense of guilt at being unable reach (5) HARM
the levels of success demanded of them by their _________ (3) parents, (6) VIRTUE
either rebel in what is _________ (4) to a cry for help, or, worse still, (7) DRAMA
engage in _________ (5). It is no coincidence that suicide rates, expecially (8) BUD
amongst young males, have been rising steadily for some time now. (9) PRIVATE
These are tough times to be a teen. (10) ERR
Then there are those who get hooked on the internet; the _________ (6) (11) SOCIAL
world becomes their reality. For these teens, their social circle shrinks (12) ROCKET
_________ (7) until, at last, their friendship sphere is limited solely to
their online _________ (8). Not alone do they commonly suffer from sleep
_________ (9) on account of their destructive addiction to game play and
net-surfing, their behaviour may become so _________ (10) and peculiar
over time as to be considered _________ (11) . And while they sit at their
computer screens hidden away in splendid isolation from the real world,
such is the lack of exercise they get that their calorie intake far exceeds
what is necessary for them to maintain a stable weight. In essence, due to
their sedentary lifestyle, their weight _________ (12) until such time as
they become morbidly obese.
Exercise 7
The standard of television programming produced in this country is in (1) SHED
terminal decline. The  _________ (1) has become a meaningless term (2) APPLY
confined in its  _________ (2) to  _________ (3) days when adult content (3) GO
felt the full force of censorship and was not allowed to appear on the box (4) INFORM
until after 9:00 p.m. Nowadays, however, it seems anything goes any (5) PICK
time. And, truth told, whatever anything is, it seldom 'goes' for much (6) NET
longer than a half hour or so at any rate before it is interrupted by a (7) RUN
commercial break. And don't even get me started on those appalling (8) YEAR
_________ (4) most of the networks run right the way through the night,
one after another, for up to thirty minutes at a time. lt is truly painful.
Terrestrial television is now, as far as I am concerned, a laughing stock.
All the quality has been bought up by the satellite networks, with their
big-money weight behind them, but even here  _________ (5) are slim. In
protest at the dire state of things, I have become a converted  _________
(6). I look to the web now to find good content. There, I can find just
enough  _________ (7) of quality programmes to prevent myself from
falling into utter despair and pining for the good old days of  _________
(8).
Exercise 8
In January 2001, the _________ (1) Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (1) GOVERN
issued its latest report on climate change. Climate models worked out (2) PRAISE
by giant super-computers had become far more reliable since the (3) EQUIVOCATE
previous report in 1995 and allowed them to _________ (2) the earlier (4) CONCENTRATE
projections for global warming. Their conclusions were that something (5) CATTLE
very serious is happening and that it cannot be a natural process. The (6) COMPOSE
1990s was the hottest decade for 1,000 years and the Earth is warming (7) LIVELY
faster than at any time in the last 10,000 years. According to the report, (8) UNANIMOUS
human activities are _________ (3) to blame for the temperature rise. (9) EMIT
The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide and, due to (10) ACT
deforestation, there are fewer trees to absorb this gas and recycle it back
into oxygen. Methane _________ (4) have also gone up dramatically
because of increases in rice culture and _________ (5), both of which
generate methane from _________ (6) vegetation. These greenhouses
gases trap heat in the Earth’s atmosphere and cause the temperature to
rise. In the worst case, the resulting melting of ice-caps and glaciers
would cause sea levels to rise by up to 88 cm, endangering the homes
and _________ (7) of tens of millions of people who live in low-lying
regions.
Unfortunately, there is far greater _________ (8) among the world’s
scientists over the issue than among politicians. As long ago as 1990, the
IPCC recommended a 60% reduction in carbon dioxide _________ (9), as
the basic level required to return the planet’s climate to a healthy level.
Governments globally failed to _________ (10) these proposals. Now
that the dangers have been reaffirmed by the latest report, it is high time
that governments took an active interest in exploring alternative,
renewable energy sources.
Exercise 9
People intuitively recognize the importance of self-esteem to their (1) COMMUNE
psychological health, so it isn't particularly remarkable that most of us (2)SOCIETY
try to protect and enhance it in ourselves whenever possible. What is (3) FUNCTION
remarkable is that attention to self-esteem has become a(n) _________(1) (4) ACHIEVE
concern, at least for Americans, who see a favorable opinion of oneself as (5) REGARD
the central psychological source from which all manner of positive (6) TITLE
outcomes spring. The corollary, that low self-esteem lies at the root of
individual and thus _________(2) problems and _________(3), has
sustained an ambitious social agenda for decades. Indeed, campaigns to
raise people's sense of self-worth abound. Consider what transpired in
California in the late 1980s. Prodded by State Assemblyman John
Vasconcellos, Governor George Deukmejian set up a task force on self-
esteem and personal and social responsibility. Vasconcellos argued that
raising self-esteem in young people would reduce crime, teen pregnancy,
drug abuse, school _________(4) and pollution. At one point, he even
expressed the hope that these efforts would one day help balance the
state budget, a prospect predicated on the observation that people with
high _________(5) earn more than others and thus pay more in taxes.
Along with its other activities, the task force assembled a team of
scholars to survey the relevant literature. The results appeared in a 1989
volume _________(6) The Social Importance of Self-Esteem, which stated
that "many, if not most, of the major problems plaguing society have
roots in the low self-esteem of many of the people who make up society."
In reality, the report contained little to support that assertion.
Exercise 10
Pop art was a(n) _________(1) art style in which _________(2) objects (1) CONVENTION
such as comic strips, soup cans and road signs were used as subject (2) COMMON
matter, and were often incorporated into the work. The pop art (3) ICON
movement was largely a British and American cultural phenomenon of (4) UNIVERSE
the late 1950s and ‘60s. Art critic Lawrence Alloway, referring to the (5) EXPRESS
prosaic _________(3) of its painting and sculpture, named the (6) SUPREME
movement pop art. It represented an attempt to return to a more (7) PRETEND
objective and _________(4) accepted form of art after the dominance in (8) COMPREHEND
both the United States and Europe of the highly personal abstract (9) DISCRIMINATE
_________(5). The art form was iconoclastic, rejecting the _________(6) (10) FAVOUR
of the ‘high art’ of the past and the _________(7) of other contemporary
avant-garde art. Pop art became a cultural institution because of its close
reflection of a particular social situation and because its easily
_________(8) images were immediately exploited by the mass media.
Although the critics of pop art describe it as sensational and non-
aesthetic, its proponents saw it as an art that was democratic and not
_________(9), bringing together both connoisseurs and untrained
inexperienced viewers. Even though public reaction to pop art was
_________(10), it found critical acceptance as a form of art suited to the
highly technological, mass media-oriented society of western countries.
PART II : CONFUSING WORDS
 THEORY
BẢNG PHÂN BIỆT CÁC TỪ GÂY NHẦM LẪN THƯỜNG GẶP.
STT TỪ DỄ NHẦM NGHĨA
1 Uninterested /ʌn’ɪntərestɪd/(a) Lãnh đạm, thờ ơ, không quan tâm,
không chú ý, không để ý
 Disinterested /dɪ’sɪntrəstɪd/(a)
2 Formally /’fɔ:məli/(adv)
Formerly /’fɔ:məli/(adv)
3 Considerable /kən’sɪdərəbl/(a)
Considerate /kən’sɪdərət/(a)
4 Appreciable /ə’pri:ʃəbl/(a)
Appreciative /ə’pri:ʃətɪv/(a)
5 Forgettable /fə’getəbl/(a)
Forgetful /fə’getfl/(a)
6 Expectation /,ekspek’teɪʃn/(n)
Expectancy /ɪk’spektənsi/(n)
7 Respectable /rɪ’spektəbl/(a)
Respective /rɪ’spektɪv/(a)
Respectful /rɪ’spektfl/(a)
8 Comprehensible /,kɒmpr
ɪ’hensəbl/(a)
Comprehensive /,kɒmprɪ’hensɪv/(a)
9 Beneficent /bə’nefɪsənt/(a)
Beneficial /,benɪ’fɪʃl/(a)
10 Complimentary /,kɒmplɪ’mentəri/(a)
Complementary /,kɒmplɪ’mentəri/(a)
11 Farther /’fɑ:ðə(r)/ (a)
Further /’fɜ:ðə(r)/ (a)
Vô tư, không vụ lợi, không cầu lợi
(một cách) chính thức
Trước đây
Rất lớn, to tát, đáng kể
Ân cần, chu đáo; cẩn thận, thận
trọng
Có thể đánh giá, thấy rõ được;
đáng kể
Biết thưởng thức, biết ơn
Có thể quên được
Hay quên
Sự trông chờ, sự hy vọng (của một
người)
Sự chờ mong, hy vọng (thường liên
quan đến khoảng thời gian được
dự kiến để điều gì diễn ra)
Đáng kính trọng; đứng đắn, đàng
hoàng; khá lớn, đáng kể
Riêng của mỗi người/vật; tương
ứng
Thể hiện sự tôn trọng, tôn kính, lễ
phép
Có thể hiểu được, có thể lĩnh ngộ
Bao quát, toàn diện
Hay làm phúc, hay làm việc thiện
Có ích, có lợi
Ca ngợi, mời, biếu
Bổ sung, bù
Xa hơn (thường để chỉ khoảng cách
vật lý)
Xa hơn (dùng để chỉ khoảng cách
vật lý cũng như khoảng cách khác
như không gian, thời gian; có thể

12 Sensible /’sensəbl/(a)
Sensitive /’sensɪtɪv/(a)
13 Responsible /rɪ’spɒnsəbl/(a)
Responsive /rɪ’spɒnsɪv/(a)
14 Successful /sək’sesfl/(a)
Successive /sək’sesɪv/(a)
15 Classical /’klæsɪkl/(a)
Classic /’klæsik/(a)
16 Deadly/’dedli/(a)
Deathly /’deθli/(a)
17 Continual /kən’tɪnjʊəl/(a)
Continuous /kən’tɪnjʊəs/(a)
18 Economical /,i:kə’nɒmɪkl/(a)
Economic /,i:kə’nɒmɪk/(a)
19 Specifically /spə’sɪfɪkli/(adv)
Especially /ɪ’speʃəli/(adv)
20 Terrible /’terəbl/(a)
Terrific /tə’rɪfɪk/(a)
21 Favourite /’feɪvərɪt/(a)
Favourable /’feɪvərəbl/(a)
22 Awful /’ɔ:ful/(a)
Awesome /’ɔ:səm/(a)
23 Historical /hɪ’stɒrɪkl/(a)
chỉ mức độ); thêm vào đó
Biết điều, hợp lý, nhận thấy
Nhạy cảm, dễ bị tổn thương, truyền
cảm, thông cảm
Chịu trách nhiệm; đáng tin cậy
Đáp lại, phản ứng nhanh nhẹn
Thành công
Liên tiếp, kế tiếp
Cổ điển, thuộc về truyền thống lâu
đời
Kinh điển
Chết người; cực kỳ, hết sức
Như chết
Liên tục nhưng có ngắt quãng
Liên tục, không ngừng
Tiết kiệm (thời gian, tiền,...)
Thuộc về kinh tế
Đặc biệt (dùng để chỉ một việc gì
đó được thực hiện vì một mục đích
đặc biệt nào đó)
Đặc biệt (dùng để chỉ một điều gì
đó mà bạn nói đến có sự đặc biệt
nhiều hơn thứ khác)
Khủng khiếp, rất tồi, rất chán,
không ra gì
Tuyệt vời
Được yêu thích, yêu thích nhất
Thuận lợi, tỏ ý tán thành
Đáng sợ, khủng khiếp, mang tính
tiêu cực
Đáng kính sợ (miêu tả sự ngạc
nhiên, thú vị, mang tính tích cực)
Thuộc lịch sử (thường mô tả cái gì
đó liên quan đến quá khứ hoặc việc

Historic /hɪ’stɒrɪk/(a)
24 Imaginary /ɪ’mædʒɪnəri/(a)
Imaginative /ɪ’mædʒɪnətɪv/(a)
Imaginable /ɪ’mædʒɪnəbl/(a)
25 Restful /’restfl/(a)
Restless /’restləs/(a)
26 Industrial /ɪn’dʌstriəl/(a)
Industrious /ɪn’dʌstriəs/(a)
27 Dependent /dɪ’pendənt/(a)
Dependable /dɪ’pendəbl/(a)
28 Every dayfadv)
Everyday(a)
29 Effective /ɪ’fektɪv/(a)
Efficient /ɪ’fɪʃnt/(a)
30 Principle /’prɪnsəpl/(a)
Principal /’prɪnsəpl/(a)
31 Later /’leɪtər/(adv)
Latter /’lætər/(n)
32 Illicit /ɪ’lɪsɪt/(a)
Elicit /ɪ’lɪsɪt/(v)
nghiên cứu lịch sử hay cái gì đó
được thực hiện ở quá khứ)
Có tính chất lịch sử (thường được
dùng để miêu tả cái gì đó rất quan
trọng đến độ người ta phải ghi nhớ
nó)
Tưởng tượng
Giàu trí tưởng tượng
Có thể tưởng tượng được
Tạo không khí nghỉ ngơi thoải mái,
yên tĩnh
Luôn luôn động đậy, không yên,
bồn chồn
Thuộc công nghiệp
Cần cù, siêng năng
Dựa vào, ỷ lại, phụ thuộc
Có thể tin cậy được
Mỗi ngày (trong một thời kỳ, giai
đoạn), rất thường xuyên
Thông thường, lệ thường, hằng
ngày
Có hiệu quả (được dùng để nói về
việc tạo ra/đạt được kết quả như
mong muốn)
Có hiệu suất cao (máy móc cao),
nũng suất cao (con người), dùng để
chỉ cách làm việc tốt mà không phí
thời gian, công sức, tiền bạc
Nguyên lý, nguyên tắc
Chính, chủ yếu
Sau này, một thời điểm ở tương lai
Cái sau, người sau (trong số 2
người)
Trái phép, lậu, vụng trộm
Moi ra
33 Entrance /’entrəns/(n)
Entry /’entri/(n)
34 Drastically /’dræstɪkli/(adv)
Dramatically /drə’mætɪkli/(adv)
35 Package /’pækɪdʒ/(n)
Packaging /’pækɪdʒɪr)/(n)
36 Percent /pə’sent/(n)
Percentage /pə’sentɪdʒ/(n)
37 Desert /’dezət/(n)
Dessert /dɪ’zɜ:t/(n)
38 Felicitate /fə’lɪsɪteɪt/(v)
Facilitate /fə’sɪlɪteɪt/(v)
39 Heroin /’herəʊɪn/(n)
Heroine /’herəʊɪn/(n)
40 Compliment /’kɒmplɪmənt/(n)
Complement /’kɒmplɪment/(n)
41 Intensive /ɪn’tensɪv/(a)
Extensive /ɪk’stensɪv/(a)
42 Foul /faʊl/(n)
Error /’erə[r]/(n)
43 Sometime /’sʌmtaɪm/(adv)
Sometimes /’sʌmtaɪmz/(adv)
44 Beside /bɪ’saɪd/(prep)
Besides /bɪ’saɪdz/(adv)
45 Advisory /əd’vaɪzəri/(n)
Advisable /əd’vaɪzəbl/(n)
46 Suggested /sə’dʒestɪd/(a)
Suggestible /sə’dʒestəbl/(a)
47 Ingredient /ɪn’gri:diənt/(n)
Lối vào, cửa vào; quyền, khả năng
của ai để đi vào nơi nào
Sự đi vào; quá trình người/vật trở
thành một phần của cái gì đó
Một cách mạnh mẽ, quyết liệt
Đột ngột
Gói đồ, kiện hàng, hộp để đóng
hàng
Bao bì
Phần trăm
Tỷ lệ phần trăm
Rời đi, bỏ đi; sa mạc
Món tráng miệng
Khen ngợi, chúc mừng
Tạo điều kiện dễ dàng
Heroin, thuốc phiện
Nữ anh hùng
Lời khen ngợi, lời chúc mừng
Phần bổ sung, số lượng cần thiết
Tập trung, sâu, nhấn mạnh, cực kỳ
kỹ lưỡng
Rộng, rộng lớn
Hôi, bẩn
Sai sót, sai lầm
Trước kia, nguyên
Đôi khi, đôi lúc
Bên cạnh
Ngoài ra, hơn nữa, vả lại
Tư vấn
Nên, đáng theo; khôn ngoan
Được gợi ý
Dễ bị ảnh hưởng
Thành phần (thường trong đồ ăn)
 Component /kəm’pəʊnənt/(n) Nhân tố cấu thành (thường dùng
trong máy móc)
48 Wound /wu:nd/(v) bị thương trong 1 cuộc chiến, đánh
nhau (bị thương bởi súng, dao,
hoặc vật gì đó)
Injure /’ɪndʒə(r)/(v) Bị thương vì tai nạn
49 Confident /’kɒnfɪdənt/(a) Tin tưởng, tin, tự tin
Confidential /,kɒnfɪ’denʃl/(a) Kín, mật
50 Invent /ɪn’vent/(v) Phát minh, sáng chế
Discover /dɪs’kʌvə(r)/(v) Phát hiện, tìm ra, khám phá
51 Ignore /ɪg’nɔ:r/(v) Làm ngơ, bỏ qua, không chú ý tới
Neglect /nɪ’glekt/(v) Không quan tâm, lơ là
52 Found /faʊnd/(v) Thành lập, sáng lập
Found /faʊnd/(v) Quá khứ đơn và quá khứ phân từ
của động từ “find”
53 Lie - lied - lied(v) Nói dối (động từ nguyên mẫu và
quá khứ, quá khứ phân từ)
Lie - lay - lain(v) Nằm xuống (động từ nguyên mẫu
và quá khứ, quá khứ phân từ)
Lay - laid - laid(v) Để, đặt cái gì (động từ nguyên mẫu
và quá khứ, quá khứ phân từ)
54 Prolong /prə’lɒŋ/(v) Kéo dài (ngoại động từ)
Last /lɑ:st/(v) Kéo dài (nội động từ)
55 Drop /drɒp/(v) Rơi, nhảy xuống, giảm xuống
(nhiệt độ, gió, mực nước,...)
Reduce /rɪ’dju:s/ (v) Giảm, hạ (ngoại động từ)
56 Rise /raɪz/(v) Gia tăng về số lượng (là nội động
từ)
Raise /reɪz/(v) Gia tăng, nâng một cái gì từ vị trí
thấp lên vị trí cao hơn (là ngoại
động từ)
57 Finally /’faɪnəli/(adv) Cuối cùng, để kết luận( được dùng
để giới thiệu một điểm, một mục
cuối cùng hay hỏi một câu sau
cùng)
 Eventually /ɪ’ventʃʊəli/(adv)
58 A while
Awhile /ə’waɪl/
59 Reward /rɪ’wɔ:d/(n)
Award /ə’wɔ:d/(n)
60 Forget /fə’get/(v)
Leave /li:v/(v)
61 Persuade /pə’sweɪd/(v)
Convince /kən’vɪns/(v)
62 Expand /ɪk’spænd/(v)
Extend /ɪk’stend/(v)
63 Assurance /ə’ʃɔ:rəns/(n)
Rốt cuộc, cuối cùng (để nói về
những gì xảy ra trong giai đoạn
cuối của một loạt sự kiện, và
thường là kết quả của chúng)
Một khoảng thời gian (cụm danh
từ)
Một lát, một chốc (phó từ)
Phần thưởng, thưởng (dùng để đền
bù hay công nhận sự nỗ lực, sự
đóng góp, sự vất vả của một cá
nhân; dưới hình thức tiền hay được
thăng chức)
Trao thưởng, giải thưởng (dùng để
trao trong những dịp quan trọng,
một minh chứng thành tích, sự xuất
sắc của một cá nhân và được hội
đồng thông qua, thường dưới hình
thức huy chương, giấy chứng nhận,
danh hiệu, cúp,...)
Quên, bỏ quên
Bỏ lại, để lại, bỏ quên (ở một nơi
nào đó, có địa điểm cụ thể)
Thuyết phục ai đó làm gì vì hợp lý
Thuyết phục ai tin vào điều gì đó
(Làm cho) trở nên lớn hơn về kích
cỡ, số lượng, hoặc tầm quan trọng
Làm cho cái gì đó dài ra hơn, thêm
rộng hơn, lớn hơn. (thường là nghĩa
đen, như cái nhà, cái hàng rào, con
đường, hay một khu vực,...); kéo
dài hiệu lực
Được dùng để chỉ “bảo hiểm nhân
mạng” (life assurance). Khi tham
gia hệ thống bảo hiểm này, bạn đều
đặn nộp tiền cho công ty bảo hiểm.
Khi bạn qua đời, thân nhân của bạn
sẽ lĩnh được một số tiền.
 Insurance /in’ʃɔ:rəns/(n)
64 Stationary /’steɪʃənri/(a)
Stationery /’steɪʃnənri/(n)
65 Immigrate /’ɪmɪgrənt/(v)
Migrate /maɪ’greɪt/(v)
66 Poster /’pəʊstə(r)/(n)
Porter /’pɔ:tə(r)/(n)
67 Drought /draʊt/(n)
Draught /drɑ:ft/(n)
68 Unnecessary /ʌn’nesəsri/(a)
Needless /’ni:dləs/(a)
69 Shadow /’ʃædəʊ/(n)
Shade /ʃeɪd/(n)
70 Sink /sɪŋk/(v)
Drown /draʊn/(v)
71 Lend /lend/(v)
Borrow /’bɒrəʊ/(v)
72 Mend /mend/(v)
Repair /rɪ’peər/(v)
73 Disuse /dɪs’ju:s/(v)
Hợp đồng do một công ty hoặc tổ
chức xã hội, hoặc nhà nước làm để
đảm bảo đền bù, mất mát, thiệt hại,
ốm đau,... bằng việc bạn đóng tiền
thường kỳ.
Đứng yên, để một chỗ, không thay
đổi
Văn phòng phẩm
Nhập cư
Di trú (người, chim)
Áp phích lớn, tờ quảng cáo lớn
Công nhân khuân vác, người trực ở
cổng
Hạn hán
Gió lùa
Không cần thiết (thừa), không có lý
do, vô cớ
Không cần thiết
Bóng của người hay vật
Bóng mát, bóng râm
Chìm (áp dụng cho cả người, động
vật và đồ vật)
Chết đuối, chết chìm ( dùng khi nói
về sinh vật).
Cho mượn, cho vay
Vay, mượn từ ai
Thường được sử dụng để diễn tả
sự sửa chữa trên những chất liệu
mềm, những vật liệu hữu cơ dễ sửa
chữa hoặc những sự vật hiện tượng
mang tính tinh thần
Dùng khi một phần nào đó của một
vật hoặc hệ thống cần được sửa
chữa
Sự bỏ không dùng đến
 Misuse /mɪs’ju:z/(v)
74 Recognize /’rekəgnaɪz/(v)
Realize /’rɪəlaɪz/(v)
75 Climate /’klaɪmət/ (n)
Climax /’klaɪmæks/ (n)
76 Satisfying /’sætɪsfaɪɪŋ/ (a)
Satisfactory /,sætɪs’fæktəri/ (a)
77 Sacred /’seɪkrɪd/ (a)
Scared /skeəd/ (a)
78 Doggy /’dɒgi/ (n)
Dogged /’dɒgɪd/ (a)
79 Application /,æplɪ’keɪʃən/ (n)
Applicant /’æpləkənt/ (n)
80 Employer /ɪm’plɔɪər/ (n)
Employee /ɪm’plɔɪi:/ (n)
81 Ingenious /ɪn’dʒi:niəs/ (a)
Ingenuous /ɪn’dʒenjuəs/ (a)
82 Enquiry /’ɪnkwəri/ (n)
Inquiry /ɪn’kwaɪəri/ (n)
83 Direction /daɪ’rekʃən/ (n)
Dùng sai
Nhận diện (bằng việc nhìn bằng
mắt), phân biệt, nhận ra ai đó
Cảm nhận, nhận biết, nhận thức
được, hiểu ra
Khí hậu, miền khí hậu
Cực điểm, tột đỉnh
Làm hài lòng, làm thoả mãn (nói về
một việc/đồ vật nào đó đáp ứng
được nhu cầu và yêu cầu của bạn
và quan trọng nhất là cảm giác của
bạn khi làm việc/dùng vật đó. Bạn
thấy hoàn toàn thỏa mãn/hài lòng).
Vừa lòng, vừa ý; thoả mãn (chỉ một
việc/vật nào đó khi mức độ hài
lòng của người nói đối với việc/đồ
vật đó chỉ dừng ở mức tạm chấp
nhận được, họ không có gì để than
phiền nhưng cũng không thích thú
gì với việc/vật đó).
Thần thánh, thiêng liêng
Bị hoảng sợ
Chó má, khốn nạn
Bền bỉ, ngoan cường
Lời xin, đơn xin, sự áp dụng
Người xin việc
Ông chủ
Người làm công
Tài tình, khéo léo
Chân thật, ngây thơ
Sự đặt câu hỏi, sự thẩm vấn (một
yêu cầu đối với sự thật, sự hiểu
biết, thông tin)
Điều tra về một cái gì đó
Chỉ dẫn (dùng cho việc tìm hướng)
 Instruction /ɪn’strʌkʃən/ (n)
84 Magic /’mædʒɪk/ (n) (a)
Magical /’mædʒɪkəl/ (a)
85 Permissive /pə’mɪsɪv/ (a)
Permissible /pə’mɪsəbəl/ (a)
86 Humble /’hʌmbəl/ (a)
Modest /’mɒdɪst/ (a)
87 Sociable /’soʊʃəbəl/ (a)
Social /’səʊʃəl/ (a)
88 Angle /’æŋgəl/ (n)
Angel /’eɪndʒəl/ (n)
89 Dairy /’deəri/ (n)
Diary /’daɪəri/ (n)
90 Devise /dɪ’vaɪz/ (v)
Device /dɪ’vaɪs/ (n)
91 Noisy /’nɔɪzi/ (a)
Noisome /’nɔɪsəm/ (a)
92 Prosecute /’prɒsɪkju:t/ (v)
Persecute /’pɜ:sɪkju:t/ (v)
93 Practicable /’præktɪkəbəl/ (a)
Practical /’præktɪkəl/ (a)
94 Reality /ri’æləti/ (n)
Realty /’rɪəlti/ (n)
95 Residence /’rezɪdəns/ (n)
Chỉ dẫn (thông tin về cách làm việc
gì đó)
Ma thuật, phép thần thông, sức lôi
cuốn, khi là tính từ “magic” dùng
trong vai trò làm thuộc ngữ, đứng
trước danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa
“magic” thường dùng nghĩa đen và
một số cụm từ nhất định
Kỳ diệu, liên quan đến phép thuật,
ma thuật, được dùng trong cả vai
trò vị ngữ và bổ ngữ
Dễ dãi (nhất là với trẻ em)
Được cho phép, chấp nhận được
Khiêm tốn (vì cảm thấy mình thấp
kém)
Khiêm tốn (chỉ con người, cách cư
xử không muốn khoe khoang)
Hòa đồng, dễ gần gũi
Thuộc xã hội
Góc độ, góc cạnh
Thiên thần, thiên sứ
Nơi làm bơ sữa, cửa hàng bơ sữa
Nhật ký
Nghĩ ra, dệt ra, sáng chế
Thiết bị, dụng cụ
Ồn ào, làm ồn, ầm ĩ
Khó chịu, hôi thối, ghê tởm
Truy tố, tiếp tục, theo đuổi
Làm khổ, quấy rối
Làm được, khả thi
Thực tế; thiết thực, có ích
Sự thực, thực tế
Bất động sản
Sự ở, sự cư trú, nhà ở
 Resident /’rezɪdənt/ (n)
96 Moral /’mɒrəl/ (a)
Morale /mə’rɑ:l/ (n)
97 Morning /’mɔ:rnɪŋ/ (n)
Mourning /’mɔ:rnɪŋ/ (n)
98 Pretty /’prɪti/ (a)
Petty /’peti/ (a)
99 Marital /’merɪtəl/ (a)
Martial /’mɑ:rʃəl/ (a)
100 Access /’ækses/ (n)
Excess /’ekses/ (n)
101 Affect /ə’fekt/ (v)
Effect /ɪ’fekt/ (n)
102 Adopt /ə’dɒpt/ (v)
Adapt /ə’dæpt/ (v)
103 Proceed /prə’si:d/ (v)
Precede /prɪ’si:d/ (v)
104 Diploma /dɪ’ploʊmə/ (n)
Degree /dɪ’gri:/ (n)
Certificate /sə’tɪfəkət/ (n)
Cư dân
Thuộc đạo đức, thuộc luân lý, có
đạo đức
Tinh thần, chí khí; nhuệ khí
Buổi sáng, sáng
Sự đau buồn, tang, đồ tang
Xinh xắn, hay, tốt
Nhỏ, vặt, không quan trọng
Thuộc chồng, thuộc vợ, thuộc hôn
nhân
Thuộc quân sự, thuộc chiến tranh
Lối vào, cửa vào, sự đến gần
Sự quá mức, sự thái quá
Ảnh hưởng đến, tác động đến
Tác động, ảnh hưởng
Chấp nhận, nhận làm con nuôi
Thích nghi với
Tiến lên, tiếp tục làm; hành động
Đi trước, đến trước
Chứng chỉ do các trường đại học,
cao đẳng và trường kỹ thuật cấp.
Thời gian học khoảng hai năm, hệ
trung cấp. Có thời gian ngắn hơn vì
chỉ tập trung vào học một
môn/ngành nghề.
Bằng đại học và các loại bằng sau
đại học (bằng cử nhân, thạc sĩ, tiến
sĩ)
Giấy chứng nhận do các trường
cao đẳng và trường kỹ thuật cấp.
Thời gian học từng ngành nghề
(từng khoá học riêng lẻ) khoảng vài
tháng đến dưới 1 năm. Ngoài ra,
giấy chứng nhận “certificate” còn là
một chứng từ chính thức cho biết

105 Exhaustive /ɪg’zɔ:stɪv/ (a)
Exhausted /ɪg’zɔ:stɪd/ (a)
106 Neglected /nɪ’glektɪd/ (a)
Neglectful /nɪ’glektfəl/ (a)
Negligible /’neglɪdʒəbəl/ (a)
107 Litter /’lɪtər/ (n)
Sewage /’su:ɪdʒ/ (n)
Garbage /’gɑ:rbɪdʒ/ (n)
108 Patient /’peɪʃənt/ (a) (n)
Patience /’peɪʃəns/ (n)
109 Action /’ækʃən/ (n)
Activity /æk’tɪvəti/ (n)
110 Recreation /,rekri’eɪʃən/ (n)
Creation /kri’eɪʃən/ (n)
111 Advertisement /əd’vɜ:tɪsmənt/ (n)
thông tin trên đó là đúng/thật, như:
a birth certificate (giấy khai sinh), a
marriage certificate (giấy kết hôn),
a death certificate (giấy báo tử), etc.
Thấu đáo, toàn diện
Kiệt sức, mệt lử
Cẩu thả, xuềnh xoàng, bỏ bê
Sao lãng, lơ là
Không đáng kể
Rác thải mà mọi người vứt bừa bãi,
không đúng nơi quy định.
Nước thải, chất thải
Rác trong nhà bếp, thường là “wet
wastes”, ví dụ như đồ ăn đã bị
hỏng hoặc bỏ đi.
Kiên nhẫn, nhẫn nại; bệnh nhân
Tính kiên nhẫn, tính nhẫn nại
Hành động, động tác (chỉ những
chuyển động vật lý (physical
movement) của cơ thể con người,
chứ không phải là ‘speak’ không,
mà đã chuyển thành ‘action’, action
thường không phải dưới một hoàn
cảnh nào như behaviour mà nó
nhấn mạnh vào sự thực hiện hành
động)
Hoạt động (chỉ những tình huống
mà có nhiều người cùng tham gia
vào làm gì đó hoặc một nhóm các
hoạt động chung; Chỉ những hoạt
động nhằm hướng vào mục đích
nào đó, đem lại niềm vui, giải trí)
Sự giải lao, trò giải lao, tiêu khiển
Sự sáng tạo, tạo ra
Sự quảng cáo, mục quảng cáo
 Advertising /’ædvətaɪzɪŋ/ (n)
112 Conservation /,kɒnsə’veɪʃən/ (n)
Conversation /,kɒnvə’seɪʃən/ (n)
113 Solve /sɒlv/ (v)
Resolve /rɪ’zɒlv/ (v)
114 Fee /fi:/ (n)
Fare /feər/ (n)
115 Salary /’sæləri/ (n)
Wage /weɪdʒ/ (n)
116 Celebration /,selə’breɪʃən/ (n)
Celebrity /sə’lebrəti/ (n)
117 Numerate /’nju:mərət/ (a)
Numerous /’nju:mərəs/ (a)
118 Reliant /rɪ’laɪənt/ (a)
Reliable /rɪ’laɪəbəl/ (a)
119 Relation /rɪ’leɪʃən/ (n)
Relationship /rɪ’leɪʃənʃɪp/ (n)
Nghề quảng cáo, công việc quảng
cáo
Sự bảo tồn, giữ gìn
Cuộc nói chuyện
Giải quyết vấn đề, tình huống khó
khăn (bằng cách tìm ra giải pháp)
Giải quyết vấn đề quan trọng, xung
đột có liên quan đến nhiều người
(bằng cách kết thúc vấn đề đó)
Phí trả (cho việc sử dụng một dịch
vụ đặc thù như học phí, phí đăng
ký xe máy, các loại dịch vụ pháp lý
như phí thuê luật sư,...)
Phí trả (cho việc di chuyển, sử
dụng phương tiện giao thông như
tàu xe)
Tiền lương (là số tiền cố định được
nhận hàng tháng, hàng năm, không
thay đổi dựa trên số giờ làm việc)
Tiền công (là số tiền được trả hàng
tuần hoặc theo từng ngày dựa vào
số tiền làm theo giờ, ngày hoặc
tuần hoặc thỏa thuận dựa trên dịch
vụ nào đó)
Sự kỷ niệm, lễ kỷ niệm
Người nổi tiếng
Có kiến thức toán học
Rất nhiều, rất đông
Phụ thuộc vào, dựa dẫm vào ai
Đáng tin cậy
Mối quan hệ, mối tương quan; giao
thiệp (giữa hai người, hai nước,...)
Mối quan hệ (thân thiết giữa những
người cụ thể như trong gia đình,
cặp đôi, hàng xóm,...)
120 Initiative /ɪ’nɪʃətɪv/ (n) Sáng kiến; sự khởi xướng
Initial /ɪ’nɪʃəl/ (a) Đầu, đầu tiên
121 Live /lɪv/ (v) (a) Sống, hoạt động
Lively /’laɪvli/ (a) Sinh động; hoạt bát hăng hái
122 Addicted /ə’dɪktɪd/ (a) Say mê, nghiện
Addictive /ə’dɪktɪv/ (a) Có tính gây nghiện
123 Hard /hɑ:d/ (a) Cứng rắn; gian khổ; nghiêm khắc
Hardly /’hɑ:dli/ (adv) Hầu như không
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. He wasn't aware that only one mistake could________his chances of
getting the job.
        A. destroy        B. damage        C. ruin        D. devastate
2. The committee________and censured him for his uncooperative attitude.
        A. reprimanded         B. scolded        C. reproached        D.rebuked
3. There were 79 killed and 230 ________in a bomb explosion at the embassy.
        A. injured        B. wounded        C. hurt        D. ached
4. This wine comes________recommended. You should try it!
        A. high        B. highly        C. heighten        D. height
5. The police have every good________to believe that he is guilty.
        A. excuse        B. cause        C. reason        D. ground
6. You should be________ofyourselffor telling such lies.
        A. shy        B. bashful        C. inhibited        D. ashamed
7. His new car is the________of all his friends.
        A. envy        B. jealousy        C. grudge        D. grievance
8. ________is a strong, dangerous wind that forms itself into an upside-
down spinning cone and is able to destroy buildings as it moves across the
ground.
        A. Typhoon        B. Hurricane         C. Cyclone        D. Tornado
9. A________of $10,000 has been offered for the capture of his murderer.
        A. prize        B. gift        C. bounty        D. award
10. Big supermarkets can undercut all________, especially small high- street
shops.
        A. rivals        B. opponents         C. contenders         D. challenger
11. The rain has been________since this morning, which makes me feel bored.
        A. continuous         B. continual         C. continuation         D. continuity
12. A system of checks and balances exists to ensure that our government
is________democratic.
        A. positively         B. genuinely         C. actually        D. truly
13. You can't complain of being________when you don't make any effort to
meet people.
        A. alone        B. lonely        C. solitary        D. loneliness
14. It is reported that the building was completely________by fire.
        A. spoilt        B. ruined        C. damaged        D. destroyed
15. He never raised his voice or________his children unfairly.
        A. chided        B. scolded        C. reproached        D. reprimanded
16. Can the sales team meet its financial________?
        A. purposes        B. aims        C. goals        D. objectives
17. They had to wait ten minutes for the anesthetic to take________ before
they stitched up the cut.
        A. effect        B. impact        C. influence        D. affect
18. The bank will insist you produce a driving________or passport as a form
of ID.
        A. diploma        B. certificate         C. degree        D. licence
19. Please________me from the rest of the meeting - I've just received a phone
call that requires my immediate attention.
        A. excuse        B. apologize        C. forgiven        D. sorry
20. She values her job________her family.
        A. over        B. above        C. behind        D. before
21. The killer________that he often drugged his victims before he killed
them.
        A. confessed         B. admitted        C. acknowledged         D. recognized
22. Whenever a camera was pointed at her, Marilyn would
instantly________herself into a radiant star.
        A. transmit        B. transform        C. convert        D. transfer
23. He directed "The Wizard of Oz" and "Gone with the Wind," receiving an
Oscar for the________.
        A. lately        B. latest        C. later        D. latter
24. The process of________Jackson from a talented teenager into a franchise
player began in training camp.
        A. exchanging         B. transforming         C. altering        D. converting
25. The________lay with the organizers, who failed to make the necessary
arrangements for dealing with so many people.
        A. mistake        B. foul        C. fault        D. error
26. The two people________badminton seemed to be at it quite intensely.
        A. going        B. playing        C. doing        D. practicing
27. ________I said, I'm not interested in buying insurance at the moment.
        A. Like        B. As        C. Similar        D. Alike
28. He put on a large hat and glasses as a disguise and hoped no one
would________him.
        A. see        B. recognize        C. realize        D. watch
29. You could always________a dress for the ball if you can't afford to buy
one.
        A. hire        B. rent        C. employ        D. lease
30. I'm having lunch with an old friend________next week.
        A. sometimes        B. occasionally        C. sometime        D. often
31. Some musicians don't like to________rings when they're playing.
        A. wear        B. dress        C. put on        D. clother
32. Customs officers have seized________a ton of heroin destined for New
York.
        A. mostly        B. nearby        C. near        D. nearly
33. Do you think these two colours________?
        A. match        B. fit        C. go with        D. suit
34. This was my first trip on the ocean and my first________in a steamboat.
        A. voyage        B. journey        C. expedition         D. excursion
35. When you've pinned the pattern onto the________, you can start cutting
out all the pieces.
        A. clothing        B. cloth        C. clothes        D. costume
36. I could________someone calling my name.
        A. hear        B. listen to        C. overhear        D. feel
37. The building was demolished before a crowd of nearly 200________.
A. onlookers        B. audiences        C. viewers        D. spectators
38. To them, acid rain and urban________are more immediate and urgent
concerns than global warming.
        A. haze        B. fog        C. smog        D. mist
39. Untreated________is being pumped into the sea, from where it pollutes
our beaches.
        A. sewage        B. litter        C. rubbish        D. garbage
40. Mexican farm workers________into the US each year to find work at
harvest time and then return to their hometown.
        A. emigrate        B. migrate        C. drift        D. move
41. A crowd had gathered________the scene of the accident.
        A. center        B. surrounding        C. around        D. round
42. The________for the disaster was engine failure, not human error.
        A. origin        B. excuse        C. cause        D. reason
43. The hounds had lost the________of the fox near the river.
        A. scent        B. odor        C. savour        D. flavor
44. She________herself for being so impatient with the children.
        A. reprimanded        B. scolded        C. chided        D. rebuked
45. Mr Harvey, unable for once to do exactly as he wanted, sulked just like
a________child.
        A. damaged        B. spoiled        C. destroyed         D. ruined
46. The government has________that homelessness is a problem but it has
failed to grasp the scale of the problem.
        A. admitted        B. confessed         C. acknowledged         D. approved
47. I’m sorry, I________my notebook at home.
        A. left        B. forgot        C. erased        D. put
48. What's the formula for________pounds into kilograms?
        A. converting        B. transferring        C. transmitting        D. transforming
49. Profits have declined________the recent drop in sales.
        A. as a result        B. as a result of         C. resulting in        D. resulting from
50. The train slowed down and then stopped________.
        A. all together        B. together        C. altogether        D. all are correct
51. Because of international treaty obligations, the Government is
legally________to consider every asylum claim.
        A. about        B. due        C. just        D. bound
52. It is announced that the film festival________in October.
        A. happens        B. occurs        C. comes up        D. takes place
53. One by one the old buildings in the city have been________and replaced
with modern tower blocks.
        A. demolished        B. damaged        C. ruined        D. devastated
54. I’m not familiar ________current research in the field.
        A. to        B. with        C. about        D. at
55. Her job is only concerned________costs and fees.
        A. to        B. with        C. about        D. at
56. We________the victims to talk freely about their experiences.
        A. encourage        B. stimulate        C. motivate        D. all are correct
57. The project should be completed by next March, six months ________
        A. therefore        B. consequently         C. as a result        D. hence
58. Huong: "Are you going to be at church on Sunday morning?"
Hoa:" ________- it depends how late we get back on Saturday."
        A. probably        B. likely        C. possibly        D. maybe
59. Until the constitution is________, the power to appoint ministers will
remain with the president.
        A. mended        B. repaired        C. corrected        D. amended
60. I had to________my voice to make myself heard over the noise.
         A. raise        B. rise        C. arise        D. elevate
PART III : PHRASAL VERBS
 THEORY
Cụm động từ (Phrasal verbs) là một động từ kết hợp vởi giới từ, trạng từ hoặc đôi khi cả hai để
tạo thành một động từ mới thường có nghĩa khác với động từ chính.
1. Type 1 = verb + adverb (no object)
The verb and adverb cannot be separated and there is no passive form in this type.
EX:         break down = stop working
        The car broke down and we had to walk.
2. Type 2 =         verb + adverb + object
        or:         verb + object + adverb
EX:        Put off = postpone
        We must put off the meeting for another week.
        We must put the meeting off for another week
        If the object is a pronoun the adverb must come after the object
        We must put it off for another week
But not:
        We must put off it for another week. (wrong sentence)
3. Type 3 = verb + preposition + object
The preposition cannot be separated from the verb.
EX:         take after = be similar to older relative (resemble)
        He takes after his mother.
        He takes after her.
But not:
        He takes his mother after.
        He takes her after.
4. Type 4 = verb + adverb + preposition + object
EX:         put up with = tolerate
        I can’t put up with his behaviour any more
        I can’t put up with it any more
MỘT SỐ CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ THÔNG DỤNG
STT Cấu trúc Nghĩa
1 Act out Đóng vai, đóng kịch
2 Account for Chiếm bao nhiêu %, giải thích
3 Ask for st Xin cái gì
Ask after Hỏi thăm
Ask sb out Mời ai đó đi ăn/đi xem phim để hẹn hò
4 Break down Chia nhỏ ra, hỏng hóc, ngất xỉu
Break into Đột nhập vào
Break out Nổ ra
Break up Chia tay
5 Bring sb up Nuôi nấng ai
Bring out Làm nổi bật
Bring about Gây ra, mang lại
Bring back Mang lại, gợi nhớ
6 Blow out Thổi tắt
7 Build up Tăng lên, ca ngợi
8 Breathe in = take in = Hít vào
inhale
9 Calm down Bình tĩnh
10 Clear out Cuốn xéo, dọn sạch
11 Care for Chăm sóc, thích
Care about Quan tâm
12 Clean up Dọn dẹp
13 Call for Cần, đòi hỏi, yêu cầu
Call out Gọi to, hét to
Call off Hủy
Call up Gọi cho ai/gọi đi lính
Carry on Tiếp tục
Carry out Tiến hành, thực hiện
Carry away Phấn khích, kích động
Carry over Chuyển vào, đi vào
14 Cut down chặt/ đốn
Cut off cắt, cúp, ngừng cung cấp (điện, gas...)
Cut in xen vào, ngắt lời
Cut down on cắt giảm
15 Crop up = happen or Xảy ra một cách bất ngờ
appear unexpectedly
16 Come up with Nảy ra ý tưởng
Come into Thừa kế
Come up Xảy ra
Come out Lộ ra, ló ra, tung ra, phát hành
Come on Thôi nào, tiếp tục nào
Come off Thành công
Come across Tình cờ gặp
Come in Bước vào
Come in for Chuốc lấy, nhận lấy
Come around Tỉnh lại
Come up to Đạt tới
17 Dip into Đọc lướt
18 Die out Tuyệt chủng
Die of Chết vì bệnh gì
19 Dress up Cải trang, đóng giả
20 Drop out of Bỏ cuộc
Drop in on = pay a short Tạt qua, ghé qua
visit
21 Fall over Đổ sụp xuống, ngã, phá sản
Fall for Mê tít, yêu ai
Fall behind Tụt lại, chậm lại
Fall back on Phải cần tới, phải dùng tới
Fall out with Cãi cọ với
22 Fill in Điền vào mẫu đơn
Fill up Đổ đầy, làm đầy
Fill out Mập ra, béo ra
23 Grow up Lớn lên
24 Jot down = note down Ghi tóm tắt
25 Go through Trải qua
Go ahead Tiến hành
Go on with st = continue Tiếp tục với cái gì
with st
Go out Mất điện, ra ngoài, đi chơi
Go on = continue Tiếp tục
Go away Đi xa, đi đi, cút đi
Go back Quay lại
Go back on Thất hứa
Go beyond Vượt quá
Go off Đổ chuông, nổ tung, thiu thối, mất hứng
Go over Xem lại, ôn lại
Go by Trôi qua, tuột mất
Go up >< go down Tăng lên >< giảm xuống
Go down with Mắc bệnh
Go in for Thích thú, tham gia
Go into Điều tra, xem xét
26 Get around = travel Đi lại
Get over = recover from Vượt qua cú sốc/bệnh tật
Get through Vượt qua kì thi, hoàn thành
Get into Quan tâm, hứng thú với cái gì
 Get by Xoay sở để sống qua khó khăn
Get off Xuống xe/tàu/máy bay
Get on lên xe/tàu/máy bay
27 Give up = stop = quit Từ bỏ
Give off Tỏa ra, nhả ra, thải ra
Give in Nhân nhượng
Give out Cạn kiệt
Give away Tiết lộ, phân phát
28 Hold up = delay Đình trệ, trì hoãn
Hold back Ngăn lại
Hold on Chờ; giữ chắc; cầm
Hold over Hoãn
29 Hurry up Nhanh lên
30 Hand out Phân phát
Hand in Nộp
31 Keep up/pace with = Theo kịp, đuổi kịp
catch up with Tiếp tục
Keep on Tránh xa
Keep away Duy trì mối quan hệ tốt đẹp với ai
Keep in with
32 Look up Tra cứu
Look after = take care of Chăm sóc
Look around Ngó nghiêng, thăm thú
Look down on Coi thường
Look up to Kính trọng
Look at Ngắm nhìn
Look for Tìm kiếm
Look forward to Mong chờ
Look into Điều tra, xem xét
Look out (for) Coi chừng, trông chừng
Look over Xem qua
33 Lie down Nằm nghỉ
34 Lay down Đề ra
35 Mull over Suy nghĩ kĩ
36 Make up for Bù đắp cho
Make up Trang điểm, bịa đặt, dựng chuyện, quyết định, làm
hòa, chiếm (tỉ lệ, %)
Be made up of Tạo nên bởi
 Make away with Cuỗm đi
Make for Tiến về hướng
Make out Nhìn, nhận ra, hiểu
37 Pick up Nhặt; đón
38 Point at Chỉ vào
39 Pray for Cầu nguyện
40 Pass away = die Qua đời/ chết
Pass down Lưu truyền, truyền lại
Pass over Lờ đi,né tránh
41 Put up with = tolerate Chịu đựng
Put across Trình bày, giải thích
Put on Mặc, đội; biểu diễn
Put off Trì hoãn; khiến cho ai không còn thích nữa
Put aside Để dành
Put away Dọn đi, cất đi, để dành
Put back Trả lại (đưa về đúng vị trí)
Put through Kết nối điện thoại
Put up Dựng lên
Put sb up Cho ai đó ở nhờ
Put out Dập tắt
42 Pull down ủi đổ, phá bỏ
43 Result in Dẫn đến
44 Run on st Chạy bằng cái gì
Run off Bỏ đi, rửa trôi
Run out of st Hết sạch, hết nhẵn cái gì
Run out Cạn kiệt
Slow down Làm giảm
Speed up Tăng tốc
45 Settle down ổn định, định cư
46 Start up Khởi nghiệp
47 Save up Tiết kiệm
48 Set out Bắt đầu thực hiện một kế hoạch/ hành động
Set up Thành lập
Set off Khởi hành
49 Stand in for sb Làm thay cho ai
Stand up Đứng lên
Stand for Viết tắt, tượng trưng cho
 Stand out Nổi bật
Stand up for ủng hộ
50 Ponder on/upon/over Suy nghĩ về, cân nhắc về; trầm tư
51 Show off Khoe khoang
Show up = turn up = Đến
arrive
52 Stay up Thức
53 Spread over Kéo dài
54 Think back on = recall Hồi tưởng lại, nhớ lại
55 Talk back to sb Cãi lại, nói lại
56 Take after Giống
Take off Cởi, cất cánh, thành công
Take in Hấp thụ, hít vào, hiểu
Take out Nhổ, đổ
Take away Mang đi, kéo theo
Take on Đảm nhiệm, thuê mướn
Take over Tiếp quản, chiếm đoạt
Take up Bắt đầu một thói quen/sở thích
57 Turn on >< turn off Bật >< tắt
Turn up = show up = Đến
arrive
Turn into Biến thành
Turn out Hóa ra
Turn down Từ chối, vặn nhỏ
58 Try out = test Kiểm tra
Try on Thử đồ
59 Throw away Vứt đi
60 Wipe out Xóa sổ
61 Wake up Thức giấc
62 Wind down = relax Thư giãn
63 Wait for sb/st Đợi ai/đợi cái gì
64 Wash away Cuốn trôi
Wash up Giặt, rửa
65 Use up = run out Dùng hết, cạn kiệt
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. It is very important for a firm or a company to keep_________the changes in
the market.
        A. pace of        B. track about        C. touch with        D. up with
2. The forecast has revealed that the world’s reserves of fossil fuel will
have_________by 2015.
        A. taken over        B. caught up        C. used off        D. run out
3. We intend to_________with the old system as soon as we have developed a
better one.
        A. do up        B. do in        C. do away        D. do down
4. Put your shoes on properly or you’ll_________over.
        A. get        B. turn        C. fall        D. bend
5. The teacher made a difficult question, but at last, Joe_________a good answer.
        A. came up with        B. came up to        C. came up against        D. came up
for
6. Unexpectedly the lights_________and we were left in darkness.
        A. turned down        B. went out        C. put off        D. gave away
7. The train to the center of the city was_________by a heavy snowfall.
        A. held up        B. took back        C. put off        D. given out
8. My hat has just_________behind the sofa although I thought I had lost it.
        A. turned up        B. gone away        C. run into        D. come across
9. Jim’s_________flu again. That’s the third time this year.
        A. gone down with        B. put up with        C. led up to        D. come up with
10. Considering how little they have got in common, it’s surprising how well
they_______ together.
        A. get through        B. get on        C. get down        D. get up
11. Her brother was offered the manager’s job, but he_________. He said he
didn’t want the responsibilities.
        A. turned it off        B. turned it down        C. threw it away        D. put it off
12. Roger Federer couldn’t _________ the possibility of withdrawing from the
championship because of injury.
        A. rule out        B. pass over        C. come off        D. do without
13. He is disappointed at not being offered the job, but I think he will_________it.
        A. turn off        B. fill in        C. get over        D. take after
14. Lucy was late for school this morning because the alarm didn’t_________as
usual.
        A. ring off        B. go off        C. get off        D. take off
15. His son_________him so much that we can’t see any differences between
them.
        A. takes after        B. looks up        C. takes in        D. looks over
16. My sister in-law is beloved by all my relatives for she can_________all right
after getting married.
        A. get on well with        B. get up        C. get over        D. get out of
17. I know we had an argument, but now I’d quite like to_________.
        A. look down        B. make up        C. fall out        D. bring up
18. Don’t worry about trying to catch last train home, as we can
easily_________you_________for the night.
        A. keep/off        B. put/up        C. take/out        D. set/off
19. The thieves ran away when the burglar alarm_________.
        A. went out        B. went on        C. went off        D. went
20. Boys! Put your toys_________. It is time to go to bed. Don’t stay_________late.
        A. around/for        B. away/up        C. down/off        D. off/to
21. At present, we are_________an anti-drug campaign.
        A. setting up for        B. taking part        C. joining with        D. carrying out
22. You should have_________those shares when they were cheap.
        A. taken out        B. sold off        C. bought up        D. taken over
23. I’ll_________you_________to our research department. Please hold on.
        A. put - away        B. put - out        C. put - through        D. put - up
24. Jane’s very modest, always_________her success.
        A. playing down        B. turning around        C. keeping down        D. pushing
back
25. Those companies were_________due to some seriously financial problems.
        A. taken off        B. set up        C. wiped out        D. gone over
26. Deborah is going to take extra lessons to_________what she missed while she
was away.
        A. catch up on        B. cut down on        C. put up with        D. take up with
27. Mrs. Moore waited for the class to_________before she continued.
        A. bring up        B. pass away        C. settle down        D. bring on
28. I haven’t_________my mind where to go for our holiday this year. I am quite
busy at work.
        A. turn up        B. made up        C. break up        D. changed
29. Since Carl was unable to pay his bill, after a couple of months, his telephone
was
        A. cut off        B. broken up        C. dropped off        D. rung up
30. I can_________the house being messy, but I hate it if it’s not clean.
        A. lead up to        B. come up with        C. go down with        D. put up with
31. Belinda Harrell_________taking her driving test until she finally passed it on
her twenty-first attempt.
        A. kept on        B. cleared off        C. used up        D. wore out
32. James is now too old to live on his own, so he is being_________by his
daughter.
        A. found out        B. brought up        C. moved on        D. looked after
33. We arranged to meet at the station, but she didn’t_________.
        A. get through        B. turn up        C. walk out        D. wait on
34. Don’t worry we’ll have to wait a little longer because I’m sure he
will_________.
        A. turn down        B. turn in        C. turn into        D. turn up
35. When they_________for the beach the sun was shining, but by the time they
arrived it had clouded over.
        A. went out        B. went off        C. set off        D. left out
36. When Mr. Spendthrift ran out of money, he_________his mother for help.
        A. fell back on        B. fell upon        C. fell behind        D. fell in with
37. If you can’t remember his phone number, you can
always_________it_________in the phone book.
        A. take/down        B. look/up        C. find/out        D. bring/about?”.
38. If a machine stops moving or working normally, you can say that it
has_________.
        A. cut off        B. wiped out        C. seized up        D. go off
39. Many people_________television as their main source of information and
entertainment.
        A. rely on        B. try on        C. put on        D. hold
40. It was so foggy that the driver couldn’t_________the traffic signs.
        A. make out        B. break out        C. keep out        D. take out
41. It took me 10 years to_________enough money to travel around the country.
        A. set out        B. put away        C. put by        D. save aside
42. I think I should have_________your mother while I was passing.
        A. dropped in on        B. come up with        C. got on with        D. run into
43. They thought they could deceive me but they were wrong. I could_________.
        A. see them off        B. see off them        C. see through them        D. see them
through
44. I’m sorry I offended you. I_________what I said.
        A. take back        B. get back        C. come back        D. get away
45. I hope I can_________you to be there if I need any help.
        A. let know        B. make out        C. get through        D. count on
46. I don’t know what we are going to_________if I lose this job.
        A. get by        B. live on        C. give away        D. grow up
47. He is disappointed at not winning the competition, but he will
soon_________it.
        A. take after        B. get over        C. look after        D. go over
 48. Though considered the king sport in many parts of the world, soccer has
never really
        A. caught on        B. carried out        C. taken off        D. put through
49. When the manager of our company retires, the deputy manager
will_________that position.
        A. stand for        B. take over        C. catch on        D. hold on
50. The company management decided to_________more workers to meet the
production schedule.
        A. take on        B. make out        C. take over        D. make up
Complete each sentence with the most appropriate word from the box.
put him out keep up with brought in go back take up
left out wear off looked up look after hung up
1. I won't ____________ any more of your time.
2. She ____________from her book as I entered the room.
3. He hadn't been asked to the party and was feeling very ____________.
4. She doesn't want to ____________to her husband
5. Two men were ____________for questioning.
6. Who's going to ____________the children while you're away?
7. These pills should ____________for a few hours.
8. The novelty of married life was beginning to ____________.
9. After I ____________I remembered what I'd wanted to say.
10. If you do not ____________the payments you could lose your home.
Complete each sentence with the most appropriate word from the box.
fell out with fell for brings back fallen behind comes up
came into fall back on over come up with dealing with
1.The manager is good at ____________difficult customers.
2.That song  ____________such fond memories of my childhood.
3. I don't know what happened-one minute, she was talking to me, and the next
minute, she just fell ____________!
4. The moment I met my wife, I ____________her completely.
5. I've ____________with that show-can you tell me what happened in the latest
episode?
6. With all of these medical bills, I just don't have any more money to
____________.
7. Apparently, Gina ____________Dave last week, and now they're not talking to
each other at all.
8. The board must ____________a plan to put the city back on its financial feet.
9. I think she ____________all of that money when her grandmother died.
10. There are job vacancies from time to time. I'll let you know if anything
____________.
 Complete each sentence with the most appropriate word from the box.
get over back in for come down with get away with
broke out coming up bringing in bring up broke down
1.By Friday night Lucy had ____________a terrible illness that kept her feverishly
in bed on Saturday, Sunday and Monday.
2.The plan to demolish the old theatre came ____________a lot of criticism.
3.The new contracts system we’re ____________the autumn will make a huge
difference to the way we deal with our clients.
4.It's not our policy to let kidnappers ____________their crimes.
5.Looking through those old photographs brought ____________ all my
memories of the wonderful summers I spent in Cornwall.                
6.This issue just keeps ____________again and again.        
7.Don’t ____________that topic with Sarah or she’ll get annoyed.
8.Police were called after fighting ____________among a group of around 40
men.
9.When I almost reached the destination, the car suddenly ____________.
10.She is currently seeing a psychiatrist to ____________her fear of answering the
door.
Complete each sentence with the most appropriate word from the box.
makes up went down go in for make fun of look into
with
looked back on looking after went through keep up with make out
1.Schoolchildren shouldn't ____________those who are intellectually inferior to
them.
2.George ____________his career in government with a great deal of satisfaction.
3.She walks so fast that I can never ____________her.        
4.His school had suggested he ____________the Young Musician of the Year
competition.
5.Health experts from the WHO have been striving to ____________the origin of
the
coronavirus.                        
6.People in the central Vietnam ____________a deluge of natural disasters in
2020.
7.Instead of reading stories from books, Michelle’s father usually
____________stories to lull her to sleep.
8.It’s hard work ____________three children all day.        
9.I need glasses! I can’t ____________what’s written on the board.
10.Three people in my neighborhood ____________with the deadly disease in
just 3 days.
Complete each sentence with the most appropriate word from the box.
made look to made up for  for away with
keep pace with go over away down on over
1. In China’s largest psychiatric facility, there is a serious lack of resources
but the staffs try hard to ____________this in their treatment of the patients.
2. Come here next week because the boss has gone____________.
3. She says she has kissed and____________up with Nigel, and the reunion
was a fun night.
4. You should go ____________the report before you submit it to the director
of the company.
5. Certainly, man must ____________the future, and find ways of providing
for his needs.
6. The dog went ____________him and knocked him down.
7. He smashed the window and made ____________a number of items of
jewellery.
8. Check for spellings, ____________your analysis in your own minds just to
ensure that you have not made a monumentally large mistake.
9. My mother had social pretensions and looked ____________most of our
neighbours.
10. They say the law needs to ____________two big changes in the
marketplace.
PART IV : COLLOCATIONS
 THEORY
Collocation là một cụm gồm 2 hay nhiều từ thường hay đi cùng với nhau, và
theo một trật tự nhất định. Chúng không có quy tắc hay một công thức cụ thể.
Để có được cách diễn đạt tự nhiên như người bản ngữ thì chúng ta phải học các
cụm collocations đi với nhau. Điều này giúp chúng ta có được cách diễn đạt
phong phú hơn. Vì vậy mỗi học sinh nên có trong tay một quyển từ điển về
collocations.
Các loại Collocations
Có một vài hình thức khác nhau được tạo thành từ sự kết hợp giữa động từ
(Verb), danh từ (Noun) và tính từ (Adjective). Có một số hình thức như: Adv +
Adj; Adj + N; N + N; N + V; V + N; V + Prepostional phrase; V + Adv
Sự kết hợp từ với các động từ thông dụng
1 A detailed action plan Bản chi tiết kế hoạch hành động
2 A pat on the back Khen ngợi, ca tụng
3 A wide range/variety of Nhiều, đa dạng
4 Accidentally come up with= hit Vô tình nảy ra ý tưởng
on/upon
5 Against one's will Trái với mong muốn của ai
6 At stake = at risk = in danger Gặp nguy hiểm, bị đe dọa
7 Be in two minds about st Lưỡng lự, chưa quyết định được
8 Be quick/slow on the uptake Nhanh/chậm tiếp thu
9 Be under misapprehension that + Hiểu lầm rằng
clause
10 Bumper/good crops Vụ mùa bội thu
11 By leaps and bounds Tiến bộ nhanh chóng
12 Cash crops Cây thương phẩm
13 Chance upon sb/st Vô tình thấy/tìm thấy ai/cái gì
14 Change your tune Thay đổi ý kiến hoàn toàn
15 Close to the bone Xúc phạm
16 Come to an end Kết thúc
17 Conquer one's nerves to do st Chế ngự nỗi sợ hãi để làm gì
18 Contribute to st/doing st Đóng góp, cống hiến vào cái gì/làm gì
= make a contribution to st/doing
st
19 Dispose of = get rid of Loại bỏ, xử lí
20 Do a degree in st Học để lấy bằng (lĩnh vực gì)
21 Do a project on st Làm dự án về vấn đề gì
22 Do damage to sb/st Gây tổn hại tới ai/cái gì
23 Do harm to Do good to Gây hại Có lợi
24 Do harm to sb/st Gây hại cho ai/cái gì
25 Do/cause damage to sb/st Gây ra thiệt hại cho ai/cái gì
26 Domestic violence Bạo lực gia đình
27 Earn/make money Kiếm tiền
28 Fall asleep = doze off Ngủ thiếp đi
29 Fall in love with sb Yêu ai
30 Fight/struggle for st Đấu tranh cho cái gì
Fight/struggle against st Đấu tranh chống lại cái gì
31 From scratch = from the Ngay từ đấu
beginning
32 From time to time For the time Thỉnh thoảng Trong thời gian này
being
33 Gain a victory over sb/st Giành chiến thắng trước ai/cái gì
34 Gain experience in st Đạt được kinh nghiệm trong lĩnh vực gì
35 Gestation period Thời kỳ thai nghén
36 Get a discount Giảm giá, bớt giá, chiết khấu
37 get access to st Truy cập vào cái gì
38 Get one’s permission Xin phép ai
39 Get/be exposed to Tiếp xúc với
40 Give birth to sb Sinh ra ai
41 Give one’s love/regard to sb Gửi lời hỏi thăm tới ai
42 Give preference to Thích/chuộng/ưu ái hơn
43 Go hand in hand with st Có mối liên hệ chặt chẽ
44 Go round the bend Tức giận, cáu kỉnh
45 Go to one’s head Khiến ai kiêu ngạo vì nghĩ mình là người
quan trọng
46 Hang out with sb = spend time La cà với ai
with sb
47 Harbor the dream of ấp ủ giấc mơ
48 Have a good relationship with sb Có mối quan hệ tốt với ai
= get on well with sb
= get along with sb
= be/keep on good terms with sb
49 Have an interest in st Có hứng thú/quan tâm tới cái gì
50 Have attachment to st Gắn bó với cái gì
51 Have impact on/influence Có tác động/ảnh hưởng tới ai/cái gì
on/effect on sb/st
52 Have occasion to do st = need to Cần làm gì
do st
53 Have some days off Có vài ngày nghỉ
54 Have st in common Có cái gì đó chung
55 Have the legal right to do st Có quyền làm gì
56 Have trouble/difficulty (in) doing Gặp khó khăn trong việc làm gì
st
57 Have/keep (all) one’s wits about Phản ứng nhanh chóng khi điều không
sb mong muốn xảy ra
58 Hold the belief Giữ/có niềm tin rằng
59 Hold/have a conversation with Trò chuyện với ai
sb
60 Hold/have discussions with sb Thảo luận với ai về vấn đề gì
about/on st
61 Hook on = be crazy about = Nghiện, say mê cái gì
absorb in = get addicted to
62 Intend to do st = have intention Có ý định làm gì
 of doing st
63 Keep sb awake Làm cho ai thức
64 Kick/get rid of habits Từ bỏ thói quen
65 lay claim to Tuyên bố chủ quyền đối với
66 Lay the table Dọn bàn
67 Life span/expectancy Tuổi thọ
68 Live in harmony with = coexist Chung sống hòa bình
peacefully with
69 Lose/reduce weight Giảm cân
Gain/ put on weight Tăng cân
70 Maintain eye contact with sb Duy trì giao tiếp bằng mắt với ai
71 Make a commitment to st/doing Tận tụy, tận tâm cho cái gì/làm gì
st
72 Make a decision on st Quyết định cái gì
73 Make a difference Tạo ra sự khác biệt
74 Make comparison So sánh
Compare sb/st with sb/st So sánh ai/cái gì với ai/cái gì
Compared to/with sb/st Được so sánh với ai/cái gì
75 Make innovation to st Cải tiến cái gì
76 Make one’s effort to do st Cố gắng hết sức để làm gì
77 Make prediction = predict (v) Dự đoán
78 Make progress Tiến bộ
79 Make up one's mind Tự mình quyết định
80 Meet one’s wishes Đáp ứng mong mỏi của ai
81 Meet the challenge Đương đầu với thách thức
82 National anthem Quốc ca
83 Object to/have objection to Phản đối
84 On the flip side = on the other Mặt khác
hand
85 Pay a heavy price to do st Trả giá đắt để làm gì
86 Play a role/part in st Đóng vai trò trong cái gì
87 ponder on/upon/over Suy nghĩ về, cân nhắc về; trầm tư
88 Pull one’s socks up Nỗ lực để trở nên tốt hơn
89 Put pressure on sb/st Gây áp lực lên ai/cái gì
90 Realize the dream Thực hiện giấc mơ
91 Satisfy one’s need Thỏa mãn nhu cầu của ai
92 See the point of = make sense of Hiểu
= understand
93 Sense of self Cảm xúc, tự ý thức về bản thân
94 Set a good example to sb Làm gương tốt cho ai noi theo
95 Set st in motion = begin st Bắt đầu cho cái gì
96 Slow but sure Chậm mà chắc
97 Smash hit Bài hát/bộ phim/vở kịch thành công, nổi
tiếng
98 Social standing Vị trí xã hội
99 Squeeze in/out/through Chen lấn
100 Stuck one's neck out = take a risk Liều lĩnh
101 Suit one’s taste Phù hợp với thị hiếu của ai
Suit one’s need Phù hợp với nhu cầu của ai
102 Take a rest = have a break Nghỉ giải lao
103 Take actions to do st Hành động làm gì
104 Take advantage of = make use of Lợi dụng, tận dụng
105 Take measures to do st Có những biện pháp để làm gì
106 Take naps Ngủ trưa
107 Take notes = jot down = write Ghi chép, viết tóm tắt ý chính
down
108 Take photos of sb Chụp ảnh cho ai
109 Take photos of sb/st Chụp ảnh ai/cái gì
110 Take precautions Đề phòng, phòng ngừa
111 Take pride in st/sb = be proud of Tự hào về về gì/về ai
st/sb
112 Take/have priority over st = give ưu tiên việc gì hơn
priority to st
113 Take/use the occasion to do st Nhân dịp này để làm gì
114 Tend to do st = have a tendency Có xu hướng làm gì
of doing st
115 Widen one’s knowledge Mở rộng kiến thức
116 With a view to doing st Với mục đích làm gì
117 With flying color Xuất sắc, thành công
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. He _______ a very positive contribution to the success of the project.
        A. took        B. made        C. did        D. caused
2. I'm afraid I'm not a very good advertisement for the diet since I've actually
_______ on weight!
        A. get        B. take        C. catch        D. put
3. These measures have been taken _______ increasing the company's profits.
        A. with a view to        B. for fear of        C. on purpose        D. in order to
4. You must _______ all reasonable precautions to protect yourself and your
family.
        A. take        B. do        C. make        D. cause
5. It's difficult to _______ accurate predictions about the effects on the
environment.
        A. take        B. put        C. make        D. do
6. The search for a new vaccine will _______ priority over all other medical
research.
        A. make        B. cause        C. take        D. do
7. Many people are more interested in job satisfaction than in _______ large
amounts of money.
        A. earning        B. causing        C. taking        D. doing
8. She used to be a heavy smoker but she _______ the habit last year.
        A. skipped        B. kicked        C. abandoned        D. stopped
9. I got into drugs because I was _______ around with the wrong people.
        A. hanging        B. playing        C. bringing        D. taking
10. At first, Polly and Luna didn't _______ very well, but now they are great
friends.
        A. take on        B. get along        C. get by        D. take over
11. I think you should go _______ a nap. You look like you're about to fall asleep,
standing up!
        A. do        B. make        C. take        D. get
12. The doctor prescribed some pills and told her to _______ a week's rest.
        A. own        B. have        C. make        D. put
13. He was so exhausted that he _______ asleep at his desk.
        A. fell        B. broke        C. made        D. dropped
14. The kidney _______ a vital role in the removal of waste products from the
blood.
        A. makes        B. plays        C. takes        D. causes
15. The food is ready - please could you _______ the table for me?
        A. make        B. take        C. lay        D. hang
16. I'm not sure what flavor I want - I'm still _______ my mind up.
        A. turning        B. making        C. staying        D. taking
17. I try to _______ an example for my employees by always arriving to work on
time, replying to emails and phone calls promptly, and taking care of problems
as they arise.
        A. stand        B. put        C. set        D. bring
18. I've always _______ an interest in astronomy.
        A. made        B. had        C. did        D. put
19. I _______ no intention of going to her wedding because I am really busy.
        A. get        B. have        C. put        D. make
20. Barry was _______ of the fact that he had never missed a day's work in his
life.
        A. fond        B. famous        C. proud        D. eager
21. We _______ great pride in offering the best service in town.
        A. take        B. make        C. cause        D. put
22. We _______ to get cold winters and warm, dry summers in this part of the
country.
        A. appreciate        B. tend        C. refuse        D. agree
23. As we _______ experience of interpreting the data, we were able to work
faster.
        A. achieved        B. gained        C. applied        D. made
24. Students must also do a _______ on a topic of their own choice.
        A. job        B. project        C. task        D. mission
25. After significant losses last year, the company now _______ the challenge of
trying to repair its reputation with investors.
        A. meets        B. comes        C. makes        D. stands
26. She had the wealth and social _______ to command respect.
        A. station        B. standing        C. ranking        D. grade
27. We live in an increasingly secular society, in which religion has less and less
_______ on our daily lives.
        A. change        B. influence        C. power        D. outcome
28. I wanted to impress Juliet, so I _______ myself in music by her favorite band.
        A. turned        B. took        C. absorbed        D. abandoned
29. Can we fix the current computer system, or would it be better to start from
_______ with a new system?
        A. opening        B. launch        C. scratch        D. activation
30. You need a password to get _______ to the computer system.
        A. touch        B. attachment        C. link        D. access
31. Simon was so _______ in his book that he didn't even notice me come in.
        A. absorbed        B. took        C. turned        D. addicted
32. If you have the vote in an election, you have the legal _______ to indicate
your choice.
        A. attitude        B. option        C. chance        D. Right
33. Fish _______ for survival when the water level drops in the lake.
        A. struggle        B. eager        C. compensate        D. call
34. Children are being _______ to new dangers on the internet.
        A. connected        B. exposed        C. contributed        D. addicted
35. The education system must _______ the needs of all children.
        A. satisfy        B. provide        C. please        D. complete
36. _______ violence can take many forms, including emotional, sexual and
physical abuse and threats of abuse.
        A. Household        B. Domestic        C. Married        D. Internal
37. We _______ preference to those who have worked with us for a long time.
        A. take        B. provide        C. give        D. form
38. His comments about her size were a bit close to the _______.
        A. skeleton        B. bone        C. head        D. heart
39. I'll have to work really long hours and be away from my family for long
stretches of time, but, on the _______ side, I'll get the opportunity to travel
around the world.
        A. flip        B. toss        C. verge        D. reverse
40. This deal could really help the business get out of debt. Though, on the other
_______, you'd just be indebted to the government instead.
        A. side        B. aspect        C. hand        D. matter
41. I will consult colleagues before _______ a final decision about how to proceed.
        A. making        B. taking        C. putting        D. getting
42. I _______ no objection to an article discussing a non-mainstream viewpoint.
        A. make        B. have        C. take        D. put
43. Skilful presenters are good at _______ eye contact with an audience.
        A. maintaining        B. catching        C. keeping        D. causing
44. We will _______ discussions with employee representatives about possible
redundancies.
        A. make        B. put        C. keep        D. hold
45. We _______ a discussion with them about the differences between Britain and
the US.
        A. made        B. took        C. had        D. caught
46. I carry a notebook so that I can _______ down any ideas.
        A. take        B. jot        C. put        D. lay
47. Let’s _______ advantage of the good weather and go to the beach.
        A. make        B. take        C. keep        D. catch
48. It will be a long time before we can begin to make _______ of this tragedy.
        A. sense        B. meaning        C. awareness        D. impression
49. She's in two _______ about accepting his invitation.
        A. hands        B. eyes        C. minds        D. heads
50. Police are _______ significant progress in fighting computer crime.
        A. taking        B. keeping        C. putting        D. making
51. I had considerable _______ in persuading her to leave.
        A. matter        B. difficulty        C. problem        D. strain
52. Some people _______ beliefs about the world that are not supported by
science.
        A. hold        B. keep        C. impose        D. take
53. The bond offers great benefits for issuers without _______ any harm to
investors.
        A. doing        B. putting        C. having        D. catching
54. I was _______ the misapprehension that the course was for complete
beginners.
        A. at        B. upon        C. under        D. into
55. She's _______ with some amazing scheme to double her income.
        A. showed up        B. come up        C. turned up        D. made up
56. One day he chanced _______ Emma's diary and began reading it.
        A. at        B. upon        C. into        D. across
57. He's a little slow on the _______, so you may have to repeat the instructions a
few times.
        A. uptake        B. intake        C. outtake        D. retake
58. It's a lovely little place to visit, but I'd go round the _______ if I had to live
there.
        A. beach        B. bridge        C. border        D. bend
59. He was against the idea to start with, but he soon changed his _______ when
he realized how much money he'd get.
        A. voice        B. head        C. ear        D. tune
60. The only reason she stays late at work is to receive a pat on the _______ from
her boss.
        A. head        B. shoulder        C. back        D. bone
61. I was worried that I wouldn't fit on the train after so many people got on
ahead of me, but I managed to _______ in just before it departed.
        A. turn        B. squeeze        C. succeed        D. make
62. You have to _______ some risks to be successful in business and in life, but
don't _______ your neck out for no good reason.
        A. take -stick        B. make - glue        C. do - adhere        D. cause - stick
63. Cycling is potentially very dangerous in the city - you have to _______ your
wits about you.
        A. take        B. keep        C. make        D. control
64. Let's just stay focused on this for the _______ being. We can address other
issues later in the meeting.
        A. time        B. moment        C. phase        D. stage
65. Our small company has been growing by _______ over the past year, thanks
in no small part to our aggressive new marketing campaign.
        A. leaps and bounds        B. here and there        C. time to time        D. once in
a blue moon
66. It's going to be slow but _______ writing my thesis, as I have to balance my
part-time job with my research.
        A. certain        B. sure        C. definite        D. stable
67. Ford is definitely not a man to let a little success go to his _______. He knows
he still has a lot to learn
        A. mind        B. brain        C. head        D. face
68. He's going to have to pull his _______ up if he wants to stay in the team.
        A. shoes        B. socks        C. sandal        D. hat
69. A number of companies have been putting _______ on politicians to ease up
on corporate taxes and regulations.
        A. burden        B. weight        C. pressure        D. strain
70. We must _______ action to deal with the problem before it spreads to other
areas.
        A. make        B. take        C. convey        D. spread
71. Recent discoveries about corruption have _______ serious damage to the
company's reputation.
        A. taken        B. done        C. put        D. kept
72. The agency has put an end to new efforts to _______ of hazardous waste in
sensitive environmental areas.
        A. emit        B. throw        C. cast        D. dispose
73. The prices are so much cheaper over there that I always feel like I'm _______
things at a discount.
        A. making        B. getting        C. putting        D. keeping
74. A variety of dishes were available to _______ all tastes.
        A. match        B. fix        C. suit        D. please
75. Exercise can _______ a big difference to your state of health.
        A. cause        B. make        C. change        D. take
76. Our company works _______ with market research firms to ensure that our
clients' advertising reaches the broadest and most well suited audiences possible.
        A. hand in hand        B. cash in hand        C. at hand        D. all hands on deck
77. That she passed the exam with flying _______ made her parents proud of her.
        A. colors        B. clouds        C. marks        D. Points
78. The local clubs are _______ every effort to interest more young people.
        A. inventing        B. making        C. taking        D. causing
79. I know you're discouraged about having to look for a new job, but take the
_______ to consider different areas of work that you might be interested in.
        A. occasion        B. opportunity        C. prospect        D. chance
80. Festivities came to a(n) _______ well after the sun had risen the next morning.
        A. final        B. death        C. point        D. end
81. We had to _______ permission from the city to build an extension to our
house.
        A. get        B. take        C. earn        D. offer
82. I'm sorry I can't be there, but please give my _______ to Grandma.
        A. heart        B. admiration        C. love        D. gratitude
83. We are looking forward to a _______ crop.
        A. wealthy        B. bumper        C. successful        D. hard
84. They aim to offer a wide _______ of online services for travellers.
        A. number        B. amount        C. quantity        D. range
85. We cannot afford to take risks when people's lives are at _______.
        A. danger        B. stake        C. threat        D. matter
86. I was forced to sign the agreement _______ my will.
        A. against        B. oppose        C. reverse        D. into
87. Once the printing processes have been _______ in motion, they're not so easy
to stop.
        A. made        B. set        C. kept        D. caused
88. The Japanese government has taken various _______ against the new
coronavirus, including requesting school closures and event cancellations.
        A. efforts        B. measures        C. determination        D. methods
89. Angela _______ birth to a beautiful baby girl last night.
        A. took        B. did        C. gave        D. made
90. The gestation _______ of a horse is about eleven months.
        A. phase        B. stage        C. period        D. incubation
91. Life _______ in Europe increased greatly in the 20th century.
        A. expectancy        B. expectation        C. hope        D. standard
92. He _______ in love with a young German student.
        A. dropped        B. fell        C. collapsed        D. rose
93. It is difficult to _______ a comparison with her previous book- they are
completely different.
        A. create        B. cause        C. take        D. make
94. Children seem to learn more interesting things compared _______ when we
were at school.
        A. to        B. on        C. at        D. upon
95. I _______ no interest in seeing the movie.
        A. make        B. have        C. take        D. keep
96. The office was so hot I nearly _______ off at my desk.
        A. took        B. went        C. dozed        D. got
97. You’ve _______ some weight since the last time I saw you.
        A. missed        B. lost        C. forgotten        D. seized
98. I hope you _______ the point of everything your mother and I do for you!
        A. view        B. watch        C. observe        D. see
99. You should _______ careful note of what she tells you because she knows
their strategy well.
        A. make        B. take        C. do        D. get
100. These organizations have fought very hard _______ the rights and welfare of
immigrants.
        A. about        B. with        C. for        D. upon
PART V : IDIOMS
 THEORY 
CÁC THÀNH NGỮ THƯỜNG DÙNG
 cats and dogs: rain heavily: mưa to
E.g: It's raining cats and dogs = It's raining heavily.
 chalk and cheese: very different from each other: khác nhau hoàn toàn
E.g: I don't have anything in common with my brother. We're like chalk and
cheese.
 here and there: everywhere: mọi nơi
E.g: I have been looking here and there for the gift I bought for my girlfriend.

 a hot potato: a problem, situation, etc. that is difficult and unpleasant to deal with (vấn
đề nan giải,

nóng hổi)
E.g: The issue of taxing domestic fuel has become a political hot potato.
 at the drop of the hat: immediately, instantly; without hesitating: ngay lập tức,
không do dự
E.g: The company can't expect me to move my home and family at the drop of a
hat.
 back to the drawing board: time to start from the beginning ; it is time to plan
something over again:
bắt đầu lại từ đầu
E.g: They rejected our proposal, so it's back to the drawing board.

 beat about the bush: to talk about something for a long time without coming to
the main point: vòng vo tam quốc, không tập trung vào vấn đề chính

E.g: Stop beating about the bush and tell me what you want.
 the best thing since sliced bread: a good invention or innovation; a good
idea or plan (ý tưởng hay, tốt) E.g: Portable phones are marketed as the best thing since
sliced bread; people think they are extremely good.
 burn the midnight oil: to study or work until late at night: thức khuya làm việc,
học bài
E.g: I will have a big exam tomorrow so I'll be burning the midnight oil tonight.

 caught between two stools: when someone finds it difficult to choose between
two alternatives: lưỡng lự, không biết lựa chọn cái nào, do dự

E.g: I was caught between two stools when I had to choose which shirt to hang
out with my girlfriends.
 break a leg: used to wish somebody good luck (~ good luck)
 hit the books ~ to study
 let the cat out of the bag: to tell a secret carelessly or by mistake: để lộ bí mật
E.g: I wanted it to be a surprise, but my sister let the cat out of the bag.
 when pigs fly ~ pigs might fly: something will never happen: chuyện viển vông,
không tưởng, chỉ điều
gì đó khó xảy ra được
'With a bit of luck, we'll be finished by the end of the year. "Yes, and pigs might fly!'
 scratch someone's back: help someone out with the assumption that they
will return the favor in the future: giúp ai với mong muốn sau này người ta sẽ giúp lại
mình
E.g: "You scratch my back and I will scratch yours," the customer said when we
talked about the new sales contact.
 hit the nail on the head: to say something that is exactly right: nói trúng phóc
 take someone/ something for granted: to be so used to somebody/something that
you do not recognize their true value any more and do not show that you are grateful: cho là
điều hiển nhiên, coi nhẹ, xem thường

E.g: Her husband was always there and she just took him for granted.
 take something into account/ consideration: to remember to consider
something: xem xét, tính đến cái gì, kể đến cái gì
E.g: Coursework is taken into account as well as exam results.
 keep an eye on sb/ sth: để ý, để mắt, để tâm đến ai/ điều gì
E.g: We've asked the neighbours to keep an eye on the house for us while we are
away.
 lose touch with sb: mất liên lạc với ai
 at somebody's disposal: available for use as you prefer/somebody prefers: tùy ý
sử dụng, có sẵn cho ai
sử dụng theo ý muốn
E.g: He will have a car at his disposal for the whole month.
 splitting headache (n): a severe headache: đau đầu như búa bổ
E.g: I've got a splitting headache. I'm going upstairs for a nap.
 off the peg ~ off the rack: may sẵn (quần áo)
E.g: He buys his clothes off the peg.
 on the house: không phải trả tiền
E.g: Have a drink on the house.
 hit the roof ~ hit the ceiling ~ go through the roof: to suddenly become very
angry: giận dữ, tức điên
lên
E.g: I'm afraid she will hit the roof when she finds out our vacation is cancelled.
 bring down the house: làm cho cả khán phòng vỗ tay nhiệt liệt
 pay through the nose (for sth): to pay too much for something: trả giả đắt
 by the skin of one's teeth: chỉ vừa mới
E.g: He escaped defeat by the skin of his teeth.

 pull somebody's leg: play a joke on somebody, usually by making them believe
something that is not true: trêu chọc ai

E.g: You don't mean that.You're just pulling my leg.

 it strikes sb as/that a strange: lấy làm lạ
E.g: It struck me as a strange when she came to class yesterday.
 high and low ~ here and there: everywhere : mọi nơi
E.g: I've searched high and low for my purse.
 the more, the merrier: càng đông càng vui
 spick and span ~ spic and span: ngăn nắp và gọn gàng, mới
E.g: Their house is always spick and span.
 (every) now and then/ again ~ sometimes, occasionally: thỉnh thoảng
E.g: Every now and again she checked to see if he was still asleep.
 part and parcel of sth: an essential and crucial part of sth: phần quan trọng, thiết
yếu
E.g: Keeping the accounts is part and parcel of my job.

 go to one's head: to make you feel too proud of yourself in a way that other people find
annoying:

khiến ai kiêu ngạo, kiêu căng

 be/ go on the wagon: to not drink alcohol, either for a short time or permanently:
kiêng rượu
 once in a blue moon ~ very rarely: rất hiếm
E.g: Once in a blue moon, I stop thinking about him.
 on the spot: immediately: ngay lập tức
E.g: He answered the question on the spot.
 few and far between: not frequent; not happening often: hiếm gặp, không thường
xuyên
 on the verge of ~ on the brink of ~ in the edge: bên bờ vực, sắp
E.g: These elephants are on the verge of extinction.
 lead somebody by the nose: to make somebody do everything you want;
to control somebody completely: nắm đầu, dắt mũi ai
 at the eleventh hour: at the last possible moment; just in time: vào phút chót
E.g: She always turned her term paper in at the eleventh hour.
 find fault (with sb/ sth): chỉ trích, kiếm chuyện, bắt lỗi
E.g: It is very easy to find fault with the others.
 off and on/ on and off ~ from time to time: không đều đặn, thỉnh thoảng
E.g: It rained on and off all day.
 make believe: giả bộ, giả vờ
 make good time: di chuyển nhanh, đi nhanh
E.g: We made good time and arrived in Spain in two days.
 took daggers at somebody: Nhìn ai đó một cách giận dữ
E.g: Their relationship is not free and easy but at least he is no longer looking
daggers at her.
 be out of the question: không thể được
E.g: Another trip abroad this year is out of the question.
 all at once ~ suddenly: bất thình lình
E.g: All at once she lost her temper.
 blow one's trumpet ~ boast: bốc phét, khoác lác
 sleep on sth: suy nghĩ thêm về điều gì đó.
E.g: Could I sleep on it and let you know tomorrow?
 fight tooth and nail: to fight in a very determined way for what you want: đánh
nhau dữ dội
E.g: The residents are fighting tooth and nail to stop the new development.
 play tricks/jokes on: chọc phá, trêu ghẹo, chơi khăm
E.g: The children are always play jokes on their teachers.
 (go) down the drain: đổ sông đổ biển (công sức, tiền bạc)
E.g: It's just money down the drain, you know.

 smell a rat: to suspect that something is wrong about a situation: hoài nghi, linh cảm
chuyện không ổn,

nghi ngờ có âm mưu gì đó

E.g: The minute I came in, I smelled a rat.
 the last straw: giọt nước tràn ly
E.g: When he showed up late a third time, which was the last straw. We had to
fire him.
 get the hang of something: nắm bắt được, sử dụng được, làm được
E.g: I can't seem to get the hang of this game.
 hard of hearing: lãng tai, nặng tai
E.g: Mike is hard of hearing. Therefore, we have to speak loudly so that he can
hear us.
 have a bee in one's bonnet (about sth): bị ám ảnh và không thể ngừng
nghĩ về chuyện gì đó, đặt nặng chuyện gì (dùng khi ai đó lo lắng hay bực tức về điều gì
đó)
E.g: Our teacher has a bee in his bonnet about punctuation.

 get/ have cold feet: to suddenly become nervous about doing something that you
had planned to do: mất hết can đảm, chùn bước

E.g: He was going to ask her but he got cold feet and said nothing.
 on second thoughts: suy nghĩ kĩ, sau khi suy đi tính lại
E.g: I’ll wait here. No, on second thoughts, I'll come with you.
 in vain: uổng công, vô ích, không thành công
E.g: They tried in vain to persuade her to go.
 chip in ~ contribute: quyên góp, góp tiền, đóng góp
E.g: If everyone chips in, we'll be able to buy her a really nice present.
 out of/ off one's head ~ crazy: điên, loạn trí
E.g: The old man has been off his head for at least a year.
 run an errand: làm việc vặt
E.g: I've got to run an errand. I'll be back in a minute.

 jump the (traffic) lights/ run the lights/ run a (red) light: vượt đèn đỏ

E.g: They ignore people who jump the traffic lights.

 fly off the handle: dễ nổi giận, phát cáu, bỗng nhiên nổi nóng
E.g: He seems to fly off the handle about the slightest thing these days.
 the apple of one's eye: người yêu quý/ đồ quý giá của ai
E.g: She is the apple of her father's eye.
 bucket down ~ rain heavily: mưa xối xả, mưa to
E.g: It's bucketing down.
 a close shave/ call: thoát chết trong gang tấc
E.g: David, that was a close shave. I was so lucky.
 drop a brick/ clanger: lỡ lời, lỡ miệng
E.g: I dropped a brick when talking with my best friend, and now he doesn't
want to talk to me.
 get/ have butterflies in one's stomach: cảm thấy bồn chồn
E.g: I always get butterflies in my stomach when it comes to taking test.
 off the record: không chính thức, không được công bố
E.g: Strictly off the record, some members of staff will have to be made
redundant.
 (not) one's cup of tea: (không phải) người/ thứ mà ta yêu thích
E.g: He's nice enough but not really my cup of tea.
 cut it fine: đến sát giờ
E.g: Only allowing half an hour to get from the station to the airport is cutting it
fine, isn't it?
 golden handshake: món tiền hậu hĩnh dành cho người sắp nghỉ việc
E.g: The manager got early retirement and a 800,000$ golden handshake when
the company was restructed.

 come to light: được biết đến, được phát hiện, được đưa ra ánh sáng.

E.g: New evidence has recently come to light.

 take things to pieces: tháo ra từng mảnh
E.g: He took the clock to pieces.
 put one's foot in it / put your foot in one's mouth: nói/ làm điều gì đó ngu ngốc
làm xúc phạm người
khác, nói điều không nên
E.g: I really put my foot in it with Mary - I didn't know she'd split up with Tom.
 pull one's weight: nỗ lực, làm tròn phần trách nhiệm
E.g: The rest of the team complained that Mary wasn't pulling her weight.
- make (both) ends meet: xoay sở để kiếm sống
E.g: Many families struggle to make ends meet.
 get (hold of) the wrong end of the stick: hiểu nhầm ai đó
E.g: I think I must explain to her that she got hold of the wrong end of the stick
again.

 cut and dried: được quyết định theo cách mà không thể thay đổi

E.g: The inquiry is by no means cut and dried.

- see eye to eye: đồng tình
E.g: The two of them have never seen eye to eye on politics.
- have sb/ sth in mind: đang suy nghĩ, cân nhắc tới ai/ điều gì
E.g: Watching TV all evening wasn't exactly what I had in mind!
- a lost cause: hết hy vọng, không thay đổi được gì
E.g: The game looked a lost cause when the score reached 6-0.
- to be bound to do sth: chắc
chắn sẽ làm gì E.g:
You're bound to be late if you
don't hurry.

 at heart: thực chất, theo một cách cơ bản nhất

E.g: He's still a socialist at heart.

 know sb by sight: nhận ra ai đó (recognize)
E.g: She said that she would know the thief by sight if she ever saw him again.

now and then - now and again - at times - from time to time ~ off
and on ~ (every) once in a while - every so often- sometimes: thỉnh thoảng,
không thường xuyên

E.g: Every so often I heard a strange noise outside.

 take (great) pains to do sth: dốc sức để làm gì
E.g: The couple went to great pains to keep their plans secret.
- take (great) pains wsth/over sth: làm cái gì đó cẩn thận và tận tâm
E.g: He always takes great pains with his lectures.
- make do: xoay sở, đương đầu (to manage, to cope)
E.g: We were in a hurry so we had to make do with a quick snack.
 sell somebody short: đánh giá thấp
E.g: When you say that Nam isn't interested in music, you're selling him short.
 face the music: chịu trận
E.g: The others all ran off, leaving me to face the music.
 let the cat out of the bag: để lộ bí mật
E.g: I wanted it to be a surprise, but my sister let the cat out of the bag.
 on probation: trong thời gian quản chế
E.g: The prisoner was put on probation.
 sell/ go like hot cakes: bán đắt như tôm tươi
E.g: The book has only just been published and copies are already selling like
hot cakes all over the world.
 it never rains but it pours ~ when it rains, it pours: used to say that
when one bad thing happens to you, other bad things happen soon after: họa vô đơn
chí
 salt and pepper: (having a mixture of a dark colour and a light one) màu tóc hoa râm.

 a penny for your thoughts: used to ask somebody what they are thinking about:
dùng để hỏi ai đó xem
họ đang nghĩ gì
 home and dry ~ be home free: (adj): have done something successfully,
especially when it was difficult: êm xuôi, hoàn thành cái gì thành công (đặc biệt khi nó
khó)
E.g: I could see the finish line and thought I was home and dry.
 down and out (adj): thất cơ lỡ vận
E.g: A novel about being down and out in London
- learn by heart: học thuộc lòng
E.g: I learnt this poem by heart.
 a red- letter day ~ an important day: một ngày quan trọng, một ngày đáng nhớ
E.g: Birthdays, wedding anniversaries and other red-letter days
 as high as a kite: kiêu căng , tự phụ
E.g: She is always as high as a kite.
 sleep like a log: ngủ say, ngủ ngon
E.g: The baby is sleeping like a log.
 fit like a glove: vừa như in
E.g: The dress fits me like a glove.
 be green with envy: ghen ti
E.g: She was green with envy because her mother bought a new hat for her sister.
 go up the wall: nổi giận
E.g: I mustn't be late or Dad will go up the wall.
 put on an act: giả vờ, giả bộ
E.g: You could tell she was just putting on an act.
 break the news (to sb): nói cho ai biết tin gì quan trọng, nhất là tin xấu; tiết lộ.
E.g: The doctor had to break the news to Mary about her husband's cancer.

 cost/ pay an arm and a leg: rất đắt

E.g: I think the robot will not cost an arm and a leg in the future.

 look on the bright side: to be cheerful or positive about a bad situation, for
example by thinking only of the advantages and not the disadvantages: hãy lạc quan lên

E.g: A: I failed the exam again. Maybe I will never pass it.
B: Look on the bright side. If you study hard enough, you will pass the exam.
 easier sasd than done: nói dễ hơn làm
E.g: Why don't you get yourself a job? "That's easier said than done."
 take it easy ~ relax: đừng lo lắng, thư giãn nào
E.g: Take it easy! Don't panic.
The doctor told me to take it easy for a few weeks.
 go into business: bắt đầu công việc kinh doanh
E.g: When he left school, he went into business with his brother.
 in a bad mood: không vui
E.g: After breaking up with her boy friend, she was in a bad mood for several
days.
 out of this world: ngon
E.g: The meal was out of th is world.
 time and tide wait for no man: thời giờ thấm thoắt thoi đưa, nó đi mãi có chờ đợi
ai, thời gian không
đợi ai
 back to square one: trở lại từ đầu
E.g: If this suggestion isn't accepted, we'll be back to square one.
 a great one for sth: đam mê chuyện gì, thích làm gì
E.g: I've never been a great one for writing letters.
 one in the eye for somone: làm gai mắt
E.g: The appointment of a woman was one in the eye for male domination.
  be in two minds about something/about doing something; be of
two minds about something/about doling something: chưa quyết định được

E.g: She's in two minds about accepting his invitation.

 in two shakes ~ very soon: một loáng là xong, rất sớm
E.g: We'll be there in a couple of shakes.
 at sixes and sevens: tình trạng rối tinh rối mù
E.g: I haven't had time to clear up, so I'm all at sixes and sevens.
 on cloud nine ~ extremely happy: trên 9 tầng mây
 dressed (up) to the nines: ăn mặc bảnh bao
 ten to one ~ very probably: rất có thể
E.g: Ten to one he'll be late.
 nineteen to the dozen: ~ talk, etc. without stopping: nói huyên thuyên
E.g: She was chatting away, nineteen to the dozen.
 kill two birds with one stone: một công đôi việc
 by a hair's breath: a very small amount or distance: trong đường tơ kẽ tóc
E.g: We won by a hair's breadth.
 keep one's finger crossed for somebody: cầu mong điều tốt đẹp cho ai đó
 (like) water off a duck's back: nước đổ đầu vịt
E.g: I can't tell my son what to do; it's water off a duck's back with him.
 every nook and cranny ~ every nook and comer: every part of a place;
every aspect of a situation: trong mọi ngóc ngách
E.g: The wind blew into every nook and cranny.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I wanted to ask her what she thought of her ex-husband, but I figured it
was better to let  sleeping________ lie."
        A. cat        B. dog        C. fish        D. cow
2. "I have to run to the bathroom. Can you keep an eye ________ my suitcase
while I am gone?"
        A. on        B. at        C. off        D. in
3. "Her husband is awful; they fight all the time but I think it takes ________
to tango."
        A. one        B. two        C. three        D. four
4. "I have decided that this summer I am going to learn how to scuba dive."
--  "Me too! I have already paid for the course. Great minds ________alike!"
        A. think        B. hear        C. listen        D. tell
5. "When my girl friend and my brother got in a fight I had to help my
brother because blood is ________than water."
        A. thinner        B. thicker        C. better        D. more
6. I think the main problem in this area is the lack of a good bus service.
        - You're right. You've hit the ________ on the head.
        A. nail        B. wall        C. lips        D. hand
7. She is walking on the ________. She doesn't know how to say.
        A. air        B. road        C. street        D. garden
8. When you do something, you should ________
        A. pay through the nose        B. turn over a new leaf
        C. weigh up the pros and cons        D. huddle into a pen
9. Someone who is inexperienced is ________
        A. red        B. blue        C. black        D. green
10. The year-end party was out of this world. We had never tasted such
delicious food.
        A. enormous        B. terrific        C. strange        D. awful
11. The nominating committee always meet behind closed doors, lest its
deliberations become known prematurely.
        A. privately        B. safely        C. publicly        D. dangerously
12. She's so ________; you really have to watch you say or she'll walk out of
the room.
        A. high and dry        B. prim and proper         C. rough and ready         D. sick
and tired
13. "Whenever that professor says something I don't like, I have to bite my
________"
        A. tougue        B. mouth        C. lips        D. eyes
14. "Sorry I was late for the meeting today; I got stuck in traffic." --  "That's
okay; better late than ________"
        A. never        B. no        C. not        D. none
15. "If you want to ask me, just ask; don't beat ________the bush."
        A. for        B. around        C. round        D. towards
16. "Don't tell me how to do this; show me because Actions speak louder than
________"
        A. words        B. speech        C. work        D. jobs
17. The time we spend apart has been good for us because absence makes the
heart grow ________"
        A. fonder        B. founder        C. louder        D. sounder
18. At every faculty meeting, Ms. Volatie always manages to put her foot in
her mouth.
        A. move rapidly                B. trip over her big feet
        C. fall asleep                D. say the wrong thing
19. If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you around the city.
        A. free        B. confident        C. occupied        D. reluctant
20. Thanks to her regular workouts and sensible diet she certainly strikes me
as in the pink.
        A. in absolute health         B. in good health        C. in clear health        D. in
extreme health
21. That the genetic differences make one race superior to another is nothing
but a tall story.
        A. cynical        B. unbelievable        C. untrue        D. exaggeration
22. You should accept the Nokia mobile phone as a 16-birthday present from
your parents delightedly. Don't ________
        A. look gift horse in the mouth        B. buy it through the nose
        C. pull my leg                D. take it for granted
23. "Do you think you will win your tennis match today?" -  "It will be a piece
of ________"
        A. cake        B. sweet        C. candy        D. bitcuit
24. I'd like to do something to change the world but whatever I do seems
like a drop in   the________"
        A. bucket        B. garbage        C. rubbish        D. river
25. Jack has egg ______ because he couldn't remember how to spell "Batman"!
A. on his teeth          B. on his face           C. on his shirt           D. on his fingers
26. Oh, I'm sorry. I shouldn't have said that. I guess I really put my _____ in
my mouth.
A. foot        B. hand        C. elbow        D. knee
27. Sharon always sticks her ________into everyone else’s business.
        A. head        B. lips        C. nose        D. mouth
28. In Florida, the temperature drops below freezing only once in a
________moon.
        A. green        B. purple        C. blue        D. middle
29. Brady’s surprise party is going to be great if you don’t let the ________out
of the bag.
        A. dog        B. mouse        C. bat        D. cat
30. We don't go there often - just ________and on.
        A. of        B. off        C. on        D. over
31. He argued with her until he was ________in the face.
        A. black         B. grey        C. yellow        D. blue
32. It was a ________-letter day when she finally received her graduation
diploma.
        A. black        B. grey        C. red        D. white
33. My sister became________as a ghost when she saw the man at the
window.
        A. black        B. grey        C. yellow        D. white
34. She passed her exam with flying ________and now wants to go out and
celebrate.
        A. colors        B. colours        C. bays        D. objects
35. My sister was always the teacher's ________ when she was in the first
grade at school.
        A. pets        B. cats        C. dogs        D. doves
36. Jose had a hard time comparing the iPhone to the Samsung phone because
to him they were apples and oranges.
        A. containing too many technical details         B. very similar
        C. completely different        D. very complicated
37. Peter is the black sheep of the family, so he is never welcomed there.
        A. a beloved member                B. a bad and embarrassing member
        C. the only child                D. the eldest child
38. There's a list of repairs as long as ________
        A. your arm        B. a pole        C. your arms         D. a mile
39. I tried to talk to her, but she was as high as a ________
        A. kite        B. house        C. sky        D. wall
40. We're over the ________! Who wouldn't be? We've just won £1 million!
        A. planet        B. clouds        C. stars        D. moon
41. I've never really enjoyed going to the ballet or the opera; they're not really
my ________
        A. piece of cake        B. sweets and candy         C. biscuit        D. cup of tea
42. You never really know where you are with her as she just blows hot and
cold.
        A. keeps going                B. keeps taking things
        C. keeps changing her mood        D. keeps testing
43. "Edwards seems like a dog with two tails this morning." - "Haven't vou
hear the news? His wife gave birth a baby boy early this morning."
        A. extremely happy                B. extremely disappointed
        C. exhausted                D. very proud
44. Thomas knows Paris like the back of his ________. He used to be a taxi
driver there for 2 years.
        A. head        B. mind        C. hand        D. life
45. Josh may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking.
        A. get into trouble         B. stay safe        C. fall into disuse         D. remain calm
46. You have to be on your toes if you want to beat her.
        A. pay all your attention to what you are doing
        B. upset her in what she is doing
        C. get involved in what she is doing
        D. make her comply with your orders
47. By appearing on the soap powder commercials, she became a ________
name.
        A. housekeeper        B. housewife        C. household         D. house
48. When his parents are away, his oldest brother ________
        A. knocks it off        B. calls the shots         C. draws the line         D. is in the
same boat
49. Hearing about people who mistreat animals makes me go hot under
the________
        A. chin        B. collar        C. sleeves        D. vest
50. Shake a leg or you will miss the train.
        A. Hurry up        B. Slow down        C. Watch out        D. Put down

CHAPTER II : GRAMMARS
PART I : TENSES AND SENQUENCE OF TENSES
 THEORY
TÓM TẮC CÔNG THỨC CÁC THÌ
             Thì SIMPLE  PRESENT SIMPLE PAST
Dạng (Hiện tại đơn) (Quá khứ đơn)
Khẳng định S + V[-s/es] S + V-ed/V cột 2
Phủ định S + don’t / doesn’t + V1 S + didn’t + V1
Nghi vấn Do / Does + S + V1 …? Did + S + V1 …?
- yesterday
- always, usually,
- last + time: last week, last
occasionally, often, …
Sunday…
Dấu hiệu nhận - every:every day, every
- time+ ago : two months ago,
biết year, every Sunday
five years ago…
- once a day , twice…, 3
- in the past, in + year (past):
times…
in 1990, …
             Thì PRESENT CONTINUOUS PAST CONTINUOUS
Dạng (Hiện tại tiếp diễn) (Quá khứ tiếp diễn)
Khẳng định S + am / is / are + V-ing S + was / were + V-ing
S + am not / isn’t / aren’t + V-
Phủ định S + wasn’t / weren’t + V-ing
ing
Nghi vấn Am / Is / Are + S + V-ing …? Was / Were + S + V-ing …?
Dấu hiệu nhận - now, at present - At that moment
biết - at the  moment - When / As + S + (simple
- Sau câu mệnh lệnh : past), S + was/ were V-ing
  Vd: Keep silent! The baby is    Vd: When I came, she was
 crying.
sleeping. - While :
         Look! He is running.   Vd: A dog crossed the road
while I was driving.
             Thì PRESENT PERFECT PAST PERFECT
Dạng (Hiện tại hoàn thành) (Quá  khứ hoàn thành)
Khẳng định S + has / have + V-ed/V cột 3 S + had + V-ed/V cột 3
S + hasn’t / haven’t + V-ed/
Phủ định S + hadn’t + V-ed/ V cột 3
V cột 3
Has / Have + S + V-ed/ V cột
Nghi vấn Had + S + V-ed/ V cột 3…?
3 …?
- after + S + had V3/ED ,  (simple
- just, already, ever, yet,
past)
recently, lately,..
- before + (simple past),    S +
Dấu hiệu nhận - since, for : since 1995, for 9
had V3/ED
biết years
- By the time + S + V(simple
- so far, up to now , It is the
past) , S + had V3/ED:  cho đến
first time…..
lúc........
             Thì SIMPLE FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT
Dạng (Tương lai đơn) (Tương lai hoàn thành)
Khẳng định S + will + V 1 S + will have+ V-ed/ V cột 3
S + won’t have + V-ed/ V cột
Phủ định S + won’t + V 1
3
Will + S + have + V-ed/ V cột
Nghi vấn Will + S + V 1?
3…?
- tomorrow
- by the end of this month
Dấu hiệu nhận - next + time : next week,
- by the time+S+ V (simple
biết next Monday,….
present), S + will have  V3/ED 
- in the future
              Thì
NEAR FUTURE FUTURE CONTINUOUS
(Tương lai gần) (Tương lai tiếp diễn)
Dạng
Khẳng định S + am/is/are going to + V 1 S + will be + ving
Dấu hiệu nhận - Diễn tả 1 kế hoạch, dự định. - Diển tả 1 sự việc đang xảy
biết - Diễn tả 1 dự đoán có căn cứ ra ở tương lai.
SỰ PHỐI HỢP THÌ
WHEN diễn tả hành Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
động xảy ra WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
 Eg: When he saw me, he smiled, at me.
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
nối tiếp nhau
WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai đơn)
Eg: When I see him, I will remind him to call you.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ tiếp
diễn tả một diễn)
hành động Eg: When I came to see her, she was cooking dinner.
đang xảy ra
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
thì có hành
WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai tiếp
động khác
diễn)
xen vào
Eg: When you come in, your boss will be waiting for
you there.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ
diễn tả một hoàn thành)
hành động Eg: When I arrived at the airport, the plane had
xảy ra xong taken off
trước một Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
hành động WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V(tương lai hoàn
khác thành)
Eg: When you return to the town, they will have
finished building a new bridge.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
AS SOON AS + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá
khứ đơn)
Eg: As soon as she saw a mouse, she shouted and
AS diễn tả hành
ran away.
SOON động xảy ra
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
AS nối tiếp nhau
AS SOON AS + S + V (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn
thành), S + V (tương lai đơn)
Eg: I will call you as soon as I have finished /
finish the work.
S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành) + SINCE + V (quá khứ
diễn tả nghĩa đơn)
SINCE
“từ khi’’ Eg: We have known each other since we were at
high school.
 Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
BY + trạng từ của quá khứ + S + V (quá khứ hoàn
diễn tả hành thành)
động kết thúc Eg: By last month, we had worked for the company
BY + tính đến một for 9 years.
TIME điểm nào đó Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
trong quá BY + trạng từ của tương lai + S + V (tương lai hoàn
khứ/tương lai thành)
Eg: By next month, we will have worked for the
company for 9 years.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của quá khứ + S
diễn tả hành
+ V (quá khứ tiếp diễn)
động đang
AT Eg: At this time last week, we were preparing for
xảy ra tại một
THIS/ Tet.
thời điểm xác
THAT Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
định trong
TIME AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của tương lai + S
quá
+ V (tương lai tiếp diễn)
khứ/tương lai
Eg: At this time next week, we will be having a big
party in the garden.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
BY THE TIME + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá
khứ hoàn thành)
Eg: By the time she got home, everyone had gone to
BY THE diễn tả nghĩa bed.
TIME “vào lúc” Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
BY THE TIME + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương
lai hoàn thành)
Eg: By the time she gets home, everyone will have
gone to bed.
AFTER diễn tả hành Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
động xảy ra AFTER + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành), S + V (quá
xong rồi mới khứ đơn)
tới hành động Eg: After she had done her homework, she went out
khác for a walk.
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
AFTER + S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành), S + V (hiện
tại đơn)
 Eg: After she has done her homework, she goes out
for a walk.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ:
BEFORE + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ
hoàn thành)
diễn tả hành
Eg: Before she went to bed, she had locked all the
động xảy ra
doors.
BEFORE xong trước
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
khi có hành
BEFORE + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai
động khác tới
hoàn thành)
Eg: Hurry up or the film will have ended before
we go to the movie.
S + V (tương lai đơn)/ V(bare)/DON’T + V(bare) +
UNTIL/TILL + S + V (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn
UNTIL/ diễn tả nghĩa
thành)
TILL “cho tới khi”
Eg: I will wait for you until it is possible.
Wait here until I come back.
Một số cấu trúc liên quan đến thì hiện tại hoàn thành
1 It is ………… “time” +since+ S (last)+ Ved/V2
= S+ have/ has+ not+ Ved/ V3……………for+ “time”
= The last time S+ Ved/V2………………was+”time”+ ago
2 How long+ have/has+ S+ Ved/V3
Trả lời: S+ have/has+ Ved/V3+……………..for+ thời gian
3 S+ have/has+ Ved/V3+…………..since+ Ved/V2
4 S+ began/started+ Ving/ To V+ ……………….”thời gian”+ ago
= S+ have/has+ ved/V3+ …………..for +”thời gian”/ since+ “thời gian”
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Jane________law at Harvard for four years now.
                A. is studying        B. has been studying        C. studies        D. studied
2. This time tomorrow________on the beach sunbathing and drinking freshly
squeezed fruit juice!
                A. I’ll have been lying                B. I will lie
                C. I will be lying                D. I will have lain
3. We________for three hours and we are very tired.
                A. waited        B. have been waiting        C. wait        D. had waited
4. She________for hours. That’s why her eyes are red now.
                A. cried        B. has been crying        C. was crying        D. has cried
5. When I last saw him, he________in London.
                A. is living        B. has been living        C. was living        D. lived
6. By the time he arrives here tomorrow, they________for London.
                A. would have left        B. will have left        C. will left        D. are leaving
7. Mr. Pike________English at our school for 20 years before he retired last year.
                A. had been teaching                B. has been teaching
                C. was teaching                D. is teaching
8. They________for Japan at 10.30 tomorrow.
                A. will be leaving        B. have left        C. will have left        D. will leave
9. When I________to the airport, I realized that I________my passport at home.
                A. got/had left         B. got/left        C. had got/had left        D. got/was left
10. I________was angry when you saw me because I________with my sister.
                A. have been arguing         B. had been arguing         C. argued        D.
would argue
11. Call me as soon as you________your test results.
                A. get        B. will get        C. will have got        D. got
12. I________to Greece until Sally and I went there last summer.
                A. have never been         B. had never been        C. was never
being        D. were never
13. I________ along the street when I suddenly heard footsteps behind me.
                A. was walking        B. am walking        C. walk        D. walked
14. He occasionally________a headache in the morning.
                A. has had        B. has        C. have        D. is having
15. The boy fell while he________down the stairs.
                A. run        B. running        C. was running        D.runs
16. I will come and see you before I________for America.
                A. leave        B. will leave        C. have left        D. left
17. When the first child was born, they _______ for three years.
                A. have been married                B. had been married
                C. will be married                D. will have been married
18. It________a long time since we were apart. I did not recognize her.
                A. is        B. has been        C. was        D. had been
19. Many of the people who attended Mr. David’s funeral________him for many
years.
                A. didn’t see        B. wouldn’t see        C. haven’t seen        D. hadn’t seen
20. We were both very excited about the visit, as we________each other
for________ages.
                A. never saw        B. didn’t see        C. hadn’t seen        D. haven’t seen
21. In one year’s time, she________for this company for 15 years.
                A. will be working                B. will have been working
                C. will work                D. has worked
22. His health has improved a lot since he________doing exercises regularly.
                A. starts        B. started        C. has started        D. had started
23. She hurt herself while she________hide-and-seek with her friends.
                A. is playing        B. had played        C. played        D. was playing
24.What________at 9 o’clock last night? I phoned you but couldn’t get through to
you.
                A. did you do        B. were you doing        C. would you do        D. had
you done
25. It is raining heavily with rolls of thunder. We________such a terrible
thunderstorm.
                A. would never see        B. had never seen        C. have never seen        D.
never see
26. I _______ my old teacher last week.
                A. visited        B. visit        C. am visiting        D. have visited
27. My brother usually ________me for help when he has any difficulties with his
homework.
                A. ask        B. asks        C. asked        D. has asked
28. I ______ all of my homework last night.
                A. finish        B. will finish        C. have finished        D. finished
29. Lan________ learning English a few years ago.
                A. starts        B. will start        C. started        D. is starting
30. Only after she________from a severe illness did she realize the importance of
good health.
                A. would recover                B. has recovered
                C. had recovered                D. was recovering
31. Only after the bus________for a few miles did Jane realize she was on the
wrong route.
                A. was running        B. had run        C. has run        D. runs
32. The children________to bed before their parents came home from work.
                A. were all going        B. had all gone        C. had all been going        D.
have all gone
33. Paul noticed a job advertisement while he________along the street.
                A. was walking        B. would walk        C. walked        D. had walked
34. I haven’t met him again since we________school ten years ago.
                A. have left        B. leave        C. left        D. had left
35. For the last 20 years, we________significant changes in the world of science
and technology.
                A. witness        B. have witnessed        C. witnessed        D. are witnessing
36. My best friend Lan________to England 10 years ago.
                A. was moving        B. moves        C. moved        D. has moved
37. Mr.Pike________for this company for more than thirty years, and he intends
to stay here until he________.
                A. worked/retires                B. works/is retiring
                C. has been working/retires        D. is working/will retire
38. While I________at the bus stop, three buses went by in the opposite direction.
                A. was waiting        B. waited        C. had waited        D. were waiting
39. By the end of last March, I________English for five years.
                A. had been studied                B. had been studying
                C. will have been studying        D. will have studied
40. ________Alan for hours but he hasn’t answered his mobile. I hope nothing’s
wrong.
                A. I call        B. I’ve been calling        C. I’m calling        D. called
41. We________in silence when he suddenly________me to help him.
                A. walked - was asking        B. were walking - asked
                C. were walking - was asking        D. walked - asked
42. By the time the software________on sale next month, the company________$2
million on developing it.
                A. went - had spent                B. will go - has spent
                C. has gone - will spend        D. goes - will have spent
43. When Carol________last night, I________my favorite show on television.
        A. called /was watching        B. had called /watched
                C. called /have watched        D. was calling /watched
44. Linda took great photos of butterflies while she________in the forest.
                A. was hiking        B. is hiking        C. hiked        D. had hiked
45. When I________for my sister in front of the supermarket, a strange man came
to talk with me.
                A. was waiting        B. waited        C. had waited        D. were waiting
46. Over the past 30 years, the average robot price________by half in real terms,
and even further relative to labor costs.
                A. is fallen        B. has fallen        C. were fallen        D. have fallen
47. When I came to visit her last night, she________a bath.
                A. is having        B. was having        C. has had        D. had had
48. John________in the same house since he left school.
                A. lived        B. had lived        C. was living        D. has lived
49. Since Tom________, I have heard nothing from him.
                A. had left        B. left        C. has left        D. was left
50. He will take the dog out for a walk as soon as he _______ dinner.
                A. finish        B. has finished        C. will finish        D. finished
Rewrite the following sentences, beginning as given, so that the meaning stays
the same.
1.  He began playing football ten years ago.
        => He has         
2.  He has been investigating the case for a week.
        => He started         
3.  When is Peter and Sarah's wedding?
        => When are         
4.  I have never read such a romantic story.
        => This is         
5.  We started cooking for the party four hours ago.
        =>We have        
6.  He forgot about the gun until he got home.
        =>Not until         
7.  I haven't been to an Indian restaurant for ages.
        =>It's ages         
8.  The last time Nancy came here was in 1986.
        =>Nancy hasn't         
9.  This is my first visit to Japan.
        => This is the first time        
10. How long have Helen and Robert been married?
        =>When        
11. It's along time since our last conversation.
        =>We        
12. Thanks, but I had something to eat earlier.
        =>Thanks, but I've        
13. This is the most interesting book I've ever read.
        =>I've never        
14. This is my first game of water-polo.
        =>I         
15. When she heard the results, Mary began to feel more confident.
        =>Since hearing the results         
Using the word given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it
has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. John never stops criticizing my friends.                         always
        =>John        my friends.
2. We've arranged to meet at 8.00 p. m. tomorrow.                         are
        =>We         at 8.00 p. m. tomorrow.
3. Helen rarely goes to the theater.                         not
        =>Helen        the theater very often.
4. I am considering visiting my cousin in Canada next summer.                thinking
        =>I         my cousin in Canada next summer.
5. What time is you plane scheduled to arrive at Heathrow?                land
        =>What time        at Heathrow?
6. I have arranged to have dinner with Jerry tonight.                 am
        =>I         with Jerry tonight
7. The older he gets, the more eccentric he becomes.                 is
        =>As time goes by,         eccentric.
8. They don't like spicy food, so they avoid eating it.                 never
        =>They         as they don't like it.
9. Jane has found a job at a supermarket for the summer.                 is
        =>Jane         at a supermarket this summer.
10. How much is that green jacket, Sir?                         cost
        =>How much        , Sir ?
Rewrite the sentences, using the word in brackets, so that the meaning stays the
same:
1.  I put on ten kilos and then I decided to go on a diet.
         (by the time)         
2.  First, they washed the car and then they waxed it.
             (aft)        
3.  Lisa made a sandwich and then sat on the sofa to watch TV.
             (before)         
4.  We packed our suitcases and then left for the airport. ee
             (as soon as)         
5.  The lecture started. Then I entered the lecture hall.
             (when)        
6.  I hadn't tasted Chinese food before.
             (first)         
7.  That was the only science-fiction book he had read.
             (never)        
8.  Norman took that package. Then he realized it was the wrong one.
             (after)        
9.  Mark was parking his car when he noticed the wing-mirror was broken.
             (While)        
10. Judy was walking down the street when she saw an accident.
      (As)         
11. I'm sorry I can't talk to you now. I'm going to work in a minute.
      (about to)         
12. The Council is going to close the old swimming pool.
      (intends)        
13. They are going to have a big wedding in the summer.
      (planning to)        
 14. The economy will collapse in the very near future, it will happen at any time
now.
      (on the point of)         
15. My grandfather is going to die soon.
      (about to)        
16. You will arrive at the hotel at 7.30 in the evening.
      (due to)         
PART II : SUBJECT AND VERB CONCORD
 THEORY
Một số trường hợp động từ chia ở số ít :
1. Danh từ không đếm được hoặc danh từ đếm Ex1: Water is very necessary
được số ít làm chủ t ừ. to our life.
Ex2: The film is very
interesting.
2. V-ing; to V1, V1, mệnh đề làm chủ ngữ : Ex1: Collecting stamps and
coins is my hobby .
Ex2: That you get very high
grades in school is necessary.
3. Đại từ bất định: everyone, everybody, Ex: Somebody has taken my
someone, somebody, no one, nobody, anyone, books away.
anybody, everything, something, anything
4. Đề cập đến khoảng cách, thời gian, tiền, số Ex1: Six miles is a long
lượng, đo lường, tựa đề distance .
Ex2: Two years is long
enough.
Ex3:The fifty dollars he gave
me was soon spent
5. Danh từ số ít tận cùng là “s” : measles, Ex: Physics is my favourite
mumps, rabies, diabetes, physics, mathematics, subject.
statistics, linguistics, news, billiards, Naples,
Marseilles, the United States, the Philippines,
the Netherlands…..                                                   
6. Each/ Every/ One/ Neither/ Either  +   N (s ố Ex1: Every seat has a member.
ít)/ Ex2: Neither of my sisters likes
                                                         + of +  N ( số nhi film.
ều) Ex3: Each of children has a
toy.
7. Each/ Every + N(s ố ít) + and + each/every + N Ex: Each boy and each girl has
(s ố ít) a book.
8. N + and + N (khi các danh từ đề cập đến cùng  Ex1: Fish and chips is Tom’s
1 người, 1 vật) và biểu thức toán học với “and”. favourite.
Ex: fish and chip; meat pie and peas, bread and  Ex2 : Two and two is four .
butter, bed and breakfast, …
9. Những danh từ thuộc loại không đếm được và
luôn dùng với động từ số ít: information,
furniture, knowledge, equipment, advice, traffic,
scenery, machinary, homework, housework,
work, music, money, luggage, baggage, rubbish,
garbage, weather, English.
Một số trường hợp động từ chia ở số nhiều :
1. Danh từ số nhiều làm chủ t ừ. Ex1: These students are very
good.
Ex2: Water and oil do not mix.
2. Danh từ tập hợp ( the + adj). Ex: the rich , the Ex: The rich are not always
poor, the blind, the young, the old, the injured, happy.
the disabled,…
3. 1 số trường hợp DT số nhiều bất qui tắc: Ex:Cattle are domestic animals
people, police,  staff, cattle, children, men, .
women, feet, teeth,( bacterium- bacteria;
medium- media; criterion-criteria; datum-data;
fungus-fungi; stimulus-stimuli …)    
4. Some/a few/ few/ both/ a lot of/ most/ many/ Ex1: Some books I read
plenty of/ all/ several + N (số nhiều) yesterday are famous.
Một số trường hợp vừa là số ít vừa là số nhiều :
1. Either                              or           Ex1: Either you or I am here.
Neither       +  S1    +      nor         +  S2  =>  V Ex2: Neither Tom nor you are
(S2) here.
Not only                       but also Ex3: Not only my sisters but
also my father knows you.
2. There/ Here +       is/was/has           + N (s ố Ex1: There is a picture on the
ít) wall.
        are/were/have  + N (s ố nhi ều) Ex2: There are two sides to
every problem.
3. The number of + N (số  nhiều ) -> V số ít Ex1: The number of students
     A number of     + N (số  nhiều )  -> V số in  this class is small.
nhiều                        Ex2: A number of my students
are keen on learning English.
4. All/Some / Most/              N (s ố ít)         => Ex1: Most money is needed
 V (s.ít) Ex2: One third of the
      A lot of / None    + of   +  N (s ố nhi ều) population is unemployed.
=>V(s.nhiều) Ex3: One third of the villagers
    are unemployed.
5. S1 + with/along with/ together with/ in Ex: My brother as well as my
addition to/ as well as/ accompanied by/ gi ới t sisters is here.
ừ + S2 + V (S1)
6. No   +  N (số ít)            +    V (số ít) Ex1: No example is relevant to
             +  N (số nhiều)    +    V ( số nhiều) this case.
Ex2: No students are here.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.  Jenny with two dogs ______________ walking in the park now.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
2.  Mai as well as her friends ________________having a picnic now.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
3.  My close friend and colleague, Mark, ___________married.
        A. have just got         B. has just got         C. just has got         D. just have got
4.  The singer and actor_________going to have a live show in our city next
month.
        A. was         B. were        C. is        D. are
5.  The singer and the actor______________donated a large amount of money to
the local orphanage.
        A. has         B. have        C. is        D. are
6.  My family _________________ always the most important for me.
        A. is         B. are        C. is        D. are
7.  Two hundred thousands ___________not enough for us to have a good meal
in the restaurant now.
        A. was         B. were        C. is        D. are
8.  Three years ___________ like a long time for her to live apart from her beloved
parents.
        A. is seeming         B. are seeing         C. seems         D. seemed
9.  The team _________playing very well and they make their fans shout and yell.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
10. Cattle_____________ allowed to graze on this meadow.
        A. wasn't         B. weren't        C. isn't        D. aren't
11. None of his money __________earned by his working.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
12. None of students ________failed in this examination.
        A. has         B. have        C. was        D. were
13. Every student _________willing to take part in the environment month.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
14. The number of students _________looking for a job now.
        A. are         B. was        C. were        D.is
15. A number of students _________ worried about their employment after
graduating.
        A. feel         B. feels        C. felt        D. is feeling
16. Physics __________my favorite subject.
        A. are         B. is        C.was        D. have been
17. The boy, along with his two classmates ________climbing on the roof now.
        A. has         B. have        C.is         D. are
18. Neither the mother nor the children _________aware of the danger.
        A. were         B. was        C. is        D. has been
19. None _________sorry for what they____________ for me.
        A. is feeling/ did                B. was feeling/ had done
        C. feel/ have done                D. has felt/ has been going
20. If anyone___________ , tell him I'll be back later.
        A. was calling         B. called        C. call        D. calls
21. Each of the boys___________ to write his curriculum vitae now.
        A. have         B. has        C. had        D. are having
22. Under the tree___________ full of food.
        A. a basket was         B. was a basket         C. are a basket         D. were a
basket
23. Two-thirds of the lottery money ___________donated for the poor.
        A. is         B. are        C. was        D. were
24. About 60% of students in this class ___________from the countryside.
        A. was         B. were        C. are        D. is
25. A flock of sheep ____________grazing grass now.
        A. are         B . is        C. was        D. were
26. The number of books in this library __________written in English.
        A. are         B. is        C. was        D. were
27. Either you or I ___________here to clean the class before the teacher comes in.
        A. am        B. is        C. are        D. were
28. Neither her trousers nor her shirt_________________ with this hat.
        A. is going         B. are going         C . goes         D. go
29. The homeless ___________our help to settle their own life.
        A. is needing         B. are needing         C. need        D. needs
30. Several of the students__________ absent yesterday.
        A. has been         B. had been        C. were        D. was
31. The President, accompanied with his sons and wife _________an official visit
to Africa, next week.
        A. pay         B. pays        C. paid        D. is going to pay
32. The majority ________in the rumor and him in isolation
        A. believes/ has left                B. believe/ leave
        C. believe/ have left                D. believes, have left
33. His patience ______________him a lot in his work.
        A. help         B. helping         C. help        D. helps
34. Anybody who_____________ this question will be given an award.
        A. answer         B. answers         C. is answering         D. are answering
35. The Blairs____________ in London since 1950.
        A. are living        B. have lived         C. have been living        D. has been living
36. Long, as well as I, _______________a student in Vietnam National University.
        A. are         B. were        C. am        D. has been
37. Not only Jack but also his parents ______also in debt.
        A. is         B. have        C. was        D. were
38. The majority of the TOEFL tests__________ difficult for us to pass.
        A. are         B. is        C. be        D. being
39. News on sports ____________on TV every night at 8:30
        A. were         B. was        C. is        D. are
40. A half of men in this city ________died from a lung cancer which is resulted
from smoking.
        A. have         B. has        C.is        D. are
41. There_________ available for us to choose in my hometown.
        A. isn't a lot of job                B. aren't many jobs         
        C. isn't a lot of jobs                D. aren't a lot of job
42. The Chinese _____________strong and old traditions and customs.
        A. has many         B. have much         C . have many         D. has much
43. The percentage of Vietnamese people who moved to other countries to earn
living______ very high.
        A. is         B. are        C. have        D. has
44. Natural disasters, in addition to pollution, _________this area poor and dirty.
        A. has made         B. have made         C. make        D. making  
45. Half an hour ____________not enough for me to make an important decision.
        A. are         B. is        C. being        D . were
46. Miss Lan, accompanied by her friends on the piano, ________highly
evaluated by the judges.
        A. was         B. were        C. have been         D. has been
47. My new pair of pants ___________fit me.
        A. isn't         B. doesn't        C. aren't         D. don't
48. I'm happy that everything ____________better now.
        A. are         B. been        C. is        D. have
49. Statistics _________a difficult course for many students to understand.
        A. is         B. are        C. were        D. being
50. I think every man and woman _____________the right to have the freedom of
speech.
        A. have         B. has        C. are        D. is
PART III : ACTIVE VOICE AND PASSIVE VOICE IN
ENGLISH
 THEORY
1. STRUCTURE (CẤU TRÚC)
1. Cách chuyển
Chủ động (Active): Subject          +            Verb           +         Object

Bị động (Positive):  Subject         +             Verb           +      by Object

                                                             (tobe + V-ed/ V3)
  Ex: They planted a tree in the garden.
 A tree was planted in the garden (by them).
2. Các bước chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động
 Bước 1: Xác định tân ngữ trong câu chủ động, chuyển thành chủ
ngữ câu bị động.
 Bước 2: Xác định thì (tense) trong câu chủ động rồi chuyển động từ
về thể bị động theo công thức (tobe + V-ed/ V3).
 Bước 3: Chuyển đổi chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động thành tân ngữ thêm
“by” phía trước.
3. Bảng quy đổi các thì ở thể bị động

Thì Chủ động (A) Bị động (P)

Hiện tại đơn S + V-inf/ s/ es + O S + am/ is/ are + V-ed/ V3 + (by O)

S + am/ is/ are + V-ing + S + am/ is/ are + being + V-ed/ V3

Hiện tại tiếp diễn
O + (by O)

S + have/ has + V-ed/ S + have/ has + been + V-ed/ V3  +

Hiện tại hoàn thành
V3+ O (by O)
 Quá khứ đơn S + V-ed/ V2 + O S + was/ were + V-ed/ V3 + (by O)

S + was/ were + V-ing + S + was/ were + being + V-ed/ V3

Quá khứ tiếp diễn
O + (by O)

S + had + been + V-ed/ V3 + (by

Quá khứ hoàn thành S + had + V-ed/ V3 + O
O)

S + will + be + V-ed/ V3 +
Tương lai đơn S + will + V-inf + O
(by O)

S + am/ is/ are going to S + am/ is/ are going to + be + V-

Tương lai gần
+ V-inf + O ed/ V3 + (by O)

Động từ khuyết S + ĐTKT + be + V-ed/ V3 + (by

S + ĐTKT + V-inf + O
thiếu O)
4. Lưu ý
 Không dùng "By + tân ngữ" nếu chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động có tính
mơ hồ, chung chung (people, something, someone, they, etc)
Ex: Someone stole my motorbike last night.
 My motorbike was stolen last night.
 Nếu S trong câu chủ động là: I, you, we, they, he, she => có thể bỏ đi
trong câu bị động nếu ta không muốn đề cập tới chủ thể gây ra hành động.
Ex: My father waters this flower every morning.
 This flower is watered (by my father) every morning.
 Nếu là người hoặc vật trực tiếp gây ra hành động thì dùng “by”,
nhưng gián tiếp gây ra hành động thì dùng “with”.
Ex: The bird was shot by the hunter.        
       The bird was shot with a gun.
 Trong câu chủ động nếu có trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian và trạng ngữ chỉ
nơi chốn khi chuyển sang câu bị động sẽ có dạng:
                      trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn + by + trạng từ chỉ thời gian
Ex: Hoa is making a cake in the kitchen now.
 A cake is being made in the kitchen by Hoa now.
2. THE SPECIAL CASES (NHỮNG TRƯỜNG HỢP ĐẶC BIỆT)
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI HAVE/HAS/HAD
S + have + O ( người) + V1 S + have + O ( Vật ) + V3/ed
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI GET/GOT
S + get + O ( người) + To_V S + get  + O ( Vật ) + V3/ed
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI NEED
 S người + need + To-V S vật + need + V-ing / To be V3.ed
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ CHỈ Ý KIẾN
It + is /was + V3/ed + that + S + V…..
        S2 + be + V3/ed + To-V                         ( 2 V cùng thì )
        S2 + be + V3/ed + To have V3/ ed                 ( 2 V khác thì )
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI V-ING / TO - V
To  V => To be + V3/ ed . V-ing => Being + V3/ ed
Ex : I don’t want to be laughed at. Ex : We dislike being cheated.
BỊ ĐỘNG HAI TÂN NGỮ
S  +   V   +  O1 +   O2
Ex: The student gave me a book
BĐ: (C1)   S  +   be + V3/ed  +  O2       +    ( by  + O)                   => I was given a book by the
student.
BĐ: (C2)   S  +  be + V3/ed + to/for + O1  + (by + O)                   => A book was given to me by
the student
- Các động từ thường đi với giới từ “to”: give, hand, lend, offer, send, show, pay, promise,
read, throw, wish, owe.
- Các động từ thường đi với giới từ “for”: buy, do, get, leave, make, order, save, spare.
Ghi chú :- Động từ Be phải được chia cùng thì với câu chủ động hoặc cùng dạng
với Vchính.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I still can't believe it! My wallet ______last night.
        A. was stolen         B. was stealing.         C. stolen        D. stole
2. The current computer problem is__________ by some experts in the country.
        A. studying         B. being studying         C. being studied         D. been studied
3. Something funny__________ in class yesterday.
        A. happened         B. was happened         C. happens         D. is happened
4. The child's arm was swollen because he _________by a bee.
        A. stung        B. had stung         C. had been stung         D. had being stung
5. Today, many serious childhood diseases ___________by early immunization.
        A. are preventing         B. can prevent         C. prevent         D. can be
prevented
6. I________ with you on that subject.
        A. am agree         B. am agreed         C. agreeing         D. agree
7. Many U. S. automobiles __________in Detroit, Michigan.
        A. manufacture                B. have manufactured         
        C. are manufactured                D. are manufacturing
8. Let's go ahead and do it now. Nothing_________by waiting.
        A. accomplishes                B. accomplished         
        C. has accomplished                 D. will be accomplished
9. "When _______?" "In 1928."
        A. penicillin was discovered        B. did penicillin discovered
        C. was penicillin discovered        D. did penicillin discover
10. In recent years, the government has imposed pollution controls on
automobile
manufacturers. Both domestic and imported automobiles must_________
antipollution devices.
        A. equip with        B. be euipped with         C. equip by        D. be equipped by
11. A shortage of water is a problem in many parts of the world. In some areas,
water_________from the ground faster than nature can replenish the supply.
        A. is being taken        B. has been taking         C. is taking        D. has taken
12. Vitamin C__________ by the human body. It gets into the blood stream
quickly.
        A. absorbs easily        B. is easily absorbing         C. is easily absorbed        D.
absorbed easily
13. "When can I have my car back?" "I think it'll _____________late this
afternoon."
        A. finish         B . be finished         C. have finished         D. be finish
14. I didn't think my interview went well, but I guess it must have. Despite all
my anxiety, I_____for the job I wanted. I'm really going to work hard to justify
their confidence.
        A. was hiring         B. hired        C. got hiring         D. got hired
15. My country___________the pursuit of world peace,
        A. is dedicating to         B. is dedicated to         C. is dedicating by         D. is
dedicated by
16. About 15,000 years ago, northern Wisconsin___________under ice a mile
deep.
        A. buried        B. was burying         C. was buried         D. had buried
17. Ed was new on the job, but he quickly fit himself into the___________routine
of the office.
        A. established         B. establishing         C. establishes         D. establish
18. The Mayan Indians ______In an accurate and sophisticated calendar more
than seven centuries ago.
        A. were developed                B. developed         
        C. are developed                D. have been developed
19. George is______________Lisa.
        A. marry with         B. marry to         C. married with        D . married to
20. The rescuers_____________for their bravery and fortitude in locating the lost
mountain climbers.
        A. were praised         B. praised         C . were praising         D. praising
21. It’s hard to believe that this film ____ completely by computer.                
        A. has been generated        B. has generated
        C. was been generating        D. was to generate
22. I wish my father had bought me a new mobile phone instead of having it
____ like that.
        A. to repair        B. repaired        C. repairing        D. being repaired
23. Smith _______ an actor years ago.                
        A. is said to be                B. was said being        
        C. was said have been        D. is said to have been
24.In the US the first stage of compulsory education _______ as elementary
education.
        A. to be generally known        B. is generally known        
        C. generally known                D. is generally knowing        
25.Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice _______.        
        A. to be heard        B. to hear        C. hearing        D. heard
26.The preparations _______ by the time the guests _______.        
        A. had been finished / arrived        B. have finished / arrived        
        C. had finished / were arriving        D. have been finished / were arrived
27. As students _______ to study remotely from home, away from on-campus
welfare and
support, taking their studies and exams online, they are increasingly becoming
prey to essay mills.
        A. have forced         B. were being forced         C. have been forced         D. had
been forced 28. Something _______ immediately to prevent teenagers from
_______ in factories and mines.
        A. should be done / being exploited        B. we should do / exploiting
        C. should do I be exploited        D. should have done / exploited
29. Thousands of lives lost to air pollution, inactivity and unhealthy diets
________ each year if the UK takes the action needed to tackle climate change.
        A. couldn’t be saved        B. could save        C. could be saving        D. could
be saved
30. No longer _______ in our office since it _______.
        A. have typewriters been used / computerized        
        B. typewriters have been used / was computerized
        C. have typewriters been used / was computerized
        D. typewriters have been used / computerized
31. While there’s disagreement over its origins, the caste system _______ in a
legal treatise called Manusmriti, dating from about 1,000 B.C.                
        A. had been formalized        B. was formalized        
        C. has been formalized        D. is formalized
32.The little girl started crying. She ____ her doll and no one was able to find it
for her.
        A. has lost        B. had lost        C. was losing        D. was lost
33.The pilot project is believed _______ emissions, noise pollution and damage to
road
surfaces.                                
        A. to be reduced        B. to reducing        C. to reduce        D. to have been
reduced
34. The first movie – length cartoon ______________, “Snow White and the Seven
Dwarfs;”set the standard for later full-length features such as “The Lion King”
and “Pocahontas”.
        A. that released ever         B. which ever released         C. ever released         D.
released whatever
35. Surely the virtual elimination in our society of most fatal diseases, rising life-
expectancy and falling mortality ______ us up?
        A. should be cheered                B. should be cheering
        C. should is cheering                D. should have been cheered
36. Today more than twice as many tabloids _____ than the so-called “quality
press” titles such as The Times or The Guardian.
        A. have been sold        B. are sold        C. had been sold        D. will be sold
37. It ________ that cyberspace institutions or online universities will replace
traditional educational establishments.
        A. anticipates        B. has anticipated        C. is anticipated        D. will be
anticipating
38. Virtual classrooms ______ towards promoting the acquisition of knowledge
as a lifelong endeavour, which occurs through global collaboration.
        A. will be geared        B. will gear        C. is geared        D. gear
39. Such terrible acts of child abuse ________ thanks to the continuing protests of
the online community.
        A. were ignored        B. won’t ignore        C. were not ignored        D. are
ignored
40. I will never forget _______ to the Royal Garden Party, where superb cuisines
were served amid luxurious surroundings.
        A. inviting         B. to invite         C. to be invited         D. being invited
41. His responsibilities ________ welcoming visiting dignitaries from foreign
countries.
        A. included         B. were included         C. will be including         D. had been
included 42. Though most fairy tales have happy endings, the stories usually
deal with frightening situations - children ______ in the forest, terrifying giants,
cruel stepmothers.
        A. are abandoned        B. abandoned        C. will abandon        D. had
abandoned
43. __________ long thought to have no bones, small amounts of bone were
recently found at the bases of the teeth in some species.
        A. Although sharks were        B. Despite sharks being
        C. In spite of sharks are        D. Nevertheless, sharks
45. Humans are pumping water out of the ground faster than it ________.
        A. can’t be replenished        B. can be replenished
        C. can replenish                D. can have been replenished
46. When archaeologists discovered the ruins of the Olympic Stadium, interest in
the Games__________.
        A. was renewed        B. were renewed        C. they were renewed        D.
renewed
47. Most people are unable to discern a difference between the usual city
drinking water and the treated wastewater, although it is actually _______ for
industrial purposes.
        A. intending        B. being intend        C. have intended        D. intended
48. Visitors must sign in and show identification before ________ into the
building.
        A. allowing        B. being allowed        C. having allowed        D. to be allowed
49. The party _______ when she left.                
        A. had no sooner started        B. had hardly been started        
        C. had hardly started                D. had no sooner been started
50. It ______ that children are frequently better at recalling televised stories they
have
watched compared to those they have simply heard.        
        A. has been noted        B. been noted        C. is noting        D. notes
Rewrite the following sentences into the passive voice
1. People often take him for his brother.
        =>                
2. Someone seems to have made a terrible mistake.
        =>                
3. He recommends fitting new tires.
        =>                
4. He suggested allowing tenants to buy their houses.
        =>                
5. It is your duty to make tea at eleven o'clock.
        =>                
 6. People know that he is armed.
        =>                
7. Someone has seen him pick up the gun.
        =>                
8. We know that you were in town on the night of the crime.
        =>                
9. They think that your father was a spy in the World War II.
        =>                
10. We believe that he has special knowledge which may be useful to
the police.
        =>                
11. You needn't have done this.
        =>                
12. He likes people to call him "Sir".
        =>                
13. Don't touch this switch..
        =>                
14. You have to see it to believe it.
        =>                
15. He doesn't like people laughing at him.
        =>                
16. You don't need to wind this watch.
        =>                
17. They shouldn't have told him.
        =>                
18. Don't speak until someone speaks to you.
        =>                
19. It is impossible to do this.
        =>                
20. He hates people making fun of him.
        =>                
21. Everyone thought that the Government had ignored their opinions.
        =>                
22. They gave him artificial respiration.
        =>                
23. Before they invented printing people had to write everything by
hand.
        =>                
Rewrite the sentences, using but not altering the bold word in brackets, so that
the meaning stays the same.
1. People say he is a good doctor.                 (It)
        =>                
2. Nobody told me about it.                 (not)
        =>                
3. I don't like pupils asking stupid questions.                 (being)
        =>                
4. She doesn't like the others laughing at her.                 (laughed)
        =>                
5. The boss had his secretary type all these letters.                 (typed)
        =>                
6. They employed the workers to repair their house.         (had)
        =>                
7. They say that elephants never forget.                 (forget)
        =>                
8.I don't want the others think of me as a burden.                 (thought)
        =>                
9. People thought that he killed his wife.                 (been)
        =>                
10. People believe that 13 is unlucky number.                 (be)
        =>                
11. People expect that the strike will begin tomorrow.         (begin)
        
12. I remember that someone gave me that shirt on my birthday.         (remember)
        =>                
13. He recommended using secondhand clothes.                 (should)
        =>                
14. John made me leave soon.                 (I)
        =>                
15. It is your duty to do your homework before class-time.         (You)
        =>                
Both sentences in each pair have the same meaning. Complete the second
sentences:
1. The crowd was slowly filling the huge stadium.
        =>The huge stadium___________________________by the crowd.
2. The invention of the computer simplified the work of accountants.
        =>Since the computer________________the work of
accountants______________ simplified
3. “I'd take out some travel insurance if I were you, Mr. Smith.
        =>Mr. Smith_______________________take out some travel insurance.
4. Someone used a knife to open this window.
        =>This window ________________________________a knife.
5. You will hear from us when we have finished dealing with your complaint.
        =>After your complaint________________________you will hear from us.
6. An announcement of their engagement appeared in the local paper.
        =>Their engagement ______________________ in the local paper.
7. Nobody ever heard anything of David again.
        =>Nothing ____________________David again
8. They paid Sheila $1000 as a special bonus.
        =>$ 1000__________________________Sheila as a special bonus.
PART IV : DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH IN ENGLISH
 THEORY
Lời nói gián tiếp (reported speech) là lời tường thuật lại ý của người nói, đôi khi
không cần phải dùng đúng những từ của người nói.
Direct speech:        Peter said, “I am very busy.” (Peter nói: “Tôi rất bận.”)
Reported Speech:        Peter said (that) he was very busy. (Peter nói (rằng) anh ấy rất bận.)
ĐTNX ( S) O ( sau V ) TTSH + N
I me my
We us our
You you your
They them their
He him his
She her her
It it its
* Câu tường thuật là câu thuật lại ý của người nói
* Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, để đổi từ câu trực tiếp sang câu tường
thuật  => ta dùng động từ giới thiệu là “ said” hoặc “told” và đổi BA yếu tố
chính là : THÌ, NGÔI , TRẠNG NGỮ
I.LÙI THÌ ( lùi xuống 1 thì )
CÂU TRỰC TIẾP CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT
1. Hiện tại đơn   => Quá khứ đơn
V/ Vs/ Ves / am / is / are / don’t + V1 / V2 / Ved / was / were / didn’t + V
doesn’t V1 
2. Hiện tại tiếp diễn => Quá khứ tiếp diễn
am / is / are + V-ing Was / were + V-ing
3. Hiện tại hoàn thành => Quá khứ hoàn thành
Have / has + V3/ed Had + V3/ed
4. Quá khứ đơn => Quá khứ hoàn thành
Was / were / V2 / Ved Had + V3/ed
5. Quá khứ tiếp diễn => QKHTTD
Was / were + V-ing Had + been + V-ing
6. Tương lai đơn => Tương lai trong quá khứ
will + V would + V
7. can => could
8. may => might
9. must / need => had to
☞ Thì QKHT , ought to, could , should, might, used to, would rather, had
better… => giữ nguyên
II.ĐỔI NGÔI
- Đổi Ngôi thứ nhất (I,We, me , us , my , our , mine , ours ) phù hợp với CHỦ
NGỮ trong mđ  chính
- Đổi Ngôi thứ hai ( you , your , your ) phù hợp với TÂN NGỮ trong mệnh đề
chính
- Ngôi thứ BA ( he, she , it , him, her , his, they, them, their ) => không đổi
Note! ( Đổi  ngôi thứ nhất số ít và số nhiều sang câu gián tiếp )
TRỰC TƯỜNG THUẬT TRỰC TIẾP TƯỜNG THUẬT
TIẾP
I  He We  they
me ( nam ) / She  ( nữ ) us  them
my  him / her our  their
mine  his / her ours  theirs
myself  his / hers ourselves  themselve
 himself / s
herself
ĐỔI TRẠNG TỪ
              TRỰC TIẾP                TƯỜNG THUẬT
1. This => That
2. These => Those
3. Now => Then
4. Here => There
5. Today => That day
6. Tonight => That night
7. ago => before
8. yesterday => the previous day / the day before
9. tomorrow => the following day / the day after
10. last…. => the previous…..
11. next….. => the following
Lưu ý: không dùng dấu ngoặc kép, dấu chấm hỏi, dấu chấm than, dấu hai
chấm trong lời nói tường thuật
 Các trường hợp không đổi thì
1. Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại hoặc tương lai ( say, tell, have told,
will say...)
2. Thì quá khứ đơn có thời gian xác định .
 3. Diễn tả 1 chân lý, sụ thật hiển nhiên
4. câu điều kiện loại 2 và 3
IV.CÁC MẪU CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT CẦN NẮM
1. Statements 
( Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ: said , told -> ta phải lùi xuống 1 thì ,
Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại : say , have told -> ta giữ nguyên thì )
        S + said         + that + S + V ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) + adv
        S + said to O         + that  + S + V ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) + adv
        S + told O        + that + S + V ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) + adv
2. Questions
        S + asked + ( O)             if / whether         + S + V ( lùi thì )
            wondered              
            wanted to know     Wh-          + S + V ( lùi thì )
3. Requests, orders, offers, advices, ect.
 INDIRECTED SPEECH WITH INFINITIVE
Yêu cầu : asked    +O
Mời : invited +O
Khuyên : advised +O
Nhắc nhở : reminded +O
Ra lệnh : ordred +O  To-V
Khuyến : encouraged +O
khích
Cảnh báo : warned +O
Muốn : wanted +O
Đồng ý : agreed To-V
Hứa : promised To-V
 INDIRECTED SPEECH WITH GERUND
Cám ơn : thanked +O + for
Xin lỗi : apologized ( to + for
O)
Buộc tội : accused +O + of 
Chúc mừng : congratulated +O + on  + V-ing
Cảnh báo : warned +O + against
Ngăn ngừa : stopped / prevented +O + from
Khăng khăng : insisted + on/upon
Đề nghị : suggested + V-ing
                               suggested that + S + ( should )                           + V
Phủ nhận : denied + V-ing
Thừa nhận : admitted + Ving / having V3/ed
4. Exclamation
Câu cảm thán thường được thuật lại bằng động từ exclaim, say that.
Ex: Peter said, “How beautiful your dress is!”
 → Peter exclaimed / said (that) my dress was beautiful.
(Peter thốt lên/ nói rằng áo tôi đẹp quá.)
5.        Mixed types
Khi đổi câu hỗn hợp sang câu gián tiếp ta đổi theo từng phần, dùng động từ
giới thiệu riêng cho từng phần.
Ex: Peter said, “Hi, Mary. How are you?”
→ Peter greeted Mary and asked how she was.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.        She told the boys ________ on the grass.
        A. do not play        B. not playing        C. did not play        D. not to play
2.        The teacher told Jim ________
        A. to stop talking        B. stop talking        C. stops talking        D. stopped
talking
3.        The mother told her son ________ so impolitely.
        A. not behave        B. not to behave        C. not behaving        D. did not
behave
4.        He asked ________ him the books he needed.
        A. her to lend        B. she to lend        C. she has lent        D. she lends
5.        She told him ________.
        A. patient        B. to be patient        C. was patient        D. that being patient
6.        Tom told me that they ________ meat since ________
        A. have not eaten / last year        B. did not eat / the following year
        C. had not eaten / the year before        D. would not eat / the next year
7.        She said she ________ take me home after school.
        A. would        B. did        C. must        D. had
8.        I have ever told you he ________ unreliable.
        A. is        B. were        C. had been        D. would be
9.        John said he had worked on the report since ________
        A. yesterday        B. two days ago        C. the day before        D. the next day
10.        John told me that ________
        A. I must go now        B. he must go now        C. he had to go now        D. he
had to go then
11.        She said she ________
        A. was very tired last night        B. was very tired the night before
        C. had been very tired last night        D. had been very tired the night before
12.        John said that he had worked as a computer programmer five years
________
        A. ago        B. before        C. later        D. then
13.        They said that they ________ their parents to repaint the house at 10
o’clock the previous day.
        A. had helped        B. was helping        C. have been helping d. had been
helping
14.        The teacher advised his students _______ that book carefully because it
______ good for _______.
        A. to read / was / them        B. read / is / him
        C. that reading / be / us        D. to read / was / you
15.        John said, “It is hot. Please open the window, Mary.”
        A. John asked Mary it was hot and open the window.
        B. John said it was hot and asked Mary to open the window.
        C. John asked Mary it was hot to open the window.
        D. John said It was hot Mary to open the window.
16.        I ________ you everything I am doing, and you have to do the same.
        A. will tell        B. would tell        C. told        D. was telling
17.        John said that his brother ________ at home then.
        A. is        B. was        C. were        D. has been
18.        John told me that he ________ his best in the exam ________
        A. would do / the day before        B. had done / the following day
        C. will do / tomorrow                D. would do / the following day
19.        John wanted to know if I was leaving the ________ Saturday.
        A. following        B. ago        C. previous        D. before
20.        Jason asked me ________ me the book the day before.
        A. if who gave                B. if who has given        
        C. who had given                D. that who had given
21.        He asked me ________
        A. where we could meet the following day
        B. where if we could meet tomorrow
        C. that where we could meet the following day
        D. where can we meet tomorrow
22.        “Who does this car belong to?” said the woman.
        A. The woman asked me who does this car belong to.
        B. The woman asked who did that car belong to.
        C. The woman told who that car belonged to.
        D. The woman wanted to know who that car belonged to.
23. I wonder ________
        A. where he has gone                B. where has he gone
        C. he has gone where                D. has he gone where
24.        John asked me ________ in English.
        A. what does this word mean        B. what that word means
        C. what did this word mean        D. what that word meant
25.        Could you please tell me ________?
        A. what is the time        B. what the time        C. what the time is        D. is
what the time
26.        Nancy asked me ________ to New York the summer ________
        A. why I had not gone/ previous        B. why hadn’t I gone/ following
        C. why had I not gone / after        D. why I had not gone / before
27.        She asked her boyfriend ________
        A. where was her hat                B. where her hat was
        C. was where her hat                D. her hat was where
28.        Peter said, “Hello, Mary. How are you?”
        A. Peter greeted Mary and asked how she was.
        B. Peter said hello Mary and how she was.
        C. Peter told Mary hello and how she was.
        D. Peter said Mary hello and asked how was she.
29.        John asked me ________
        A. when were you born        B. when had you born
        C. when I had been born        D. when I was born
30.        John asked Mary ________ that film the night before.
        A. that she saw        B. had she seen        C. if she had seen        D. if had she
seen
31.        John asked me ________ interested in football.
        A. if I were        B. if were I        C. if was I        D. if I was
32.        “You are an accountant, aren’t you, Daisy?” said John.
        A. John asked Daisy was she an accountant.
        B. John asked Daisy if she wasn’t an accountant.
        C. John asked Daisy whether she was an accountant or not.
        D. John said that Daisy was an accountant.
33.        He wanted to know ________ for a picnic the previous morning.
        A. if we had been going        B. that if we had been going
        C. we were going                D. that we were going
34.        He asked his sister ________
        A. that she needs any help        B. whether you need any help
        C. if she needed any help        D. if did she need any help
35.        John asked us not to make so much noise  ________ he was working.
        A. and that if        B. and        C. and that        D. and added that
36.        He asked me ________ Robert and I said I did not know ________
        A. that did I know / who were Robert        B. that I knew / who Robert were
        C. if I knew / who Robert was        D. whether I knew / who was Robert
37.        Johnny said ________ he had had more money he would have rebuilt his
house.
        A. if that        B. that if        C. that        D. whether that
38.        Mary told me ________ home at that moment she ________ her parents
with the farm work.
        A. that if she was / had helped
        B. if she were / will have helped
        C. that if she had been / would have helped
        D. that she had been / would have helped
39.        Jane asked her teacher ________ the homework that week.
        A. if she had to do        B. if she has to do        C. that she must do        D. if
did she have to do
40.        The host asked Peter ________ tea or coffee.
        A. whether he preferred        B. that he preferred
        C. did he prefer                D. if he prefers
41.        Tim asked Sarah ________ English so far.
        A. she had been learning how long        B. how long was she learning
        C. how long she has been learning        D. how long she had been learning
42.        “Teacher, may I go out?” the student said.
        A. The student asked his teacher for permission to go out.
        B. The student told his teacher to go out.
        C. The student suggested his teacher go out.
        D. The student wanted to get a recommendation to go out.
43.        “Hurry up! Do it quickly!” the group leader ________
        A. advised        B. urged        C. agreed        D. promised
44.        “Waiter, please bring me some more tea,” the customer ________
        A. begged        B. ordered        C. promised        D. urged
45.        “Go on, Susan! Apply the job,” the father.
        A. The father invited Susan to apply the job
        B. The father denied applying the job.
        C. The father encouraged Susan to apply the job.
        D. The father wanted Susan not to apply the job.
46.        “Let’s go out for a drink,” said Peter.
        A. Peter suggested going out for a drink.        B. Peter let us go out for a
drink.
        C. Peter promised to go out for a drink.        D. Peter thanked on having a
drink.
47.        Mary apologized the teacher for being late for class.
        A. “I will be late,” Mary said to the teacher.
        B. “I won’t be late,” Mary said to the teacher.
        C. “Excuse me for being late, sir,” Mary said to the teacher.
        D. “I won’t be late for the class,” Mary said to the teacher.
48.        “________,” my father advised me.
        A. You ought to work harder        B. I would rather work harder
        C. It is my duty to work harder        D. It is worth working harder
49.        “Thank you very much for your help, Tom,” said Mary.
        A. Mary thanked Tom for helping her.
        B. Mary told Tom to help her.
        C. Mary wanted Tom to help her and said thanks.
        D. Mary would like Tom to help her.
50.        “What a beautiful dress you have, Mary!” Peter said.
        A. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
        B. Peter said what did Mary have a beautiful dress.
        C. Peter asked Mary to have a beautiful dress.
        D. Peter advised Mary to have a beautiful dress.
Complete the second sentence in each pairs so that the meaning stays the same:
1. 'It's pouring with rain down here."
        => She told me         
2. Tll come and see you on Friday if that's all right..
        => She said that         
3. The club lost quite a lot of money last month
        => The treasurer told the meeting         
4. "I'll have finished writing the report by the time you get here,'
        => She promised me         
5. 'I enjoyed myself last night
        => Clare said that         
6. "What are the most interesting sights?"
        => A young man wanted to know         
7. "Have you got a town plan?"
        => A German student asked         
8. "Where can we stay?"
=> A French couple wondered        
9. "How long does the film last?" Carol asked.
        => Carol asked         
10. "Are there guided tours?"
        => A Japanese man asked         
11. "Which way is the castle?"
        => A tourist wanted to know         
12. Peter to Nick: Would you like to stay for lunch?
        => Peter invited         
13. Tim to Martin: You ought to see a doctor.
        => Tim advised         
14. Louise: I'm sorry I caused so much trouble.
        => Louise apologized         
15. Andy: . Why don't we go out for the day?
        => Andy suggested         
16. Tracy: I'll do the washing up.
        => Tracy offered         
17. Pat to Jane: You're going to post the letter, don't forget.
        => Pat reminded Jane         
18. Travel agent: Yes, we made a mistake.
        => The travel agent admitted         
19. Steve to Mike: Don't touch the electric wires.
        => Steve warned         
20. Are you taking much money with you to France?
        => My bank manager wanted to know         
Change the following sentences into reported speeches. Use one of the reporting
verbs given below: advise, promise, suggest, inquire, warn, agree,threaten,
apologize, complain, refuse
1. "Why don't we invite Jane to dinner tonight?" Mrs. Stone said.
        =>        
2. "Where is Mount Everest?" asked a student.
        =>        
3. "If you-scream, I'll shoot," said the robber to the girl.
        =>        
4. "I have been standing in this queue for two hours!" said the man.
        =>        
5. "You should stay in the shade and wear a hat, Mrs. Bent," said the doctor
        =>        
6. "You'll burn yourself, Tom, if you keep playing with matches," said his sister.
        =>        
7. "I'm really sorry that I woke you up this morning, Harry," said Chris
        =>        
8. I think you are right, Tracey. We ought to let the others know," said Kerry
        =>        
9. "I'll definitely pay you back by the end of the week, Mum," said Sue
        =>        
10. I will not let you borrow my car tomorrow, Graham," said Michael
        =>        
Change the following sentences into reported speech. Use the verbs given in the box. Use each
word once only.
suggest agree claim boast
whisper admit shout protest
1. “I can speak six languages fluently," he said.
        =>        
2.“Let's go to the cinema this evening," he said.
        =>        
3.“Stop that noise in the classroom," said the teacher.
        =>        
4.“That car you are driving is my property," the man said.
        =>        
5. “Yes, I broke the windows with my catapults," the boy said.
        =>        
6. “You can't take me to prison. I know my rights,” the man said.
        =>        
7.“I shall always love you," said his fiancée.
        =>        
8. "Well, yes, if the weather is bad, we can't go,"
        =>        
Continue reporting each sentence, using only the number of words stated in
brackets.
1. “Do you think you could possibly tell me what the time is?”
        =>David asked me __________________________________(five words)
2. “Excuse me, but I wonder if you'd mind opening the window.”
        =>The man sitting next to me asked me ___________________________(four
words)
3. "You go down this street, turn left, then take the second turning on the right.
The
cinema is just down the street on the left."
        =>A passer-by told me how____________________________(five words)
4."I want to know how much this bike cost. Can you tell me?"
        =>John asked how___________________________________(four words)
5.“Look, don't worry, I'll help you if you like.”
        =>Sue said she______________________________(three words)
6. “All right, I tell you what, the car's yours for, let's say $ 500.”
        =>The salesman said I could _________________________________ (five
words)
7. “I hope you don't mind my saying this, but you're being a bit silly, aren't you?"
        =>Peter told me I ________________________________ (five words)
 PART V : CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
 THEORY
 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
1. Câu điều kiện loại 1
Công thức Cách dùng
If + S + V(hiện tại đơn), S + will/can/may/should/ought - diễn tả về tình
to/must + V huống có thể xảy ra
If it rains, we will stay at home. ở hiện tại hoặc tương
(Nếu trời mưa, chúng tôi sẽ ở nhà). lai.
If + S + V(hiện tại đơn), V/don’t V + ... - dùng để đưa ra lời
If you know the answer, raise your hand. chỉ dẫn, yêu cầu
(Nếu bạn biết câu trả lời, hãy giơ tay). hoặc mệnh lệnh.
If you need the help, don’t hesitate to call me.
(Nếu bạn cấn giúp đỡ, đừng chần chừ gọi cho mình nhé).
If + S + V(hiện tại đơn), S + V(hiện tại đơn) - diễn tả sự thật hiển
If you eat too much, you are overweight. nhiên, một quy luật
(Nếu bạn ăn nhiều, bạn sẽ béo phì). tự nhiên hoặc một
If you put a bowl of water in the sun, it evaporates. hành động xảy ra
(Nếu bạn để một bát nước dưới trời nắng, nó sẽ bốc hơn). thường xuyên.
Should + S + V (bare), S + will/can/may...+ V - để câu nói thêm
Should you see her, remind her to call me as soon as trang trọng ta dùng
possible. đảo ngữ (thay “if’
(Nếu bạn gặp cô ấy, nhắc cô ấy gọi cho mình càng sớm bằng “should”)
càng tốt nhé”).
2. Câu điều kiện loại 2
Công thức Cách dùng

If + S + V(quá khứ đơn), S + would/could/might + - diễn tả những giả

V(bare) định trái ngược với
If I had money now, I would buy a new car. thực tế ở hiện tại
(Nếu tôi có tiền bây giờ, tôi sẽ mua một chiếc ô tô mới).

Were + S + (to V)... , S + would/could/might + V(bare) - để câu nói thêm

Were you in my situation, what would you do? trang trọng ta dùng
(Bạn sẽ làm gì nếu bạn ở trong hoàn cảnh của tôi?) đảo ngữ

3. Câu điều kiện loại 3

Công thức Cách dùng
If + S + V(quá khứ hoàn thành), S + would/could/might+ - diễn tả những giả
have + Vp2 định trái ngược với
If I had seen the football match last night, I would have thực tế ờ quá khứ.
told you about it.
(Nếu tối qua tôi xem trận bóng đó, tôi đã có thể kể với bạn
về nó).
Had + S + Vp2, S + would/could/might+ have + Vp2 - để câu nói thêm
Had I known you were coming to Ha Noi, I wouldn’t have trang trọng ta dùng
gone đảo ngữ (đảo “had”
on holiday. của mệnh đề “if” lên
(Nếu tôi biết bạn tới Hà Nội thì tôi có lẽ đã không đi du đầu).
lịch).
If it hadn’t been for + N, S + would/could/might+ have + - để nhấn mạnh
Vp2 danh từ trong câu
= Had it not been for + N, S + would/could/might+ have + điều kiện loại 3.
Vp2
= But for/without + N, S + would/could/might+ have +
Vp2
(nếu không có....thì...đã)
If it hadn’t been for his father’s help, he wouldn’t have
succeeded.
= Had it not been for his father’s help, he wouldn’t have
succeeded.
= But for/without his father’s help, he wouldn’t have
succeeded.
(Nếu không có sự giúp đỡ của bô’ anh ấy, anh ấy có lẽ đã
không thành công).
4. Câu điều kiện kết hợp
Công thức Cách dùng
If + S + V(quá khứ hoàn thành), S + would/could + kết hợp câu điều
V(bare) kiện loại 3 và loại 2.
If I had had breakfast, I wouldn’t feel hungry now.
(Nếu tôi đã ăn sáng thì bây giờ tôi đã không thấy đói).
If + S + V(quá khứ đơn), S + would/could/might + have + kết hợp câu điều
Vp2 kiện loại 2 và loại 3.
If I didn’t I have to go to school today, I would have
gone on holiday with my parents yesterday.
(Nếu như hôm nay tôi không phải đi học thì có lẽ hôm qua
tôi đã đi nghỉ mát với ba mẹ rồi).
 WISH CLAUSE (IF ONLY)
Wish & If only
Sau wish và if only có 3 loại mệnh đề được dùng để chỉ sự ao ước ở tương lai,
hiện tại và quá khứ.
1.        Ao ước ở tương lai (Future wish): mong điều gì đó sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai.
S + wish/ If only + S + would / could + V(bare - inf )
Ex: I wish we would not have an exam tomorrow.
(Uớc gì ngày mai chúng tôi không phải thi.)
If only it would stop raining, we could go out.
(Giá mà trời tạnh mưa, chúng ta có thể đi chơi.)
2.        Ao ước ở hiện tại (Present wish): ước điều không thể xảy ra trong hiện tại.
S + wish/If only + S + V(past simple)
Ex: I wish I was rich. (Uớc gì tôi giàu có.) → but I’m poor now
If only I knew her name. (Uớc gì tôi biết tên cô ấy.)
-        Were có thể được dùng thay cho was trong cấu trúc này, nhất là trong lối
văn trịnh trọng.
Ex: I wish I were rich.
3.        Ao ước ở quá khứ (Past wish): ước điều gì đó đã hoặc đã không xảy ra trong quá khứ.
S + wish/If only + S + V(past perfect)
Ex: I wish I had succeeded in the final exam.
(Uớc gì tôi đã đậu kỳ thi cuối khóa.) → but I failed the exam
If only you hadn’t said that. (Giá mà anh đã không nói điều đó.)
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.        If she ________ me, tell her to leave a message.
        A. calls        B. will call        C. called        D. would call
2.        John will pick me up ________
        A. in case it rained                B. if it rains
        C. provided that it would rain        D. unless it rained
3.        ________ you want to go out during a lecture, what should you do?
        A. As        B. If        C. Though        D. When
4.        If you won the lottery, ________?
        A. what will you do                B. what had you done
        C. what would you do                D. what did you do
5.        If we start the new project, we ________ more staff.
        A. will need         B. need        C. would need         D. needed
6.        If John ________ 10 years younger, he ________ for the Job.
        A. is / will apply                B. was / has applied
        C. had been / will have applied        D. were / would apply
7.        You will not be allowed to attend the club meeting ________ you are a
member.
        A. unless        B. if        C. providing that        D. supposed that
8.        ________ people had not cut so many trees.
        A. If        B. If only        C. Unless        D. Even if
9.        If the president ________ last night’s train, he        here now.
        A. took / were                B. were taking / is
        C. had taken / would have been        D. had taken / would be
10.        If he ________ more time, he ________ decorating the baby’s room before
she was born.
        A. has / will have finished        B. had / would finish
        C. had had / would have finished        D. had had / would finish
11.        ________ he arrives soon, we will have to start the conference without
him.
        A. Suppose        B. Provided        C. Unless        D. If
12.        ________ as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft, I would retire.
        A. If I had        B. If I have        C. Unless I had        D. If I had had
13.        ________ here, he would help us with these troubles.
        A. Were our father                B. If our father had been
        C. Was our father                D. Unless our father were
14.        ________ more carefully, he would not have had the accident yesterday.
        A. If Peter drove                B. Had Peter driven
        C. Only if Peter could drive        D. Unless Peter had driven
15.        If it ________ tomorrow, I will not have to water the plants.
        A. will rain        B. is raining         C. would rain         D. rains
16.        We ________ more chances to attack during the last game if the
strikers        the ball more exactly.
        A. will have had / have passed        B. will have / were passing
        C. would have / passed        D. would have had / had passed
17.        ________, tell him I have gone to London.
        A. If Mr. Jones called                B. Unless Mr. Jones calls
        C. Should Mr. Jones call        D. If Mr. Jones will call
18.        ________ you apologize for what you have done, I will never be your
friend.
        A. Unless        B. If        C. As if        D. Even if
19.        Practice more and more ________ you can never speak English fluently.
        A. and        B. or        C. incase        D. if
20.        It was much colder than we had thought ________ we had taken more
warm clothes.
        A. If        B. Unless        C. But for        D. If only
21.        ________, they would not have had such a successful conference.
        A. Due to good preparations        B. But for they had had good preparations
        C. Without good preparations        D. If their good preparations
22.        If you ________ her, what ________?
        A. are / will you do                B. have been / might you do
        C. were / would you do        D. had been / will you have done
23.        You should not eat more ________ yourself ill.
        A. or you will make                B. in case you would make
        C. if you would make                D. unless you would have made
24.        I would have crashed the car ________.
        A. unless you warned me        B. in case you warn me
        C. if there were a warning        D. but for your warning
25.        Call your parents ________ they will start to worry.
        A. if only        B. otherwise         C. if so        D. in case
26.        If it ________ for the life jacket, I would have drowned.
        A. is not        B. was not        C. has not been        D. had not been
27. He may never speak to me again if he ________ out what happened.
        A. will find        B. was finding        C. finds        D. had found
28.        ________ heavy traffic we would not have been late for the train.
        A. If        B. If only        C. Supposed        D. But for
29. She had to have the operation or she ________
        A. dies        B. will die        C. would die        D. would have died
30. Our cat ________ you if you rub her belly.
        A. will bite        B. would bite         C. will have bitten        D. would have
bitten
31.        ________ the boat leaves on time, we will arrive in Paris by the morning.
        A. If only        B. Provided that         C. But for        D. Without
32.        ________ to the music after 10 pm, you should turn the volume down or
use an earphone.
        A. If you are listening                B. Unless you listen
        C. Provided you won’t listen        D. Otherwise you listen
33.        If Mary ________ so long on the computer last night, her eyes ________
red now.
        A. did not worked / do not get        B. were not working / did not get
        C. had not been working / would not get        D. had not worked / would not
have got
34.        If I ________ him this afternoon, I ________ him in the evening.
        A. do not see / will phone        B. will not see / phone
        C. did not see / would phone        D. have not seen / am going to phone
35.        I am so tired from working so hard ________ at home now.
        A. Supposing that I had been        B. if I was
        C. Provided that I was        D. If only I were
36.        If they ________ him yesterday, he ________ to the party now.
        A. would not have insulted / were coming         B. did not insult / will come
        C. had not insulted / would have come         D. had not insulted / would
come
37.        Try harder ________ you will lose everything you have.
        A. provided that         B. supposing that        C. if        D. unless
38.        ________ his best contribution, our team would not have won the game.
        A. But for        B. If        C. If only        D. Unless
39.        The salesgirl told the boy that if he did not leave she ________ the police
immediately.
        A. will call        B. called        C. would call        D. would have called
40.        Submit the report to the boss ________ it.
        A. unless you would finish        B. provided that you would finished
        C. if you have finished        D. if only you finished
41.        Tina’s train arrived ahead of schedule ________ I had decided to go to the
train station early, she would have waited there for more than twenty minutes
before I arrived.
        A. unless        B. if        C. otherwise        D. supposed that
42.        I wish ________ at the seaside now.
        A. I am        B. if only I were        C. I had been        D. I were
43. Peter behaved so badly at the party. I wish ________ him.
        A. I do not invite        B. I did not invite        C. I had not invited        D. I
would not invite
44.        I wish she ________ up for a moment and let someone else speak.
        A. will shut        B. would shut        C. is going to shut        D. shut
45. Peter wishes that he ________ part in the game, but he cannot because of his
injured leg.
        A. can take        B. is taking        C. were taking        D. had taken
46.        I wish you ________ borrowing money from me. You have never paid it
back.
        A. would not keep         B. do not keep        C. are not keeping        D. have
not kept
47.        Mary told her friends that she would arrive on time. She wishes she
________ to be on time because now they are waiting for her.
        A. promised                B. did not promise
        C. would not promise                D. had not promised
48.        Peter’s flat is hot. He wishes ________
        A. that it were not        B. if it was not        C. it had not been         D. if it
would not
49.        The film was so bad. We wish ________ our money on it.
        A. if we did not spend        B. that we did not spend
        C. that we had not spent        D. whether we had not spent
50.        We wish it ________ raining soon so that we can depart our trip.
        A. stops        B. will stop         C. would stop         D. had stopped
Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. I didn't have an umbrella with me and so I got wet.
        => I wouldn't         
2. I'll call the police if you don't leave me alone!
        => Unless         
3. in the snowy weather we don't go to school.
        => If                 
4.Without Jack's help, I wouldn't have been able to move the table.
        => If        
5. You drink too much coffee, that's why you can't sleep.
        => If you         
6. You press this button to stop the machine.
        => If         
7. Make me some coffee, and I'll give you one of my biscuits.
        => If         
8. If you hadn't told me about Sue's hair, I wouldn't have noticed
        => Unless         
9. If you see Peter, tell him he should be here at 8.00.
        => If you should         
10. I wouldn't accept if you asked me to marry you!
        => If you were         
Complete the second sentence in each pair, using the word given, so that the
meaning stays the same.
1. I didn't know his address in London, so I didn't visit him.
visited 
        => If I had known_________________________________________him.
2. If you don't speak clearly, the audience won't understand you.
else         
        => You have to__________________________________understand you.
3. Angela, you're not old enough otherwise you would be able to get a
motorbike.         were 
        => Angela,__________________________________________La motorbike.
4. I wouldn't mind being transferred to another city if they offered me a higher
salary.         condition 
        => I wouldn't mind__________________________________ me a higher
salary.
5. If he decides to go shopping, there's a chance that I will go with him.
might         
        => If he_________________________________________________ with him.
6. We can have dinner here unless you want to go to a restaurant.
want 
        => If____________________________________________________dinner here.
7. Fortunately, they were wearing seat belts, so nobody was seriously injured.
not 
        => If_____________________________________________been seriously
injured.
8. I'd like to travel all over the world but I don't have enough money.
would 
        => I_________________________________________all over the world if I had
enough money.
Rewrite the sentence given, using the word given so that the meaning stays the
same.
1. We won't go away if the weather is bad.
        UNLESS         
2. I didn't have money so I didn't buy a new shirt.
        WOULD        
3. If they offered you the job, would you accept?
        WERE         
4. If you are in London by any chance, come and see me.
        SHOULD         
5. If you do have any free time, could you give me a ring?
        HAPPEN         
6. Without you, I would have given up years ago.
        BEEN         
7. If Pauline hadn't been interested, the project would have been abandoned.
        BUT FOR         
8. What would you do if you found some buried treasure?
        WERE         
9. Dick is in prison now because a detective recognized him.
        IF         
10. The fire was brought under control thanks to the night-watchman.
        IT HADN'T         
Rewrite the sentences, using the word given, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. Jeremy regrets not having accepted the job he was offered.
        WISHES         
2. If you had heard the politician speak, you'd think he had won the election.
        THOUGH         
3. I think you should get a haircut.
        ABOUT         
4. I can't stand Betty borrowing my clothes without asking me first.
        RATHER         
5. It's a pity governments spend so much money on nuclear weapons.
        WOULDN'T         
6. I advise you to see the dentist today; otherwise your toothache will get worse
        BETTER         
7. Jim would really like to participate in the debate, but he can't.
        COULD         
8. Susan doesn't like watching TV in the evenings, she'd rather read magazines.
        TO         
9. You should have waited for us.
        => BETTER         
10. He should start studying hard.
        => FOR         
11. We didn't want to leave the party so early.
        => LEFT         
12. It would have been better to have hired a car during the holiday.
        => ONLY        
13. We'd prefer to go shopping rather than stay at home.
        => RATHER         
14. I would like to know how to play the piano.
        => KNEW         
15. Mr. Smith wanted me to finish the reports yesterday but I couldn't.
        => SOONER         
Correct the following sentences if necessary by taking out the unnecessary word.
1. Christine would rather not to work overtime this week.
2. Suppose you hadn't found your car keys, what would you have done?
3. It's high time he had tidied up his room.
4.It's time for the children went to bed.
5. I would rather not Tom didn't live so far away.
6. I'd rather we have visited a museum.
7. I wish we had lived in a bigger house because then I'd have a room of my own.
8. He acted as if he knew everything.
9. We'd better to fix the leaking tap tomorrow.
10. If only I hadn't broken my leg while playing football.
PART VI : SUBJUNCTIVE
 THEORY
Là loại câu đối tượng thứ nhất muốn đối tượng thứ hai làm một việc gì nhưng
làm hay không còn phụ thuộc vào người thứ hai.
1. Câu giả định dùng với It is time: Đã đến lúc phải làm gì

a. It is time         

    It is high time        for sb to do st.
    It is about time
E.g.
- It’s time for the children to go to bed.
- It is time for me to get to the airport (just in time).
- It's Friday night. It's time for us to relax and do things that we love.

        It is time
        It is high time       S + simple past     
        It is about time
Ví dụ:
- It’s high time I left for the airport.
- You are 20 years old now. It’s high time you found a job.
2. “Wish” sentence:
Sau WISH (ước, ước gì) và IF ONLY (giá mà, phải chi) là một mệnh đề chỉ điều
ước, một điều không có thật.
Có 3 loại mệnh đề đi sau WISH và IF ONLY, được dùng để chỉ sự ao ước
ở tương lai, hiện tại và quá khứ.
a. Wish + to do/ wish somebody something/wish somebody to do something.
- I wish to pass the entrance exam.
- I wish you happy birthday.
- I wish you to become a good teacher.
Chú ý: trong trường hợp này, chúng ta có thể thay thế “wish” bằng “want” hoặc
“would like”
- I would like/want to speak to Ann.
b. Wish about the future:
Ý nghĩa:
Chúng ta sử dụng câu ước ở tương lai với mong muốn ai đó, sự việc gì đó sẽ tốt
đẹp hơn trong tương lai.
Cấu trúc:
S + WISH + S + would/ could + V (bare-infinitive)
IF ONLY + S + would/ could + V (bare-infinitive)
Ví dụ:
- I wish you wouldn’t leave your clothes all over the floor.
- I wish I would be an astronaut in the future.
- If only I would be able to attend your wedding next week.
c. Wish about the present:
Ý nghĩa:
Chúng ta dùng câu ước ở hiện tại để ước về điều không có thật ở hiện tại,
thường là thể hiện sự nuối tiếc về tình huống hiện tại (regret about present
situations).
Cấu trúc:        
S + WISH + S+ V (simple past)
IF ONLY + S+ V (simple past)
(be là were)
Ví dụ:
- If wish I were rich. (But I am poor now.)
- I can’t swim. I wish I could swim.
- If only there were snow in summer. We could go skiing.
- We wish that we didn’t have to go to class today. (The fact is that we have to go
to class today).
d. Wish about the past:
Ý nghĩa:
Chúng ta sử dụng câu ước ở qúa khứ để ước điều trái với những gì xảy ra trong quá khứ, thường
là để diễn tả sự nuối tiếc với tình huống ở quá khứ.
S + WISH + S + V ( PII) = IF ONLY + S + V ( P2)
S + WISH + S + COULD HAVE + P2 = IF ONLY+ S + COULD HAVE + P2
Ví dụ:
- She wishes her little brother hadn’t broken her favorite vase.
- I wish I hadn’t spent so much money.(sự thực là tôi đã tiêu rất nhiều tiền) 
e. A + wish (that) + B + would do something: phàn nàn hoặc muốn thay đổi
tình huống hiện tại (A, B là hai người khác nhau)
- I wish they would stop making noise.
- I wish it would stop raining hard in summer.
- I wish you wouldn’t play computer games any more.
- I wish you would do st instead of just sitting and doing nothing.
3. “As if/as though” sentence: như thể, có vẻ như
A. As if/as though + simple past: diễn đạt hành động không có thật ở hiện tại
- It’s very cold today. It looks as if/as though it were autumn now.(thực ra bây
giờ đang là mùa hè)
- They look at me as though I were mad.
- He orders me about as if I were his wife.
Động từ đi trước as if va as though có thể được đưa về quá khứ mà vẫn không
làm thay đổi thì của giả định cách.
E.g. They looked at me as if I were mad.
B. As if/as though + past perfect: diễn đạt hành động có thật hoặc không có thật
ở quá khứ
- The whole were seriously damaged. It looks as if it had been destroyed by
bombs. (thực ra đó là do động đất)
- He talks about Rome as though he had been there himself.
C. As if/as though + present tense: diễn đạt hành động có thật ở hiện tại hoặc
tương lai
- He appears running from a fierce dog.
–> It looks as if he is running from a fierce dog.
- That house looks as if it is going to fall down.
- Do you hear the music next door? It sounds as if they are having a party.
- I feel as if everyone is laughing behind my back.
- Mary looks as if she was asleep.
4. Câu giả định dùng would rather và that:
A. Khi co 1 chu the:
        S + would rather + do st
        S + would rather not do
E.x. - Would you like to go to the cinema or stay at home?
🡪 I would rather stay at home./ I would rather not stay at home.
        - I’m tired. I would rather not go out this evening.
        S + would rather do st than do st
E.g. - He would rather have dogs than cats.
        - Tom would rather read than talk.
Note: would rather + nguyên mẫu không thể diễn đạt ý thích trong quá khứ. Vì
thế quá khứ tương ứng của:
         Tom would rather read than talk.        
Sẽ là: Tom preferred reading to talking./ Tom liked reading better than talking.
        S + would rather have done (Diễn tả 1 ước muốn không thực hiện được
trong quá khứ)
E.g. – We went by sea but I’d rather have gone by air.
B. Khi chủ thể thứ nhất muốn chủ thể thứ 2 làm gì.
a. Diển tả sự việc  đối lập với thực tế ở hiện tại, tương lai:
Động từ sau chủ ngữ hai sẽ chia ở simple past, to be phải chia là were ở tất cả các
ngôi.
        S1 + would rather that + S2 + [verb in simple past tense] …
- Henry would rather that his girlfriend worked in the same department as he
does.
        (His girlfriend does not work in the same department.)
- Jane would rather that it were winter now. (In fact, it is not winter now.)
- I’d rather you went home now.
Nếu muốn thành lập thể phủ định dùng didn’t + verb hoặc were not sau chủ
ngữ hai.
- Henry would rather that his girlfriend didn’t work in the same department as
he does.
- Jane would rather that it were not winter now.
c. Diễn tả sự việc  trái ngược với thực tế ở quá khứ:
Động từ sau chủ ngữ hai sẽ chia ở dạng past perfect. Nếu muốn thành lập thể
phủ định dùng hadn’t + P2.
        S1 + would rather that + S2 + past perfect …
- Bob would rather that Jill had gone to class yesterday.
- Bill would rather that his wife hadn’t divorced him.
5.  Câu giả định dùng với các động từ trong bảng dưới đây:
Advise Demand Prefer Require
Ask Insist Propose Stipulate
Command Move Recommend Suggest
Decree Order Request Urge
- Trong câu nhất định phải có that.
- Động từ  sau chủ ngữ 2 ở dạng nguyên thể bỏ to.
Subject1 + verb + that + subject 2+ [verb in simple form] ...
Ví dụ:
 We urge that he leave now.
 They insisted (that) we not stay behind. (Họ cứ khăng khăng là
chúng tôi không ở đằng sau).
Nếu bỏ that đi chủ ngữ 2 sẽ trở thành tân ngữ, động từ trở về dạng nguyên thể
có to, câu sẽ mất đi ý nghĩa giả định và trở thành câu bình thường.
Ví dụ:
- We urge him to leave now.
Lưu ý : Trong tiếng Anh của người Anh (British English), trước động từ nguyên
thể bỏ to có should. Nhưng trong tiếng Anh của người Mỹ (American English)
người ta bỏ nó đi.
6. Câu giả định dùng với tính từ:
Các tính từ dùng trong câu giả định gồm các tính từ trong bảng dưới đây.
Advised Necessary/Essential/Vital Recommended Urgent
Important Obligatory Required Imperative
Mandatory Proposed Suggested
Trong công thức sau, adjective chỉ định một trong các tính từ có trong bảng trên.
It + be + adjective + that + subject + [verb in simple form ]...(any tense)
Một số ví dụ:
It was urgent that she leave at once.
It has been proposed that we change the topic.
It has been suggested that he forget the election.
- It is important that she meet the doctor immediately.
- It is essential that every child have the same educational opportunities.
Trong một số trường hợp có thể dùng danh từ tương ứng với các tính từ ở trên theo công thức
sau.
It + be + noun + that + subject + [verb in simple form ]...(any tense)
Ví dụ:
- It is a recommendation from a doctor that the patient stop smoking.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I suggest that he ______up his mind quickly or else he would lose his
opportunity.
        A. makes         B. make         C. made        D. is to make
2. His friends suggest that the __________for that job.
        A. applies         B. apply        C. applying         D. will apply
3. It's high time we__________ about our environment.
        A. did         B. do        C. should do         D. to do
4. It is necessary that children________ of their old parents.
        A. to take care         B. takes care         C. took care         D. take are
5. It is essential that all students ___________best use of learning facilities in the
university,
        A. make         B. makes         C. made        D. making
6. The clients demanded that the post office_________ earlier.
        A. opening         B. opened        C. open        D. to open
7. It is necessary that he _________a certificate in English?
         A. will get         B. gets        C. get         D. would get
8. I demand that I___________ to retake the exam.
        A. be allowed         B. am allowed         C. will be allowed         D. were
allowed
9. The teacher ordered that all pupils____________ inside their classroom
        A. stay         B. stays        C. will stay         D. would stay
10. It is essential that Mai _______speak English.
        A. is able to        B. was able to         C. be able to        D. must be able to
11. He suggested that I_______ kind to others.
        A. am         B. was        C. be         D . would be
12. My doctor insisted _______
        A. that I diet        B. me to diet         C. for me dieting        D. for me to diet
13. Everyone urged that Bill___________ his education.
        A. continue         B. continuing         C. to continue         D. continued
14. The director requests that all packages ____________at the central office.
        A. to mail        B. be mailed         C. to be mailed         D. mailing
15. Long may the Queen ____________.
        A. live         B. lives         C. living        D. would live
16. It is important that you_____________to our meeting on time.
        A. to come         B. should come         C. would come         D. come
17. It is imperative that you_______________ careful on construction site.
        A. to be          B. were        C. are        D. be
18. It is advisable that she __________care of her ill mother.
        A. to take         B. takes        C. take        D. took
19. The teacher ordered that the students________ talking
        A. stop        B. should stop         C. stopped         D. A or B
20. She insisted that we___________ our summer vacation in the countryside.
        A. spend        B. spent        C. should spend         D. A or C
21. May you______________ happy all your life!
        A. are         B. were        C. be        D. to be
22. "Should I begin typing these letters?" "I suggest____________bookkeeping
first".
        A. you finished        B. you to finish         C. you finish        D. you will finish
23. It is suggestion that my brother __________when our family are on holiday.
        A. not be working        B. be working         C. shouldn't work        D. not work
24. "Have you received the gift sent from London yet?".
        "No, but it's possible that it______________ in a few days"
        A. will come         B. comes        C. come        D. has come
25. I'd rather you ____________ that present.
        A. not give         B. wouldn'd give         C. didn't give        D. give
Give the right form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. It's important that she (remember)____________ to take her medicine twice a
day.
2. I suggest that Frank (read)____________ the directions carefully before
assembling the bicycle. He doesn't want the wheels to fall off while he is riding
down a hill
3. Mrs. Finkelstein demanded that the heater (repair)____________ immediately.
Her apartment was freezing.
4. It's vital that the United States (focus)____________ on improving its public
education system. What we do now will affect our country for generations to
come.
5. The monk insisted that the tourists (enter)____________ the temple until they
had removed their shoes.
 6. I am not going to sit here and let her insult me. I demand that she immediately
(apologize) ____________ for what she just said.
7. Judy asked that we (attend)____________ her graduation ceremony next week.
8. Was it reaily necessary that (sit) I____________ there watching you the entire
time you were rehearsing for the play? It was really boring watching you repeat
the scenes over and over again.
9. It is important to remember that Janine (think)____________ very differently
from you. She may not agree to the changes you have made in the organization
of the company.
10. It's a little difficult to find the restaurant. I propose that we all
(drive)____________ together so that nobody gets lost along the way.
11. The woman insisted that the lost child (take)____________ to store's
information desk so his parents could be paged.
12. The nutritionist recommended that Sally (reduce)____________ her daily fat
intake.
13. The environmental leader felt it was extremely important that the people of
the city (allow) ____________ to voice their concerns over the new hotel being
built on the bay.
14. She told me that the government (regulate) ____________ the airline industry.
I don't know if that is true.
15. The sign at the pool recommended that you (swim)____________ after eating
a large meal.
16. It is necessary that a life guard (monitor)____________ the summing pool
while the children are taking their swimming lessons.
17. The sun is scorching today. I suggest you (put)____________ on sunblock
immediately before you get a sun burn.
18. John insists that Sarah (invite)____________ to the wedding; otherwise he will
not attend.
19. It is the recommendation that we (send)____________ our old clothes to poor
people in
the remote area.
20. It is imperative that the world (work)____________ towards a solution to
global warming before the weather patterns of the world are disrrupted
irreparably.
PART VII : RELATIVE CLAUSES
 THEORY
Cách sử dụng các đại từ quan hệ trong MĐQH:        
S (chủ ngữ) O ( tân ngữ) P( sở hữu)
Danh từ chỉ người Who/that Who/whom/that whose
Danh từ chỉ vật Which/that Which/that Whose/of
which
Dt vừa người & vật That That
Nơi chốn Where = in/at/on
which
Thời gian When  = in/at/on
which
Lý do Why    = for which
Bất kỳ ai Whoever Whoever
Các loại mệnh đế quan hệ:
1. Mệnh đề quan hệ có giới hạn (không Ex: The book is interesting. I bought
dấu phẩy): it yesterday.
- thường được dùng khi danh từ đứng => The book (which) I bought
trước ĐTQH có mạo từ “a/an/the” yesterday is interesting.
- B ỏ “who, whom, which, that” khi nó
làm túc từ
(không có giới từ đứng trước)/ bỏ
why/when/where.
2. MĐQH không giới hạn ( có dấu Ex1: Tom, whom you met last night,
phẩy): is my son.
- MĐQH không giới hạn xuất hiện khi Ex2:That man, who has sent you a
danh từ đứng trước đại từ quan hệ là các gift, lives next door to me.
loại danh từ sau:  Ex3: His book, which was bought last
+ Danh từ riêng night, is interesting.
+ Danh từ có tính từ chỉ Ex4: Lan’s book, which was bought
định (this/that/these/those) last night, is interesting .
+ Danh từ có tính từ sở Ex5: Peter failed again, which does
hữu (my/his/her/your/their/our/its) not make us surprised.
+ Sở hữu cách ( Tom’s, …) Ex6: I received two jobs offers .I
- Không dùng “ THAT” trong MĐQH accepted neither of them
không giới hạn. => I received two jobs offers, neither
- Không được bỏ các đại từ quan hệ làm of which I accepted
tân ngữ ( WHO, WHOM, WHICH) và Ex7: I have two friends .One of their
các trạng từ quan hệ trong MĐQH không problems is poor study habit
giới hạn. => I have two friends, one of
- Trong MĐQH không giới hạn “ whose problems is poor study habit
WHICH” có thể được dùng để bổ nghĩa
cho cả câu.
- Khi muốn thêm thông tin về toàn bộ
hoặc 1 phần số vật hay người cụ thể , ta
dùng mđqh không giới hạn với “     of
which , of whom, of whose, most of, half
of , plenty of, some of , one of , neither of,
all of, several of, both of, ten of, a few of
….”
GIỚI TỪ VỚI ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ có giới từ Ex1: She is the woman about whom I
thì giới từ có 2 vị trí đứng: told you
- Giới từ đứng trước đại từ quan hệ She is the woman who/whom/ that I told
hoặc giới từ đứng sau động từ. you about.
- Lưu ý: Giới từ không đứng trước Ex2:Did you find the world which you
đại từ quan hệ “ who và that” were looking up ? (NOT : _____the
- Khi giới từ là thành phần của cụm world up which you were looking ? )
động từ thì không thể đem giới từ ra Ex3: The woman without whom I can’t
trước “whom, which, whose” live is Jane
- Giới từ “ WITHOUT”không được ( NOT : The woman whom can’t live
đặt sau động từ mà phải đặt trước đại without is Jane )
từ quan hệ.
DẠNG RÚT GỌN MĐQH THÀNH NGỮ PHÂN TỪ:V-ING, V3, TO V
1. Ngữ hiện tại phân từ ( V-ing) được Ex: That man, who is standing over
dùng khi động từ trong mệnh đề there , is my best friend.
quan hệ ở thể chủ  động. => That man , standing over there, is my
best friend
2. Ngữ quá khứ phân từ(V3/ed) được Ex:The boy who was injured in the
dùng khi động từ trong mệnh đề accident was taken to the hospital.
quan hệ ở thể bị động. => The boy injured in the accident was
taken to the hospital.
3. “To infinitive” có thể được dùng Ex: He was the last man who left the
khi đại từ quan hệ làm chủ ngữ đứng burning building.
sau “the first, the second, …, the last, => He was the last man to leave the
the next, the only, the one, dạng so burning building. 
sánh nhất( the + adj ngắn + est/ the
most + adj dài) hoặc để chỉ mục đích,
sự cho phép)
Cách làm bài tập dạng điền đại từ quan hệ vào chỗ trống
1. ______ N(chỉ người) + WHO/ THAT  (làm chủ ngữ)           + V +
…                      
2. ______ N(chỉ người) + WHO/WHOM/THAT                      + S +  V +
…(làm O)      
3. ______ N(chỉ người) + WHOSE (làm ttsh)         + N + V/ N + S + V+…
4. ______ N(chỉ vật)     + WHICH/ THAT                                + V+
…        
5. ______ N(chỉ vật)     + WHICH                                            + S + V+
…        
6. ______ N(chỉ vật)     + WHOSE                                            + N + V/ N +
S+V+….
7. ______ thời gian       + WHEN  (= on/in/at + which)            +
….                
8. ______ nơi chốn       + WHERE (= on/in/at + which)           +
….                
9. ______ lý do             + WHY +   (= for which)                      +
….                
Không dùng “ THAT” trong MĐQH không giới hạn (có dấu phẩy)
Dạng kết hợp hai câu hai mệnh đề thành 1 câu sử dụng ĐTQH:
- Xác định hai từ giống nhau trong hai câu, hai mệnh đề.
- Thay đại từ quan hệ cho từ giống nhau ở MĐ thứ 2.
- Đặt đại từ quan hệ ngay sau từ giống ở MĐ thứ 1.
- Xác định loại danh từ đứng trước đại từ quan hệ để xem xét có sử dụng dấu
phẩy hay không
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. That book is by a famous anthropologist. It's about the people in
Samoa__________for two years.
        A. that she lived                B. that she lived among them
        C. among whom she lived        D. where she lived among them
2. The missing man's family is desperately seeking
anyone____________information about his activities or whereabouts.
        A. has         B . having        C. who have         D. have
3. The publishers expect that the new biography of Simon Bolivar will be brought
people __________in Latin American history.
        A. who they are interested        B. are interested
        C. interested                D. they are interested
4. I have always wanted to visit Paris,_____________of France.
        A. is the capital        B. which the capital is         C. that is the capital        D.
the capital
5. The chemistry book ____________was a little expensive.
        A. that I bought it         B. I bought that         C. what I bought         D. I bought
6. Have you ever met a man __________over there? - Yes, I do.
        A. stands        B. standing         C. is standing        D. who he is standing
7. Do you have the book ____________the teacher? - Yes, I do.
        A. that it belongs to        B. to which belongs to         C. to which
belongs        D. that belongs to
8. The voters were overwhelmingly against the candidate ___________proposals
called for higher taxes.
        A. who his         B. whose        C. whom he had         D. that his
9. Do you remember Mr. Goddard, ___________taught us English composition? ~
I certainly do.
        A. who         B. whom        C. that        D . which
10. I have three brothers, _________________are businessmen.
        A. that all of them        B. who they all         C. all of whom        D. who all of
them
11. Were you able to locate the person __________wallet you found? – Luckily,
yes.
        A. which         B. that his        C. whose         D. that's
12. Some fish is frozen, but___________ is best.
        A. fish is fresh        B. fresh fish         C. fish fresh        D. fresh fish is caught
13. Why do you get up at 4 A. M. today? ~ Because it's the only
time__________without being interrupted.
        A. when I can work on my book         B. when I can work on my book at
        C. when I can work on my book then         D. at when I can work on my book
14. You seem so happy today. ~ I am. You are looking at a person______ has just
been accepted into medical school.
        A. who         B. who she        C. whom she         D. whom
15. The movie __________ last night was terrific. - What's it about?
        A. I went        B. I went to it         C. I went to         D. that I went
16. Many people lost their homes in the earthquake. The government needs to
establish more shelters to care for those ________________have homes.
        A. who doesn't        B. who don't         C. which doesn't        D. which don't
17. The problem never______________ occurs.
        A. I had expected it                B. who I had expected
        C. I had expected                D. that I had expected it
18. I had to drive to the factory to pick up my brother,____________car wouldn't
start.
        A. who his         B. who        C. who's         D. whose
19. I read a book about Picasso, __________.
        A. is a Spanish painter        B. a Spanish painter
        C. who a Spanish painter is        D. that is a Spanish painter
20. The people __________the acrobat turn circles in the air were horrified when
he missed the outstretched hands of his partner and fell to his death.
        A. watched         B. watch        C. watching         D . were watching
21. My writing has improved a lot in this class. – Mine has, too. All the students
_________do well in writing.
        A. whom Mr. David teaches them         B . which Mr. David teaches
        C. that Mr. David teaches them        D. Mr. David teaches
22. Have you seen the place__________the graduation ceremony will be held?
        - Yes. It's big enough to hold 5,000 people.
        A. in that         B. where        C. is where that         D. which
23. How's your class this term? – Great. I have seventeen students, most of
_________speak English very well.
        A. who        B. those         C . whom        D. which
24. Will everyone like the book? - No. Only people ___________interested in
anthropology.
        A. are         B . who are        C. in whom are         D. that is
25. How did you enjoy your dinner with Mr. Jackson? ~ It was boring. He talked
only about himself,_________almost put us to sleep.
        A. which         B. that        C. who        D. that he
26. My grandfather, __________ a wise man, has greatly influenced my life.
        A. is         B. that is        C. who is         D. who he is
27. Is Dr. Brown the person __________ you wish to speak? - Yes, please.
        A. that         B. whom        C. to that         D. to whom
28. In the movie, a teenager _____ to pursue a singing career meets resistance
from his strong-willed father.
        A. wants         B. wanted        C. wanting         D. who want
29. Excuse me, but there is something about ______immediately. ~ Certainly.
        A. which I must speak to you        B. which I must speak to you about it
        C. that I must speak to you about         D. that I must speak to you
30. Little Women,___________in 1868, is my sister's favorite book.
        A. is a novel published        B. a novel published
        C. a novel was published        D. was a novel published
31. Who is eligible for the scholarship? – Anyone _________scholastic record is
above average can apply for the scholarship.
        A. who has a         B. has a        C. who's a         D. whose
32. Dr. Sales is a person______
        A. in whom I don't have much confidence         
        B. in that I don't have much confidence
        C. whom I don't have much confidence in him
        D. I don't have much confidence
33. Is April twenty-first the day _______? ~ No, the twenty-second.
        A. you'll arrive then                B. when you'll arrive
        C. on that you'll arrive        D. when you'll arrive on
34. The severe drought occurred last summer ruined the corn crop.
        A. that it         B. which it        C. it        D. that
35. Florida,______________the Sunshine State, attracts many tourists every year.
        A. is        B. known as         C. is known as         D. that is known as
36. The new shopping mall is gigantic. It's as a place you can find just about
__________anything you might want to buy.
        A. where         B. which        C. in where         D. in that
37. Lola's marriage has been arranged by her family. She is marrying a man
________
        A. that she hardly knows him        B. whom she hardly knows him
        C. she hardly knows                D. she hardly knows him
38. People who exercise frequently have greater physical endurance than
those__________
        A. who doesn't         B. that doesn't         C. which don't         D. who don't
39. Is this the address to ____________you want the package sent?
        A. where         B. that’s        C. which        D. whom
40. Ann quit her job at the advertising agency, __________ surprised everyone.
        A. which         B. that        C. who        D. that it
Find and correct the mistake in the following sentences.
1. Last Saturday I attended a party giving by one of my friends. My friend, who
his apartment is in another town, was very glad that I could come.
2. Dr. Darnell was the only person to whom I wanted to see.
3. There are eighty students, are from all over the world, study English at this
school.
4. The people who we met them on our trip last May are going to visit us on
October.
5. Dianne Jones that used to teach Spanish has organized a tour of Central
America for senior citizens.
6. There is an old legend telling among people in my country about a man lived
in the seventeenth century saved a village from destruction.
7. I've met many people since I came here who some of them are from my
country
8. An old man was fishing next to me on the pier was muttering to himself.
9. People can speak English can be understood in many countries.
10. When I was a child, I was always afraid of the beggars whom they went from
house to house in my neighborhood.
11. One of the people which I admire most is my uncle.
12. Baseball is the only sport in which I am interested in it.
13. My favorite teacher, Mr. Peterson, he was always wiling to help me after
class.
14. There are some people in the government who is trying to improve the lives
of poor people.
15. I have some good advice for anyone who he wants to learn a foreign
language.
Make one sentence from each group of sentences, beginning as shown.
1. The hotel was full of guests. The hotel was miles from anywhere. The guests
had gone there to admire the scenery.
→The hotel         
2. I lent you a book. It was written by a friend of mine. She lives in France.
→The book         
3. A woman's jewels were stolen. A police officer was staying in the same hotel.
The woman was interviewed by him.
→The woman         
4. A goal was scored by a teenager. He had come on as a substitute. This goal
won the match.
→The goal         
5. I was sitting next to a boy in the exams. He told me the answers.
→The boy         
6. My wallet contained $ 100. It was found in the street by a boy. He returned it.
→My wallet        
7. My friend Albert has decided to buy a motorbike. His car was stolen last week.
→My friend Albert         
8. Carol is a vegetarian. I cooked a meal for her last week. She enjoyed it.
→Carol         
9. I got on a train. I wanted to go to a station. The train didn't stop there.
→The train         
10. I read a book. You recommended a book to me. This was the book.
→The book         
11. The ship hit an iceberg and sank. Warning messages had been sent to it. The
ship ignored these.
→The ship        
12. The postman realized I was on holiday. You had sent me a parcel. The
postman left it next door.
→The postman         
13. I used to own a dog. People came to the door. The dog never barked at them.
→The dog        
14. I bought my car from a woman. She lives in a house. You can see the house
over there.
→The woman         
15. We went to a beach on the first day of our holiday. It was covered in seaweed.
This smelled a lot.
→The beach         
16. My neighbors have three small children. The children make a lot of noise. My
neighbors never apologize.
→My neighbors         
17. I lost my wallet last week. It was found by a man. He was digging a hole in
the street outside our house.
→The wallet         
18. Carol slammed the door behind her. Her father had given a car as a present.
She drove off in it.
→Slamming         
19. At the end of the street was a building. The street was crowded with
shoppers. Tom had not noticed the building before.
→At the end of the street         
20. Some people have just moved in next door. They have the same surname as
some other people. Those other people have just moved out.
→The people         
21. The journalist will interview the old man. His house was broken into last
night.
→The journalist         
22. I listened to George patiently until he started insulting me. At that point I told
him a few home truths. He didn't like it.
 →George         
Put one suitable relative pronoun in each space, or leave the space blank if
possible.
Murder at the station (by Loraine Small. Episode 5) 
        The story so far: Jane Platt (1)________is traveling to London because of a
mysterious letter, is the only person (2)________witness a murder at Victoria
Station. The detective to (3)________she gives her statements then disappears.
Jane goes to an office in Soho to answer the letter (4) ________she has received.
There she discovers that her uncle Gordon, (5)________lives in South America,
has sent her a box (6)________she is only to open if in trouble. Jane,
(7)________parents have never mentioned an Uncle Gordon, is suspicious of the
box, (8)________she gives to her friend Tony. They go to Scotland Yard and see
inspector Groves, (9)________has not heard of the Victoria murder,
(10)________was not reported to the police. Jane gives Inspector Groves the
murdered man's ticket (11)________she found besides his body. Then Jane and
Tony decide to go to Redhill, (12)________was the town (13)________the
murdered man had come from. On the train they met a man, (14)________face is
somehow familiar to Jane, (15)________says he knows her Uncle Gordon. Now
read on.
Sherlock Homes
        Sherlock Homes, (1)________name is well-known, didn't really exist.
However, for many (2) ________have read his adventures, he might as well have
been a real person.
        The man (3)________created Holmes was Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, born in
Edinburgh in 1859. He trained as a doctor, but found he could earn more money
by writing than practicing medicine. He wrote not only stories about Holmes,
but many other books (4)________people also liked. However, it is for the
detectives stories (5)________he wrote that he is most remembered. The place
(6)________the Holmes mysteries are set is Victorian England. Holmes,
(7)________________is a brilliant detective, uses his intelligence and scientific
knowledge to solve the mysteries. Even though Doyle wrote many Holmes
mysteries, we'll never know the reason (8)________he gave us so little
information about Holmes' private life. All the books were written in the first
person, not by Holmes, but by his assistant, Dr. Watson, (9)________knowledge
of his master's private life was limited.
Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same.
1. I like Brenda, she is my kind of person.                 (THAT)
        →        
2.The whole summer was sunny and warm for a change.         (WHICH)
        →        
3.Jean was the first person I asked for advice.                 (WHOSE)
        →        
4.Not a single house in the street had escaped undamaged.        (WHICH)
        →        
5.Then I realized that I had left my wallet at home.         (WHEN)
        →        
6.I don't really approve of his proposal.                 (WHAT)
        →        
7.It is an event I would rather forget.                 (WHICH)
        →        
8.I have read all of her books but one.                 (WHICH)
        →        
PART VIII : MODAL VERBS
 THEORY
I. ĐẶC ĐIỂM CHUNG CỦA ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU
 Luôn cộng với động từ nguyên mẫu không to:
Ex: They can speak French and English.
 Chia giống nhau với tất cả các ngôi:
Ex: He / They  should be home at 7.00 p.m.
 Chỉ có nhiều nhất là 2 dạng: Dạng hiện tại (can, will…) và dạng quá
khứ (could, would….).
 Các động từ khuyết thiếu
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định Nghi vấn
Can/could Can’t/couldn’t Can’t/couldn’t
May/Might May not/might not May/Might + S + V.inf
Must Mustn’t Must + S + V.inf
Should Shouldn’t Should + S + V.inf
Ought to Ought not to  
Will/Would Won’t/wouldn’t Will/Would + S + V.inf
Had better Had better not Had S better + V.inf
Would rather Would rather not  
Dare Dare not Dare + S + V.inf
Need Need not Need + S + V.inf
Used to Used not to  
II. CAN/COULD
1. CAN và COULD có nghĩa là “có thể”, diễn tả một khả năng
Ex:         - We can stay with my brother when we are in Paris
- She could ride a bicycle when she was five years old.
2. Diễn tả sự xin phép; COULD lễ phép và trịnh trọng hơn CAN. Nhưng
không dùng COULD để diễn tả sự cho phép
Ex:         - Can I go out?
- Could I use your computer? – Yes, of course you can.
3. Diễn tả lời đề nghị, gợi ý hay lời yêu cầu
Ex:         - Can you give me a hand?
- Could you open the door, please?
❖  Phân biệt Can & Be able to
• “Can” thể hiện khả năng, bản năng:         Ex:   can’t swim
• “Be able to” mang nghĩa xoay xở, thành công trong việc gì đó:
Ex: I finished my work early so I was able to go out with her.
 III. MAY/MIGHT
1. Phân biệt May & Can
 - May/might cũng mang nghĩa là “có thể”.
 - “Can” thể hiện khả năng nhưng “may” mang tính chất tình huống, thể hiện sẽ
làm hay không làm.
Ex: I can swim but I may not swim today.
2. Cách dùng
a. May/Might dùng để diễn đạt sự xin phép. “May” được dùng để chỉ sự cho
phép
Ex:         - May/Might I put the TV on? – Yes, you may.
- She asked if she might go to the party.
b. May/Might dùng diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra (Might ít chắc chắn, ít
khẳng định hơn May)
Ex:         - There may be other problems that we don’t know about.
- It might be true.
c. May được dùng để diễn đạt lời cầu chúc trang tr ng (không dùng Might)
Ex:          - May you have a good trip!
- May your dreams come true!
d. May/Might dùng trong mệnh đề theo sau các động từ “hope” (hy vọng) và
“trust” (tin tưởng).
Ex: I trust (hope) that you may find this plan to your satisfaction.
e. May/Might dùng thay cho một mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ
Ex:         - Although he tried hard, he couldn't pass the exam.
= Try as he may/might, he could not pass the examination.
IV. WILL/WOULD
1. Will
• “Will” là một trợ động từ giúp hình thành thì tương lai
• “Will” được dùng như một Động từ khuyết thiếu diễn tả một sự mong muốn,
một lời hứa hay một sự quả quyết.
 Ex:         - All right; I will pay you at the rate you ask.
- I won’t forget little Margaret’s birthday. I will send her a present.
2. Would
• Dùng trong câu chuyển từ trực tiếp sang gián tiếp:
   Ex: He said he would send it to me, but he didn’t.
• Dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 2:
Ex: If she were here, she would help us.
• Dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 3:
Ex: He would have been very happy if he had known about it.
 “Would” là động từ khuyết thiếu dùng để diễn tả:
• Lời yêu cầu, đề nghị lịch sự:
Ex:         - Would you like to have a cup of coffee?
- Would you please show me the way to Ha Dong market?
     • Thói quen trong quá khứ:
Ex: When we were children, we would go skiing every winter
V. MUST/HAVE TO
 “Must” và “have to” đều có thể dùng để diễn tả sự
cưỡng bách, bắt buộc.
 Tuy nhiên “must” mang ý nghĩa sự bắt buộc đến từ
người nói còn “have to” mang ý nghĩa sự bắt buộc đến từ hoàn cảnh bên
ngoài
Ex: - All candidates must answer 10 questions.
- The soup has to be stirred continuously to prevent burning.
 Trong câu phủ định, sự khác biệt khá rõ ràng:
• Don't have to (= don't need to): không phải
• mustn't: không được phép
Ex:         - I musn't do my homework.                 (Tôi không được phép làm
bài về nhà.)
- I don't have to do my homework.         (Tôi không phải làm bài về
nhà.)
VI. SHOULD/OUGHT TO/HAD BETTER
• Should/Ought to: có nghĩa là “nên” dùng để diễn đạt lời khuyên hay sự mong
đợi
           Ex: You should/ought to have a vacation soon.
• “Had better” có nghĩa tương tự như “should”; nhưng chỉ được dùng cho tình
huống cụ thể, và có nghĩa mạnh hơn “should” và “ought to”.
Ex:
-  It’s cold today. You had better wear a coat when you go out.
- I think that drivers should wear seat belts. (KHÔNG dùng: had better
wear seat belts)
• Ngoài ra, “Should” có thể thay cho “if” trong câu điều kiện loại 1 (Dạng đảo
ngữ):
Ex:
- If he comes, I will call the police.
 = Should he come, I will call the police.
- Should you have any questions, don't hesitate to ask me.
Lưu ý: ought to/ought not to + do sth: có thể thay thế cho should/shouldn't trong
hầu hết tất cả các trường hợp, ngoại trừ trường hợp thay thế cho if trong câu
điều kiện loại 1.
• “Ought to” cũng dùng để diễn tả một sự gần đúng, rất có thể đúng (strong
probability):
Ex: If Alice left home at 9:00, she ought to be here now.
• “Had better” còn được dùng để diễn tả lời cảnh báo
Ex: You had better work harder, or you will be sacked.
VII. WOULD RATHER
Cấu trúc:
S+ would rather + (not) V.inf (+than)…..
S + would rather (that) +S+ V.ed/had P2
Ex:
- I would rather stay at home (than go to the movie)
- I would rather you went home now.
VIII. CÁC ĐỘNG TỪ BÁN KHUYẾT THIẾU: Dare – Need - Used to
• Dare – Need - Used to: vừa có thể dùng như một động từ khuyết thiếu, vừa có
thể dùng như động từ thường:
- I needn't/don’t need to do my homework.
- Dare he/Does he dare to speak to her?
- I used not to/didn’t use to go this way.
• Trường hợp đặc biệt với động từ “need”:
Ex: My car needs repairing. = My car needs to be repaired.
❖  Tránh nhầm lẫn “used to V.inf” & “be/get used to + noun/Ving”
• used to + Vinf: thói quen trong quá khứ
Ex: I used to go shopping in the morning.
• be/get used to + noun/Ving: bắt đầu quen với cái gì
Ex: I was used to the cold weather in Hanoi.
Ví dụ: Chọn đáp án đúng
1. Susan..................hear the speaker because the crowd was cheering so loudly.
        A. might not                 B. couldn’t                C. can’t                D. mustn’t
2. Listen, please. You................talk during the exam.
        A. won’t                B. mustn’t                C. wouldn’t         D. should
Giải thích chi tiết:
1. Câu này chỉ khả năng nên ta dùng “can’t” hoặc “couldn’t”.
Hơn nữa, tình huống này xảy ra trong quá khứ, nên ta không dùng “can’t”
Dịch: Susan không thể nghe được người thuyết trình bởi vì đám đông cười quá
lớn.
2. Ở đây, câu mang nghĩa chỉ một mệnh lệnh, nên ta dùng “mustn’t” - không
được phép
Dịch: Xin hãy nghe này. Bạn không được phép nói chuyện trong bài kiểm tra
IX. CẤU TRÚC CÂU DỰ ĐOÁN
 Dự đoán ở hiện tại:
Can/may/will/must/should/need/ought to ..+ Vinf
Ex: You have worked hard all day; you must be tired.
 Dự đoán ở quá khứ:
• must have P2: Dự đoán một việc chắc chắn (100%) đã xảy ra trong quá khứ
Ex: He got a high score. He must have worked hard.
• can't/couldn't have PII: Dự đoán chắc chắn 100 % không thể xảy ra trong quá
khứ
Ex: She can't have been at the party yesterday. She was teaching then.
• may/might have P2: dự đoán có khả năng diễn ra trong quá khứ (70-80%),
chưa chắc đã xảy ra
Ex: He lost his key. He might have come into the house through the window.
• should have PII: đã nên làm gì trong quá khứ
Ex: You should have informed me of your arrival.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Al painted his bedroom black. It looks dark and dreary. He__________a
different colour.
        A. had to choose                B. should have chosen                 
        C. must have chosen                D. could have been choosing
2. Tom is sitting at his desk. He is reading his chemistry text because he has a test
tomorrow. He __________
        A. could study                B. should be studying
        C. will study                D. must be studying
3. When Mr. Lee was younger, he___________ work in the garden for hours, but
now he has to take frequent rest because he has emphysema.
        A. has got to        B. could         C. should be able to        D. must be studying
4. Whenever my parents went out in the evening, I ______the job of taking care of
my younger brother.
        A. would get        B. should get         C. must have gotten        D. had better
get
5. Peter ____________rather sleep on a mattress than on the floor.
        A. shall         B. could        C. would         D. must
6. Jimmy and Maria were mischievous children. They _______tricks on their
teachers.
        A. could play        B. used to play         C. could have played        D. may have
played
7. Robert has a new car. He___________ it for a very good price. He paid 30 %
less than the regular retail cost.
        A. could buy        B. had to buy         C. was supposed to buy        D. was able
to buy
8. "Did you enjoy a picnic?"/" It was O. K, but I'd rather__________to a movie."
        A. go        B. be going         C. have gone         D. went
9. "Why are you so sure that Ann didn't commit the crime she's been accused of
committing. "She ______that crime because I was with her, and we was out of
town on that day.'
A. committed                B. may not have committed
        C. wasn't supposed to commit        D. couldn't have committed
10. "Since we have to be there in a hurry, we ________________take a taxi. " / "I
agree."
        A. had better        B. may         C. have been used to        D. are able to
11. "It _________rain this evening. Why don't you take an umbrella?”/ “That's a
good idea!"
        A. had better         B. could be         C. must        D. might
12.___________you hand me that pair of scissors, please?" / "Certainly."
        A. May         B. Shall         C. Will        D.Should
13. “Larry drove all night to get here for his sister's wedding. He _____exhausted
by
the time he arrived."
        A. ought to be        B. could be         C. must have been        D. will have been
14. "What are you doing here now? You ____________be here for another three
hours."
"I know. We got an early start and it took less time than we expected I hope you
don't mind.”
        A. couldn't        B. might not         C. had better not        D. aren't supposed to
15.“_________taking me downtown on your way to work this morning?" / "Not
at all."
        A. Can you        B. Why don't you         C. Would you mind        D. Could you
please
16. " I locked myself out of my apartment. I didn't know what to do.” / “
You________your roommate.”
        A. could have called        B. may have called         C. would have called        D.
must have called
17. You haven't eaten anything since yesterday afternoon. You_____ be really
hungry!" / "I am.”
        A. might         B. will        C. can        D. must
18. "How long have been married?' / "We_________have been married for twenty
three years on your next anniversary.'
        A. must         B. should         C . will        D. could
19. "I ___________there at 6 P. M for the meeting, but my car won't start. Could
you please give me a lift in your car?” – "Sure. Are you ready to go now?"
        A. will be        B. may be         C. supposed to be        D. have got to be
20. "I left a cookie on the table, but now it's gone. What happened to it?”
~ "I don't know. One of children__________it”.
        A. may have eaten         B. could eat         C. had to eat         D. should have
eaten
21. “My boss is always looking over my shoulder whenever I do anything.
— “That _____________bother you.”/ “But it does."
        A. shouldn't         B. might not         C. may not         D. won't
22. “This movie is boring and too violent.” / “ I agree.________leave?"
        A. Willwe         B. Why don't we         C. Must we         D. Would we
23. "Chris, you__________the fish in the refrigerator before it spoils.” ~ "You are
right. I didn't know it was still in the bag.
        A. had better put.        B. had to put         C. would rather put        D. may put
24. "What does Mr. Griffin do for a living?”
~ "Nothing. He is very rich. He___________ work for a living."
        A. must not        B. shouldn't         C. doesn't have to        D. had better
25. “Why are you so late?” ~ "I________ my aunt to their airport. The traffic was
terrible!”
        A. could take        B. must have taken         C. should take        D. had to take
26. “I heard that Laura was offered a job at a top computer firm in Chicago.”
~ "Oh? That's wonderful! She ________very pleased.”
        A. is supposed to be        B. might be         C. must be        D. is
27. "The hot weather doesn't seem to bother you."
~ " When I had my farm. I _____________work in the hot fields for hours.”
        A. used to         B. ought to         C. must        D. had better
28. “They towed my car away from the executive parking lot yesterday."
~ "You _____________ have parked there."
        A. may not         B. should not         C. must not         D. might not
29. “Are you going to have a big party for your father?"
        "Not this year, but next year. He ______________50 years old then.”
        A. should be         B. must be         C. will be         D. has to be
30. “I need some help with this table._______ you lift the other end, please ?”~
"Sure, just a second.”
        A. May        B. Should         C. Could         D. Shall
31. "Barbara just told me that she can't go to the meeting tonight.”
 ~ "She ______________go! We need her there for the financial report.”
        A. has got to         B. has gotten to         C. have to         D. must be
32."___________letting me use your bicycle for a little while?" ~ “Not at all."
        A. Please to        B. would you mind         C. Will you        D. Could you
please
33. “We _____________be here. That sign says "No trespassing.”
~ " It is too late now. We 're already been here."
        A. couldn't         B. don't have to         C. might not         D. aren't supposed to
34. "Harry's new jacket doesn't seem to fit him very well.”
~ "He _____________it on before he bought it"
        A. must have tried        B. was able to try         C. should have tried        D.
may have tried
35. “Do you like to play tennis?” – “Yes. When I work at the embassy,
I________meet a friend at 5 every afternoon for a game.”
        A. would         B. should        C. had better         D. would rather
36. Thank goodness we_______ eat fish again tonight. Dad didn't catch any
today. –
        A. must        B. have to         C. must not         D. don't have to
37. The pen won't write; it _______out of ink.
        A. must run        B. must be running         C. must have run        D. must have
ran
38. The line is busy; someone _____the telephone now.
        A. must be using        B. must have used         C. must use        D. must have
been using
39. Bob is absent, he __________sick gain now.
        A. must have been        B. must be         C. must be being        D. must being
40. He ___________his j ob because he seems very happy.
        A. would like        B. can like         C will like        D. must like
Complete the second sentence in each pair, using the word given, so that the
meaning stays the same.
1. There is a possibility that they won't visit us at the weekend.
        might         They________________________________at the weekend.
2. Karen, I'd like you to help me with the washing up.
        will         Karen,________________________________with the washing up?
3. I'm sure it wasn't Tim who called you because I saw him outside.
        been        It__________________________Ti m who you called because I saw
him outside.
4. I suppose Bruce has gone to the dentist since he has a terrible toothache.
        have         Bruce___________________________to the dentist since he has a
terrible toothache.
5. May I borrow your tape recorder this afternoon?
        mind         Would____________________________your tape recorder this
afternoon?
6. You can't walk your dog in the park.
        are         You__________________________________________your dog in the
park.
7. Perhaps you didn't buy that watch from this shop.
        could         You ________________________________________that watch from
another shop.
8. Garry couldn't remember where he had put his wallet.
        was         Garry________________________________where he had put his
wallet.
9. You were wrong to drive through the red light.
        should         You______________________________________________through
the red light.
10. Our children were never in the habit of telling lies.
        used         Our children _________________________________________lies.
Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses.
Add not if necessary for a sentence to make sense:
1.         A: Why wasn't Pamela at the meeting last night?
        B: She (may + attend)__________________the lecture at Shaw Hall. I know she
very much wanted to hear the speaker.
2.         AlEg has a test tomorrow that he needs to study for. He (should +
watch)___________TV right now.
3.         A: Why didn't Diane come to the phone? I know she was home when I
called.
        B: I don't know. She (might + wash)________________her hair when you
called. Who knows?
4.         There's Tom. He's standing at the bus stop. He (must +
wait)____________for the two o'clock bus.
5.         Kathy lost her way while driving to River City. She (should +
leave)__________her road map at home.
6.         A: Where's Ann?
        B: I don't know. She (could + visit)________________her aunt and uncle right
now. She usually visits them every Friday evening.
7.         You (should +watch)__________the movie on TV tonight. I highly
recommend it. It's a classic.
8.         I heard a loud crash in the next room. When I walked in, I found a brick
on the floor, and the window was broken. Someone (must +
throw)________________the brick through the window.
9.         Jack is in the employee lounge drinking coffee. He (should +
work)_____________on his report right now. It's due at 3:00 this afternoon.
He (should + waste)_____________his time in the employee lounge.
10. A: Where's Jane? I haven't seen her for a week.
        B: I'm not sure. She (might + travel)___________in Europe. I think I heard her
mentioning something about spending a few weeks in Europe this spring.
11. My tweed jacket isn't in my closet. I think my roommate (might +
borrow)_________it. He often borrows my things without asking me.
12. Do you hear that guitar music? Carla (must + play)_____________her guitar.
13. A: When I arrived, Dennis looked surprised.
        B: He (must + expect)________________you.
14. A: I couldn't reach Peter on the phone. I wonder where he was.
        B: He told me he was going to wash his car and then go to dinner at the
Bistro Cafe. He (might + wash)____________his car when you called, or he (may +
leave + already)__________for the restaurant by then.
Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word given in capitals,and so that
the meaning stays the same:
1. I think you should give up smoking immediately.
        (HAD)         
2. I expect we will get there by 5:00, if there isn't too much traffic.
        (SHOULD)         
3. Is it necessary for me to bring my passport?
        (HAVE)         
4. I am sure that the cat is in the house somewhere.
        (MUST)        
5. An aerial is not required with this radio.
        (HAVE)         
6. It is very inconvenient if you can't drive.
        (ABLE)         
7.I am sure that John is not the thief.
        (CAN'T)         
8. I am certain that Norman will be late.
        (BOUND)         
9. All students should report to the main hall at 9:00.
        (ARE)         
10. I thought that you would know better!
        (OUGHT)        
Rewrite each sentence so that it contains can, could, must, have to or should.
Include not if necessary.
1. I'm sure that Helen feels rather lonely.
        =>                
2. You are not allowed to park here.
        =>                
3.It would be a good idea if Harry took a holiday.
        =>                
4. I'm sure that Brenda isn't over thirty.
        =>                
5. Do I need a different driving license for a motorbike?
        =>                
6. What would you advise me to do?
        =>                
7. Mary knows how to stand on her head.
        =>                
8. You needn't come with me if you don't want to.
        =>                
9. It's possible for anyone to break into this house!
        =>                
10. The dentist will see you soon. I don't think he'll be long.
        =>                
PART IX : INVERSION AND EMPHASIS IN ENGLISH
 THEORY
 KIẾN THỨC VỀ ĐẢO NGỮ
1.Tại sao lại gọi là ĐẢO NGỮ ?
- Bình thường câu khẳng định và phủ định sẽ có dạng:    S (+ Trợ động từ) +
ADV + V
Eg : I will never forget them.
ĐẢO NGỮ là dạng mà TRỢ ĐỘNG TỪ và TRẠNG TỪ bị ĐẢO LÊN ĐẦU
CÂU TRƯỚC CHỦ NGỮ.
Eg : Never will I forget them.
2.Mục đích của việc đảo ngữ là ?
- Được dùng để nhấn mạnh một thành phần hay ý nào đó trong câu.
Lưu ý: Câu Hỏi cũng là 1 dạng Đảo Ngữ. (Are you tired? Where did she go?)
3.Bảng thể hiện chi tiết các dạng đảo ngữ.
ĐẢO NGỮ CÁC CỤM TỪ “NO”
1.No/Not + N + Trợ động từ + S + Động từ
   Eg : Not a tear did she shed when the story ended in a tragedy.
2.At no time = Never = Under/In no circumstances(không bao giờ)
   Eg : At no time did he suspect that his girlfriend was an enemy spy
3.By no means(hoàn toàn không)
   Eg : By no means is she poor. She only pretends to be.
4.For no reason(không vì lí do gì)
   Eg : For no reason will we surrender
5. On no condition = On no account +Trợ động từ + S + Động từ(dù bất cứ lí do gì cũng không)
   Eg : On no account should you be late for the exam.
6. No longer (không còn nữa)
   Eg : No longer does he make mistakes
7. Nowhere + Trợ động từ + S + Động từ(không nơi nào, không ở đâu)
   Eg : No where can the keys be found
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI CÁC TRẠNG TỪ PHỦ ĐỊNH
Never, Rarely, Seldom, Little, Hardly, Scarcely, Barely,...+ trợ động từ + S + V
  Eg : Little did he know the truth.
  Eg : Never in my life have I been in such an embarrassing situation.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI ONLY
1.Only after + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V(chỉ sau khi)
   Eg : Only after I had left home did I  realize how important my family played a role
in my life.
2.Only after + N + Trợ động từ + S + V(chỉ sau khi)
   Eg : Only after his father's retirement did he take over the company.
3.Only by + V-ing + Trợ động từ + S + V(chỉ bằng cách)
   Eg : Only by studying hard can you pass the exam
4.Only if + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V(chỉ nếu)
   Eg : Only if you promise to keep secret will I tell you about it.
5.Only when + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V (chỉ khi)
   Eg : Only when you grow up can you understand this matter
6.Only with + N + trợ động từ + S + V (chỉ với)
   Eg : Only with your help can we manage.
7.Only once/ Only later/ Only in this way/ Only then + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ +
Động từ
   Eg : Only once have I met her.
   Eg : Only later did I realize I was wrong.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI HARDLY/NO SOONER
   1.Hardly/barely/scarcely + had + S + Vp2 + when + S + V (quá khứ đơn)
   Eg : Hardly had I gone to bed when the telephone rang
   2.No sooner + had + S + Vp2+ than + S + V (quá khứ đơn) (Ngay khi/vừa mới... thì)
   Eg :No sooner had I gone to bed than  the telephone rang.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI NOT ONLY……BUT ALSO
Not only + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ + but also + Chủ ngữ + Động từ (không
những... mà còn)
   Eg :Not only does she sing beautifully but also she learns well.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI SO THAT/SUCH THAT
1.So + Tính từ + V + chủ ngữ + that + clause
 Eg :So beautiful is she that many boys run after her.
2.Such + be + N + that + clause/ N + be + such + that + clause(quá... đến nỗi mà)
 Eg :Her anger was such that she broke the vase.
  =    Such was her anger that she broke the vase.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI NOT UNTIL/NOT TILL
Not until/till + Time/Time clause + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ(mãi đến khi)
 Eg : Not until/till midnight did he come home.
 Eg : Not until/till I was 8 did I know how to ride a bike.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI NEITHER
  Neither + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ
   Eg : Neither        is        there        excitement        nor entertainment in this small town.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN
1.Câu điều kiện loại I: Should + S+V, V + O /S + will, can... + V
  Eg : Should he come, please tell him to see me.
2.Câu điêu kiện loại II:Were + S + (to V) + ..., S + would/could + V
  Eg : Were I you, I would apply for that job. Were I to have enough money, I would
buy that car.
3.Câu điều kiện loại III:Had + S + Vp2, S + would/could + have + Vp2
  Eg : Had the car in the front not stopped so suddenly, the accidents wouldn't have
happened.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI ALTHOUGH.
    1.Although/even though/though + S + V, S +V
 = Much as + S + V, S + V
    =   No matter what + S + V, S + V hoặc No matter how + adj/adv + S + V, S + V
  Eg : Although the exercise is difficult, the boys can solve it.
=     Much as the exercise is difficult, the boys can solve it.  
=     No matter how difficult the exercise is, the boys can solve it.
=     However + adj/adv + S + V = Adj/adv + as/though + S + V, S + V
=     However difficult the exercise is, the boys can solve it.
=     Difficult as the exercise is, the boys can solve it.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI NOR
Nor + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ
   Eg : He doesn't smoke, nor does he drink
ĐẢO NGỮ CÓ SO/NEITHER
So/Neither + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ
   Eg : I can't sing well, neither can my sister. He loves football, so do I.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI TRẠNG TỪ CHỈ HƯỚNG/PHƯƠNG,NƠI CHỐN
Adv of place + V + S
   Eg : Near my house is a bus stop.
ĐẢO NGỮ VỚI CỤM PHÂN TỪ
Cụm phân từ (V-ing/Vp2) + V + S
 Eg : Situated in the central mountains of Alaska is a peak named Denali.
   Eg : Coming first in the race was my sister.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.        Never in her life ________ this exhilarating emotion.
        A. she experienced                B. she did experience
        C. she had experienced        D. had she experienced
2.        ________seen such awful behavior.
        A. Have I never before        B. Before have I never
        C. Never before I haved        D. Never before have I
3.        They were wealthy. Money was plentiful, and ________to be very bothered
about levels of expenditure.
        A. rarely anyone seemed        B. rarely did anyone seem
        C. did anyone rarely seem        D. rarely anyone did seem
4.        Not only do I enjoy classical music, ________ a season ticket to the
symphony.
        A. but I also have         B. but also have        C. but also I have         D. I but
also have
5.        ________ so upset!
        A. Has the boss seldom been        B. Seldom the boss has been
        C. Seldom has the boss been        D. Has the boss been seldom
6.        ________ the situation.
        A. Little he understands        B. Little he understood
        C. Little did he understand        D. Did he understand little
7.        There ________
        A. comes my bus                B. does my bus come
        C. my bus come                D. did my bus come
8.        ________ his terrible secret.
        A. Did they learn only later        B. Only later they did learn
        C. Only later they learnt        D. Only later did they learn
9.        - I’m from Turkey.
        - ________
        A. Am I, too         B. I am, so        C. So am I        D. Either am I
10. I cannot swim very well ________
        A. and neither my sister can        B. and neither can my sister
        C. and so my sister can        D. and so can my sister
11. So difficult ________ that ________ three months to prepare.
        A. is the test / do the students need        B. the test is / do the students need
        C. is the test / the students need        D. the test is / the students need
12.        ________ the problem, he wouldn’t have committed those mistakes.
        A. Had he understood         B. He had understood
        C. If had he understood        D. Unless had he understood
13.        ________ a more beautiful sight.
        A. Nowhere hadn’t Susan seen        B. Had Susan seen nowhere
        C. Nowhere Susan had seen        D. Nowhere had Susan seen
14.        By the gate ________
        A. a little girl stood                B. stood a little girl
        C. did a little girl stand        D. a little girl did stand
15.        Not until the next morning ________ how serious ________
        A. she realized / was it        B. she realized / it was
        C. did she realize / was it        D. did she realize / it was
16.        Not till ________ that he had lost the key.
        A. he got home did he find        B. he got home he found
        C. did he get home did he find        D. did he get home he found
17.        Only when ________ into smart clothes after the match ________ to talk to
the TV reporters
        A. the players had changed / they were allowed
        B. the players had changed / were they allowed
        C. had the players changed / were they allowed
        D. had the players changed / they were allowed
18.        No sooner ________ the door than ________ it was locked.
        A. had I reached / did I realize        B. I had reached / did I realize
        C. had I reached / I realized        D. I had reached / I realized
19.        ________, he can never follow me.
        A. Fast as he runs                B. Fast as does he run
        C. As he runs fast                D. As does he run fast
20.        ________ John that she talked about him all the time.
        A. Did so much she adore         B. Did she adored so much
        C. So much she adored        D. So much did she adore
21.        ________ kinder to his employees, his business would not have collapsed.
        A. Mr. Chan had been         B. Had if Mr. Chan been
        C. Had Mr. Chan been        D. If had Mr. Chan been
22.        Scarcely ________ out of bed when ________
        A. had I got / did the doorbell ring        B. had I got / the doorbell rang
        C. I had got / did the doorbell ring        D. I had got / the doorbell rang
23.        Little ________ how much trouble ________ in.
        A. you know / are you        B. you know / you are
        C. do you know / are you        D. do you know / you are
24.        On the table ________
        A. lay a yellow cat                B. a yellow cat lay
        C. did a yellow cat lie                D. a yellow cat lies
25.        Such ________ that ________ whenever it was on.
        A. the popularity of the film was / the streets were deserted
        B. was the popularity of the film / the streets were deserted
        C. the popularity of the film was / were the streets deserted
        D. was the popularity of the film / were the streets deserted
26.        They can neither read nor write, ________ such concepts.
        A. they can nor comprehend        B. nor can they comprehend
        C. nor they can comprehend        D. can they nor comprehend
27.        Hardly ________ before ________
        A. had I left / did the trouble start        B. had I left / the trouble started
        C. I had left / the trouble started        D. I had left / did the trouble start
28.        Only after ________
        A. the teacher understood the situation and did he make a comment
        B. understanding the situation the teacher made a comment
        C. the teacher understood the situation and made a comment
        D. understanding the situation did the teacher make a comment
29.        ________ to win the election, what ________ first?
        A. You were / you would do        B. You were / would you do
        C. Were you / you would do        D. Were you / would you do
30.        Down ________
        A. fell half a dozen apples        B. half a dozen apples fell
        C. did half a dozen apples fall        D. half a dozen apples fall
31.        Only then ________ the danger ________
        A. did I see / which we were        B. I saw / which we were
        C. did I see / which were we        D. I saw / which were we
32.        Not a single word ________
        A. said she        B. she says        C. did she say         D. she said
33.        Carefully though ________, he could not manage to escape the accident.
        A. he drove         B. did he drive         C. does he drive         D. he is driving
34.        Not until 1911 ________
        A. identified the first of the vitamins
        B. the first of the vitamins identified
        C. was the first of the vitamins identified
        D. the first of the vitamins was identified
35.        Only after the film started ________ that ________ it before.
        A. I realized / I had seen        B. did I realize / I had seen
        C. I realized / had I seen        D. did I realize / had I seen
36.        ________ will we let you live independently.
        A. Not until do you grow up        B. Until you grow up
        C. Until do you grow up        D. Not until you grow up
37. No sooner ________ married than ________ to argue.
        A. they had got / did they begin        B. they had got / they began
        C. had they got / did they begin        D. had they got / they began
38. I had to show him my identity card and ________
        A. only then he let me in        B. only then did he let me in
        C. did he let me in only then        D. did only then he let me in
39. No matter how ________, he cannot make ends meet.
        A. he works hard                B. does he work hard
        C. hard he works                D. hard does he work
40.        ________ the clothes since her husband bought a washing machine.
        A. Any longer she has washed        B. Any longer has she washed
        C. No longer she has washed        D. No longer has she washed
41.        ________ us to have private talks in class.
        A. At no time does our teacher allow        B. At no time our teacher allows
        C. At any time does our teacher allow        D. At any time our teacher allows
42.        She is beautiful, ________
        A. as her daughter is                B. as is her daughter
        C. neither is her daughter        D. neither her daughter is
43.        ________ what surprises we have in store for her.
        A. Little she knows                B. Does she little know
        C. Little does she know        D. Does she know little
44.        ________ this match.
        A. No way will you win        B. No way you will win
        C. Any way will you win        D. Any way you will win
45. Whatever reasons ________, ________ them.
        A. do you state / I never believe        B. do you state / never do I believe
        C. you state / I never believe        D. you state / never do I believe
46.        ________ not for his deafness, ________ on the phone.
        A. Were it / could he communicate        B. Were it / he could communicate
        C. It were / could he communicate        D. It were / he could communicate
47.        ________ me a shelter ________ dinner for us.
        A. Not only they gave / but did they also prepare
        B. Not only they gave / but they also prepared
        C. Not only did they give / but also prepared
        D. Not only did they give / but they also prepared
48.        ________ such a more comfortable hotel.
        A. Nowhere in the area can you find        B. Nowhere in the area you can
find
        C. Anywhere in the area can you find        D. Anywhere in the area you can
find
49. Down ________ and up ________
        A. the rain came / went the umbrellas        B. came the rain / the umbrellas
went
        C. the rain came / the umbrellas went        D. came the rain / went the
umbrellas
50.        ________ us an apology.
        A. Not once the manager offered        B. Not once did the manager offer
        C. Did the manager not once offer        D. Didn’t once the manager offer
Rewrite each of the sentences below, using the words given in the brackets, so
that the meaning of each one has an emphasis.
1. My brother went off without saying a word.                 (Off...)
        =>                
2. He went off without saying a word.                 (Off...)
        =>                
3. Her toys were along the corridor.                 (Along the corridor...)
        =>                
4. The castle stands on a hill.                 (On a hill...)
        =>                
5. Your chance to speak out is now.                 (Now...)
        =>                
6. We have seldom fished so much here.                 (Seldom...)
        =>                
7. They are in no way responsible for what occurred last night.         (In no way...)
        =>                
8. You should not on any account take these pills when you drink alcohol.
(On no account...)
        =>                
9. She not once offered us her help.                 (Not once...).
        =>                
10. I did not became aware of what was going on until I saw her weeping.
(Not until. ..)
        =>                
11. We little realised the dangers that were awaiting us.         (Little ...)
        =>                
12. He was so tired that he slept for fourteen hours.         (So tired ...)
        =>                
13. My delight was such that I bought everybody a drink.         (Such...)
        =>                
14. I love him to such an extent that I would even give my life for him.         (To
such an extent...)
        =>                
15. They not only supply us with food, but also with drinks.         (Not only...)
        =>                
16. We had no sooner eaten it than we had a terrible stomach-ache.         (No
sooner...)
        =>                
17. I had hardly gone to bed when the telephone rang.         (Hardly...)
        =>                
18. She took him to the zoo and to the cinema as well.         (Not only ...)
        =>                
19. The cock crows as soon as the day breaks.                 (No sooner)
        =>                
20. She agreed to go out with him only when he bought her some flowers.
(Only when...)
        =>                
21. If you should need a good make-up remover,please meknow        (Should…)
        =>                
22. If I were to win the first prize in the national lottery, I would no longer work.
(Were...)
        =>                
23. If you hadn't flooded the engine, it would have started at once.         (Had
you...)
        =>                
24. If my parents should need me, I will never let them down.         (Should...)
        =>                
25. If I were in your place, I would try to be more assertive.         (Were...)
        =>                
Finish the second sentence so that the meaning has a similar meaning with an
emphasis.
1. You shouldn't in any way consider him as your worst enemy.
        => In no way         
2. You must on no account upset your parents.
        => On no account         
3. Mr and Mrs Adam live across the bridge.
        => Across the bridge         
4. I was so scared that I could not even scream.
        => So scared         
5. The horrific view of the massacre was in front of us.
        => In front of us         
6. The canyon lies behind those mountains.
        => Behind those mountains         
7. He only then became aware of the dangers of the jungle.
        => Only then         
8. She had scarcely begun to study when her boyfriend rang the bell.
        => Scarcely         
9. I won't go trekking with him.
        => No way         
10. My terror was such that I couldn't move.
        => Such         
11. I had no sooner switched on the dishwasher than it broke down.
        => No sooner         
12. As soon as he saw her, he fell in love with her.
        => No sooner         
13. If we had known that you were interested in buying the block of flats, we
would have sold it to you.
        => Had        
14. Your mother went down the road.
        => Down the road         
15. She went down the road.
        => Down the road         
16. This disease is common only in hot countries.
        => Only in hot countries         
17. You will never again have such an opportunity.
        => Never again         
18. We not only wrote to her many times, but telephone her twice, too.
        => Not only         
19. Immediately he learnt about his mother's incurable disease, he cried his eyes
out.
        => No sooner         
20. We have both put aside some money and stocked up with a lot of groceries
from the shop next door.
        => Not only         
21. I did not use suntan lotion, either.
        => Neither         
 22. The wood pigeon flew up.
        => Up        
23. If you should increase our wages, we will work overtime.
        => Should         
24. She had hardly taken everything out of the picnic basket when it began to
rain.
        => Hardly         
25. If you were to buy a new car, which of these would you choose?
        => Were        
 26. You should not press both button at once under any circumstances.
        => Under no circumstances         
27. Jean not once offered her boss a word ò apology.
        => Not once         
28. I didn't realize who he was until later.
        => Only later         
29. He never suspected that the money had been stolen.
        => At no time         
30. He insisted on a refund.
        => Nothing        
PART X : CONECTIVES
 THEORY
I. LIÊN TỪ KẾT HỢP/ ĐẲNG  LẬP
CHỨC NĂNG
- Liên từ kết hợp đẳng lập: Là những từ hoặc cụm từ dùng để nối 2 từ, 2 cụm từ hay 2
mệnh đề trong câu hoặc 2 câu với nhau.
ĐẶC ĐIỂM
- Nối các từ hoặc cụm từ/ nhóm từ cùng loại, hoặc những mệnh đề ngang hàng nhau về
mặt ngữ pháp (tính từ với tính từ, danh từ với danh từ .)
For, and, nor, but, or, yet, so (FANBOYS)
 She is a good and loyal wife.
 He is intelligent but very lazy.
 She says she doesn't love me, yet I still love her.
 We work hard, or we will fail the exam.
 The shops were closed, so I didn't get any milk.
 He will surely succeed, for he works hard.
 That is not what I meant to say, nor should you interpret my statement as an
admission of guilt.
NOTES
- Sau ”nor” bắt buộc là 1 động từ, nên nếu chủ ngữ của 2 mệnh đề khác nhau thì khi ghép lại,
phải đưa động từ hoặc mượn trợ động từ đứng trước chủ ngữ của mệnh đề thứ 2.
He isn't rich, nor do I imagine that he ever will be.
 II. LIÊN TỪ TƯƠNG QUAN
CHỨC NĂNG
- Sử dụng theo cặp để liên kết các cụm từ/ mệnh đề có chức năng tương đương.
MỘT SỐ CẶP LIÊN TỪ TƯƠNG QUAN THƯỜNG GẶP
Both………....and…….…... - Khi “Both...and” dùng để nối hai chủ ngữ,
              (vừa ... vừa) động từ chia số nhiều
Both my father and my mother like dogs.
Either…..….. or……………  Quy luật chung
          (hoặc ... hoặc ...) - Quy luật cân đối : Về đầu/ mệnh đề
Neither…......nor….…….... (không..m đầu ”either, neither, both, not only” dùng
à cũng không ..) với loại từ nào thì trong vế sau/ mệnh đề
sau “or, nor, and, but also” cũng phải dùng
Not only….. but also....... (không
với loại từ đó.
những ..mà còn..)
 He likes eating both fish and meat.
 She neither smokes nor drinks.
 He is not only deaf but also dumb.
 You can speak either slowly or fast.
- Quy tắc gần nhất : Nếu chủ ngữ khác nhau
về số (nhiều hay ít) hay về ngôi (person) thì
động từ chia theo chủ ngữ gần nhất.
 Not only he but also his
friend likes fish.
 Either he or his sisters have been
there.
 Lưu ý : Not only ...but also = not only ...but...also = not only ... but...as well.
 Not only children but also grown up people love Walt Disney cartoons.
 Not only children but grown up people love Walt Disney cartoons as well.
Whether…...or………….… Have you made a decision about whether to
go to the movies or not?
If….…......then (nếu ... thì) If that is the case, then I'm not surprised
about what's happening.
Not …………………….... but I don't want to do anything but sleep.
No sooner…... than……... S + had + no sooner + VP2 + than + S + Vqk
Hardly/ Barely S + had + hardly/ barely/ scarcely + VP2 +
Scarcely……………..when  when/ before + Vqk
 I had no sooner arrived home than
  
the phone rang.
     (vừa mới....thì đã...)
 I had scarcely arrived home when the
phone rang.
- Đảo ngữ với No sooner ...than, Hardly/
Scarcely/Barely...when...
No sooner + had +S+VP2 + than + S + Vqk
Hardly/Barely/ Scarcely + had +S+VP2 +
 when/ before + S + Vqk
 We had no sooner left out than they
came in room.
    → No sooner had we left out than they
came in room.
 I had hardly arrived home when the
phone rang. 
    → Hardly had I arrived home when the
phone rang.
III. LIÊN TỪ PHỤ THUỘC
CHỨC NĂNG
- Nối các cụm từ/ mệnh đề có chức năng khác nhau – mệnh đề phụ với mệnh đề
chính trong câu.
MỘT SỐ LIÊN TỪ PHỤ THUỘC THƯỜNG GẶP
Though, Although, Even though, Even if
Though - Though : liên từ, thường đứng đầu câu hoặc giữa câu.
(mặc dù)    Though he is poor, he is happy
= Poor though he is, he is happy. (conjunction)
- Though trạng từ, và thường hay đứng cuối câu.
 I am busy today. We could meet tomorrow, though.
(adverb)
Although - Liên từ chỉ đứng đầu hay giữa câu, không bao giờ đứng cuối câu.
(mặc dù) - Nghĩa though (thường dùng hơn)/although (trang trọng hơn)
giống nhau
 Although/ though I don't like him, I admit that he's a
good manager.
Even though - Có sắc thái ý nghĩa mạnh hơn although, nói về tính tất nhiên sẽ
(cho dù) xảy ra dù với điều kiện gì đó. (express a fact)
 You keep making that stupid noise even though I've
asked you to stop three times.
Even if - Diễn tả 1 sự việc có khả năng xảy ra, nhưng dù có hay không, nó
(thậm chí) cũng không ảnh hưởng đến sự việc ở mệnh đề chính. (used in a
supposition or hypothesis).
 Even if she studies hard, she won't pass the exam.
No matter + who/what/which/where/when/how + S +V, clause. (dù có... đi chăng nữa..
thì)
No matter how         = however         (dù thế nào đi chăng nữa)
No matter what        = whatever        (dù gì đi chăng nữa)
No matter where      = wherever        (dù nơi nào đi chăng nữa)
No matter when       = whenever       (dù khi nào đi chăng nữa)
No matter which      = whichever      (dù điều gì đi chăng nữa)
No matter who          = whoever         (dù ai đi chăng nữa) 
  No matter who telephones, say I'm out.
 No matter what you say, I won't believe you. 
 No matter where we met, I call you friend.
 LƯU Ý
 Các cấu trúc này có thể đứng cuối câu mà không cần có mệnh đề theo sau:
 I will always love you, no matter what.
 Cấu trúc: No matter how/ however + adj/ adv + S + V, clause. (cho dù, dù)
No matter how/ however hard I try, I can't solve this problem.
 Cấu trúc: Adj/ ady + as though + S+V, clause. (mặc dù).
Rich as he is, he is unhappy. = Rich though he is, he is unhappy.
As, since, because, due to, owing to seeing that, now (that), in as much as... (Bởi vì)
Due to + N        (thường dùng sau “be”).
Owing to +N    (thường đứng đầu câu)
 The delay was due to the traffic jam.
 Owing to the heavy traffic, they were late.
 Due to the rise in oil prices, the inflation rate rose by 1.25%.
Because of/ on account of + N/V-ing
 The man was detained on account of his strange behavior.
Because/ since/ as/ seeing that/ now (that) due to the fact that +S+V
 As/ Since/ because you weren't there, I left a message.
 Seeing that he's been sick, he's unlikely to come.
For/ in that /in as much as (trang trọng)
 The film is unusual in that it features only 4 actors.
 I believed her, for surely she would not lie to me.
Giving examples (đưa ra ví dụ)
- For example/ For instance (chẳng hạn, ví dụ) . 
What would you do, for instance, if you found a member of staff stealing?
- Namely (cụ thể là): dùng để đề cập đến cái gì đó bằng tên.
There are two problems: namely, the expense and the time.
Adding information(bổ sung thông tin )
   And (và)                       In addition (to sth) (ngoài ra)           As well as (cũng như)
   Also (cũng)                  Too (cũng)                                            Furthermore (hơn nữa)
   Besides (ngoài ra)       Moreover (hơn nữa)                           Apart from (ngoài)
In addition to these arrangements, extra ambulances will be on duty until midnight.
We are interested in costs as well as the competition.
Apart from/ Besides Rover, we are the largest sports car manufacturer.
He said he hadn't discussed the matter with her. Furthermore/ Moreover, he hadn't even
contacted her. 
Sequencing ideas(sắp xếp ý tưởng theo trình tự).
The former, .. the latter (vấn đề trước), .. (vấn đề sau):dùng khi đề cập 1 trong 2 ý
Marketing and finance are both covered in the course. The former is studied in the first
term and the latter is studied in the final term.
Firstly, secondly, finally/ lastly, the first point, the second point, the third
 ... (đầu tiên là, hai là, cuối cùng là): được dùng để liệt kê các ý.
The following (sau đây) là cách hay để bắt đầu một chuỗi liệt kê.
The following people have been chosen to go on the training course: Peters, Jones and
Owen.
Giving a reason(đưa ra lý do)
Due to / Owing to +N
Because of/ On account of (+N/ V-ing)
Because/ Since/ As/ Seeing that/ now that + clause
The reason for + N, The reason why +S+ V 
The reason why grass is green was a mystery to the little boy.
The reason for the disaster was engine failure, not human error.
Due to/ Owing to/ Because of the rise in oil prices, the inflation rate rose by 1.25%
Due to/ Owing to the fact that oil prices have risen, the inflation rate has gone up by 1.25%.
Because /Since/ As/ Seeing that it was raining,the match was postponed
Giving a result (Đưa ra 1 kết quả)
Therefore (vì vậy)/ So (vậy nên)/ Consequently (do đó). Thus/ Hence (do vậy)
As a result (kết quả là) để nhấn mạnh hậu quả của hành động/ sự vật sự việc.
This means that (điều này có nghĩa là)
The company is expanding. Therefore / Consequently, they are taking on extra
staff.
He was blinded as a result of a terrible accident.
Contrasting ideas (đưa ra ý đối lập)
       But (những) However/ Nevertheless/ Nonetheless (tuy nhiên)
       Although / even though (mặc dù)       Despite/In spite of (the fact that)(mặc dù)      
       While/ Whereas (trong khi)                  Unlike (không giống)
In theory... in practice... (về lý thuyết trên thực tế...): cho thấy kết quả không mong đợi.
While my sister has blue eyes, mine are brown.
Unlike in the UK, the USA has cheap petrol.
In theory, teachers should prepare for lessons, but in practice, they often don't have
enough time.
Summarising (tóm tắt).
In short/ brief/ summaryl a nutshell conclusion (nói tóm lại)
To summarise/ conclude/ put it in a nutshell
In brief/ short/ summary/ conclusion, the meeting was a disaster.
CÁC TỪ NỐI THƯỜNG DÙNG NHIỀU TRONG VĂN NÓI
But frankly speaking,...          thành thật mà nói...
It is worth noting that...        đáng chú ý là... 
According to estimation/ statistics/ survey data,...     theo ước tính/ thống kê/ số liệu điều
tra... 
As far as I know,....                  theo như tôi được biết,... 
In a little more detail...         chi tiết hơn một chút... 
I have a feeling that...             tôi có cảm giác rằng... 
In accordance with sth:        Phù hợp với cái gì... 
What is mentioning is that...:        điều đáng nói là... 
There is no denial that....                không thể chối cãi là... 
It was not by accident that...:        ko phải tình cờ mà... 
On behalf of sb...:                               Đại diện cho ai... 
Viewed from different angles, ... nhìn từ nhiều khía cạnh khác nhau...
V. MỘT SỐ TỪ DỄ NHẦM LẪN
However/ Nevertheless/Nonetheless
However/ Nevertheless (trang trọng và nhấn mạn h hơn), nonetheless (trong văn nói)  
Đứng ở đầu câu, giữa hoặc cuối câu (trước và sau phải có dấu phẩy)
Eg . The politician was confident of success. His adviser were not so certain, however/
nevertheless.
Eg . The company is doing well. Nonetheless, they aren 't going to expand this year.
However/ But/ Although
- However (tuy nhiên) thể hiện sự nhượng bộ, nói về sự trái ngược nhưng không
đối nghịch nhau hoàn toàn.
Eg . We could fly via Vienna, however, it isn't the only way.
- However có thể đứng 1 mình ở đầu câu, với 1 dấu phẩy theo sau nó.
Eg . We decided not to wear our jackets. However, the weather was cold.
- But (nhưng) nối 2 mệnh đề trái ngược nhau hoàn toàn (phía trước có dấu “,”)
Eg . She did her homework, but I didn't. It was midnight, but the restaurant was
still open.
- Although (mặc dù có thể được dùng ở đầu hoặc giữa câu, nhưng không có một dấu phẩy theo
sau.
Eg . Although the weather was cold, we decided not to wear our jackets.
Yet/ yet ...still/ even so/ in spite of this
Dùng ”yet” thay thế cho “but” khi muốn nhấn mạnh sự đối lập để đạt được 1 hiệu ứng mạnh
mẽ hơn
Eg . She can play the piano very well, yet she can't read music at all.
Eg . She's really quite ill these days. Even so / In spite of this, she remains in good spirits.
Eg . He has over a million pounds in his bank account. Yet he still gets up at six every
morning to go to work.
Mind youl still/but still
Trong văn nói, mind you, still, but still” đôi khi được dùng như 1 sự thay thế kém trang
trọng cho ”yet”. 
Eg . The weather was lousy. It rained every day. Still, we managed to enjoy ourselves.
Eg . I don't like the work very much. Mind you, the people I work with are very nice.
Eg . You can be very annoying at times, but we still love you.
On the other hand/ On the contrary/ In contrast(mặt khác, trái lại)
- "On the one hand ... On the other hand”: thể hiện các quan điểm, ý kiến, khía
cạnh trái ngược nhau về cùng 1 vấn đề.
Eg . On the one hand this car is expensive, on the other hand, it's available and
we need it right now.
- On the contrary (đầu câu) dùng để đưa ra 1 ý kiến trái ngược với ý kiến đã được
đưa ra.
Eg . "We thought you didn't like opera.” – “On the contrary, I love it."
-In/by contrast: dùng để chỉ sự khác biệt đáng ngạc nhiên) giữa 2 sự kiện rất khác
nhau.
Eg . It is hot in the desert in the day, but in/ by contrast, it is very cold at night.
Too/ so– Either/ neither (Cũng cũng không)
- Too (cuối câu) So (đầu câu): So + trợ động từ +S: dùng cho câu khẳng định.
A: I love you.            - B: I love you, too. / So do I.
- Either (cuối câu) neither (đầu câu: Neither + trợ động từ + S): dùng cho câu phủ định.
A: I don't like fish.  - B: I don't, either. / Neither do I.
- Me too/ me neither (informal)
‘Me too’ = ‘so + trợ động từ +I’
‘me neither’ = ‘neither + trợ động từ +I’.
John: I hate mushrooms.            - Me: Me too
Lucy: I don't live in London.      - Me: Me neither
So (vì vậy)
S  +  V,  so  +  S  +  V
He wanted to study late, so he drank another cup of coffee.
Therefore (do đó)
S  +  V, therefore  (,)  +   S  + V
He wanted to study late, therefore, he drank another cup of coffee.
As well – too – also (cũng, thêm vào đó)
- As well / too (trang trọng), đặt ở cuối mệnh đề, trong câu khẳng định.
My birthday's on the 6th of June. ~That's funny. My birthday's on the 6th of
June too/ as well.
- Also: đặt trước các động từ thường và sau trợ động từ, hoặc đặt ở đầu câu.
They also work hard on Sunday.
Whereas / while (trong khi – đối lập nhau)
We thought she was arrogant, whereas she was just very shy.
'While I like all types of fish, my girlfriend always chooses meat dishes when we
go out to eat.'
Besides (bên cạnh)
– Besides: bên cạnh giới từ), ngoài ra (trạng từ) + N/ pronoun/ Ving
Besides doing the cooking I look after the garden. I can't go now, I'm
busy. Besides, my passport is out of date.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I won’t change my mind_________what you say.
                A. whether        B. no matter        C. because        D. although
2. There was nothing they could do_________leave the cat at the roadside where
it had broken down.
                A. but        B. instead of        C. than        D. unless
3. You can go to the party tonight_________you are sober when you come home.
                A. as long as        B. as far as        C. as soon as        D. as well as
4. Ancient Egyptians mummified the dead bodies through the use of
chemicals,_________ancient Peruvians did through natural processes.
                A. because        B. whereas        C. whether or not        D. even though
5. _________many times I tell him, he always never passes on phone message.
                A. However        B. No matter        C. Whenever        D. Whatever
6. He always did well at school_________having his early education disrupted by
illness.
                A. apart from        B. in spite of        C. in addition to        D. because of
7. _________of all of us who are here tonight, I would like to thank Mr. Jones for
his talk.
                A. In person        B. Instead        C. On account        D. On behalf
8. John swims very well and_________does his brother.
                A. also        B. even        C. so        D. too
9. We were expecting beautiful weather at the beach, but it was so cold and rainy
that,_________getting a suntan, I caught a cold.
                A. compared to        B. just as        C. in case of        D. instead of
10. The firemen did well_________their preparation for catastrophic gas
explosions.
                A. although        B. because        C. despite        D. because of
11. _________there have been many changes in his life, he remains a nice man to
everyone.
                A. However        B. Although        C. Because        D. Despite
12. _________he is old, he wants to travel around the world.
                A. In spite of        B. Although        C. Despite        D. Because
13. The doctor decided to give her a thorough examination_________he could
identify the causes of her illness.
                A. unless        B. after        C. so as        D. so that
14. _________hungry I am, I never seem to be able to finish off a whole pizza
                A. Wherever        B. Whatever        C. Whenever        D. However
15. __________ I do okay in the interview, I’ve got a good chance of getting the
job.
                A. Unless        B. In case        C. Only        D. Provided
16. ___________ quickly they ran, they just couldn’t catch up with the van.
                A. However        B. So        C. Even         D. Much
17. She started to laugh,_________herself.
                A. in spite of        B. on account of        C. in addition to        D. even
though
18. “You should stop working too hard_________you’ll get sick”.
                A. or else        B. if        C. in case        D. whereas
19. You may get malaria_________you are bitten by a mosquito.
                A. if        B. so that        C. though        D. Unless
20. She got the job_________the fact that she had very little experience.
                A. although        B. because of        C. despite        D.because
21. I studied English for four years in high school. ______,I had trouble talking
with people when I was traveling in the US.
                A. Therefore        B. Otherwise        C. Although        D. However
22. It was not_________Michael Jackson’s death that people around the world
understood his contribution in music.
                A. since        B. when        C. until        D. Result
23. _________your precious help, I wouldn’t have certainly overcome most of the
practical difficulties.
                A. If not        B. Provided        C. Unless        D. Without
24. Jane’s been unfaithful to Jim three times, but he still loves
her_________everything.
                A. apart from        B. in spite of        C. in addition to        D. because of
25. In Britain, most shops close at 6 pm,_________in other countries they often
open in the evening, too.
                A. despite        B. moreover        C. nevertheless        D. whereas
26. Parents shouldn’t use physical punishment. it negatively influences
children’s development.
                A. because of        B. although        C. because        D. in spite of
27. Children are encouraged to read books _________ they are a wonderful
source of knowledge.
                A. because of        B. in spite of        C. because        D. although
28. _________, he walked to the station.
                A. In spite being tired                B. Despite of tiredness
                C. Although to be tired        D. Despite being tired
29. _________busy she is, she manages to pick her children up after school every
day.
                A. However        B. Although        C. Despite        D. Because
30. A newborn baby can neither walk nor crawl. A newborn tiger,_________, can
run within minutes of birth.
                A. therefore        B. even though        C. otherwise        D. however
31. We’ve had a burglar alarm installed in our holiday cottage_________we will
feel happier about leaving it unoccupied for long periods.
                A. for fear that        B. so that        C. now that        D. provided that
32. He couldn’t ride his bike_________there’s no air in one of the tyres.
                A. since        B. due to        C. though        D. despite
33. _________his income of current job is relatively low, he finds it difficult to
make ends meet.
                A. Although        B. As         C. Because of        D. In spite of
34. _________Allan’s inexperience as a midfielder, he played well and scored a
decisive goal in the final match.
                A. Since        B. Although        C. Despite        D. Because of
35. Her eyes are red and puffy_________she has been crying a lot.
                A. although        B. since        C. because of        D. despite
36. _________had the restaurant opened_________people were flocking to eat
there.
                A. Scarcely/ when        B. No sooner/ when        C. No sooner/
then        D. Hardly/ that
37. Peter always takes a map with him_________he loses his way.
                A. if        B. in case        C. so that        D. so
38. My parents lent me the money. , I couldn’t have afforded the trip.
                A. However        B. Otherwise        C. Therefore        D. Unless
39. _________there is not enough information on the effects of smoke in the
atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution causes lung diseases.
                A. In spite of        B. Although        C. Therefore        D. However
40. Nam is motivated to study_________he knows that a good education can
improve his life.
                A. because        B. so        C. so that        D. therefore
41. _________his physical disability, he managed to finish the course with good
results.
                A. Although        B. Since        C. Because of        D. Despite
42. Students are encouraged to develop critical thinking_________accepting
opinions without questioning them.
                A. in addition        B. for instance        C. instead of        D. because of
43. _________ most fairy tales have happy endings, the stories usually deal with
very frightening situations - children abandoned in the forest, terrifying giants,
cruel stepmothers.
                A. Although        B. Therefore        C. Despite        D. Because
44. My uncle tries to spend time playing with his children_________he is very
busy.
                A. because of        B. although        C. despite        D. moreover
45. From when they start in preschool, children spend more time watching
television than participating in any other activity except sleeping. , this is not
necessarily a bad thing.
                A. Due to        B. For example        C. However        D. Because
46. Many students work to earn money_________their parents are rich
                A. because of        B. despite        C. however        D. although
47. The residents of the village are living a happy life_________they lack modern
facilities.
                A. despite        B. although        C. therefore        D. because of
48. Research shows that learners who adopt this approach will undoubtedly
manage to broaden their language abilities considerably and,_________, are
more likely to achieve their objectives in the longer term.
                A. because        B. in contrast        C. though        D. as a result
49. We decided to take a late flight_________we could spend more time with our
family.
                A. in order        B. so that        C. so as to        D. in order to
50. I walked away as calmly as I could_________they thought I was the thief.
                A. although        B. so that        C. owing to        D. in case
Rewrite the sentences below with the connectors given in brackets.
1. He is too short to be a basketball player.                                                 (because)
        =>        
2. Although I approve of parties, I can't let you give one tonight.
(much as)
        =>        
3. As you have not performed your duties, you will be expelled from the
club.        (consequently)
        =>        
4. However fast I ran, I was always in the same place,' she dreamt.
(although)
        =>        
5. His father has died, so he is crying his heart out.                                         (owing
to)
        =>        
6. These are the rules, but there are exceptions.
(nevertheless)
        =>        
7. I neither love you nor I want to see you again.                                         (what's
more)
        =>        
8. Majorca is a paradise for tourists; this is the consequence of its
popularity.        (hence)
        =>        
9. The cause of his death was a heart attack.                                                 (due to)
        =>        
10. As our business is going from bad to worse, we will have to close down.
(as a result)
        =>        
11. Many people are dying from lack of food everyday in the Third World.
(on account of)
        =>        
12. We will have to work hard at it because time is pressing on.                         (so)
        =>        
13. No matter how much you hate them, you will have to live with them.
(even if)
        =>        
14. We will have to take strict measures, since the unemployment rate has
increased.        (thus)
        =>        
15. You have failed all your exams, so we will not buy you the bike we
promised.        (since)
        =>        
16. The lack of discipline was the reason they lost the battle.
(through)
        =>        
17. Even though he was happy, he felt lonely at times.                                 (happy
though)
        =>        
18. In spite of being clever with his hands, he couldn't fix it.
(clever as)
        =>        
19. The padlock I bought was not big enough for the gate.                                 (but)
        =>        
20. He could not live without her, so he consented to all her wishes.                 (for)
        =>        
21. We have considered your proposal thouroughly, but we are afraid to tell you
that we cannot assent to it.
(however)        
        =>        
22. We were in a hurry, so we didn't wait for them.                                         (the
reason)
        =>        
23. Nobody dared to dissent from the decision of the prime minister, but she did.
(all the same)
        =>        
24. If it hadn't been for her, I would have drowned.
(thanks to)
        =>        
25. Although she had told him that she would always be true to him, she wasn't.
(in spite of)
        =>        
26. It was snowing heavily, but they went on climbing.
(despite)
        =>        
27. Despite being caught driving dangerously, he was not fined.                         (all
the same)
        =>        
28. I know you don't love me; but, even so, I'll marry you.
(even though)
        =>        
29. As well as being well-trained for the post, she is beautiful.                         (in
addition to)
        =>        
30. These fairy cakes are not only homemade, but they also have the best-quality
ingredients.
(
beside
s)
        =>        
Rewrite the sentences below with the connectors given in brackets.
1. You will have to carry, for example, a hundred pounds.                                 (let's
say)
        =>        
2. If we don't take into account the people next door, everybody in the
neighbourhood is lovely.
 (
except
for)
        =>        
3. You should attend to your guests. Don't forget you're the hostess.
(after all)
        =>        
4. Consequently, we can reach the conclusion that something must be done to
put an end to violence on the streets and drug trafficking.
(summning up)
        =>        
5. As well as being a very good guitarist, he also sings beautifully.
(apart from)
        =>        
6. They lost all their money in a shady business. But this is not all, they took a
loan out of the bank and lost it as well
(not to mention)
        =>        
7. I reckon you should put your cards on the table.                                         (the
way I see it)
        =>        
8. She likes many romantic poets. For instance, Coleridge, Wordsworth. Byron
and keats. (like)
        =>        
9. You're the only person that can make me happy.
(except)
        =>        
10. They had little confidence in him, so they abandoned him to his fate.
(for)
        =>        
11. They couldn't reach the peak because it had snowed heavily.                         (as
a result of)
        =>        
12. The country's economy is becoming better and better. For example, inflation
is stabilising now.
(
a case
in
point)
        =>        
13. There is no necessity to mention that all applicants must identify themselves
before the interview.                                                                                         (needless
to say)
        =>        
14. For my part, I found his remarks unnecessary.
(personally)
        =>        
15. Time is short, so we'll have to hurry.                                                         (since)
        =>        
16. We'll grant you a favour because your days are numbered.
(which is why)
        =>        
17. Therefore, we can draw the following conclusion: we made a substantial
profit last year.
(
in
conclu
sion)
        =>        
18. I think you shouldn't argue with them about politics.                         (to my
way of thinking)
        =>        
19. If I can't carry my belongings, how do you expect me to carry yours?
(let alone)
        =>        
20. Money is what makes the world go round. What I want to say is that the
more money you have, the more powerful you become.
(that is to say)
        =>        
21. Hatred creates even more hatred. What I want to say is that the more you
hate somebody, the more they will hate you.
(to put it another way)
        =>        
22. He is the most important person in this company. What I want to say is that
he is the boss.
(
that
is)
        =>        
23. If we consider military service in general terms, it is a waste of time and
money. (on the whole)
        
24. I don't mind what time you arrive home. The most important thing is that
you arrive safe and sound.
(above all)
        =>        
25. He has presented several television shows; but, most importantly, he is a
journalist.
(first
and
forem
ost)
        =>        
26. If we speak in general terms, this play may be divided into four main parts.
(broadly speaking)
        =>        
27. If we talk generally, Eivissa is one of the best holiday spots in the world.
(by and large)
        =>        
28. She told me that the grammar exercises were as easy as falling off a log; but it
was untrue, since I found them very difficult.                                                         (as
a matter of fact)
        =>        
29. The weather forecaster said that today would be quite hot, but it is quite
chilly.         (in fact)
        =>        
30. I don't want to see them any more. The truth is that I hate them.                 (in
actual fact)
        =>        
31. They said that they had done all the work, but the truth of the matter is that
they had done nothing.                                                                                 (in point of
fact)
        =>        
32. She told me that she was as poor as a church mouse, which was not true, as
she was loaded.
(
actuall
y)
        =>        
33. With reference to your application for the job as a sales representative, we are
glad to inform you that it will be offered to you.
(regarding)
        =>        
34. Concerning your brother, he is the most qualified person for the post.
(in regard to)
        =>        
35. In connection with air pollution, the government should take stronger
measures to combat it.
(
as for)
        =>        
36. In connection to what he stated yesterday, we consider it the most
appropriate alternative.
(
a
p
r
o
p
o
s
)
        =>        
37. The government should act at once about the decline in the country's exports.
(as far as)
        =>        
38. Taking everything into account, we must do something to stop burglars.
(in a nutshell)
        =>        
39. We want you to write to us regularly; but, most importantly, don't forget to
telephone us.
(
above
all
else)
        =>        
40. Firstly, it rained heavily that weekend. Secondly, I felt unwell most of the
time. (on the one hand, on the other)
        =>        
 PART XI : ADJECTIVE, ADVERB AND COMPARISON
 THEORY
I. Tính từ và trạng từ
        Tính từ dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ
+ She is beautiful
+ It is a long chair
+ The ruler is short
        Trạng từ dùng để bổ nghĩa cho động từ hoặc tính từ
+ She goes quickly
+ I speak English fluently
+ She is very good
        Mối quan hệ giữa tính từ và trạng từ:
Đa số tính từ thêm đuôi -ly thì trở thành trạng từ: careful (adj) => carefully (adv)
Có một số trường hợp đặc biệt như sau:
1) Tính từ đã có sẵn đuôi –ly, khi chuyển sang trạng từ giữ nguyên tính từ
friendly elderly silly
lively lonely lovely
2) Các tính từ khi chuyển sang trạng từ vẫn không thay đổi
        hard(adj)        => hard(adv)
        fast(adj)        => fast(adv)
3) Các tính từ khi chuyển sang trạng từ hoàn toàn thay đổi
        good (adj)         => well (adv)
II. Trật tự của tính từ
Materi Purpo
Opinion Size Age Shape Color Origin
al se
golden
nice, pretty, smal square, pink, Chinese
youn ,
beautiful, l, round, white Vietnam
g, woode
ugly, thick oval, , es
new, n,
good,excellen , big, triangular. brow America
old,... paper,.
t,... huge ... n, ... n
..
III. Sự so sánh của tính từ và trạng từ trong Tiếng Anh
Các loại so Công thức Ví dụ
sánh
So sánh bằng Thể khẳng định: She is as beautiful
(as...as) S1 + V + as + adj/adv + as + S2 + V as her mother.
She learns as
well as her sister does.
Thể phủ định: This exercise is not as/
 S1 + V(phủ định) + as/so + adj/adv + as + so difficult as I think (it
S2 + V is).
He doesn’t
study as/so hard as I
do/me.
Với danh từ đếm được: We have as few
S1 + V + as many/few + N(sô’ nhiều) + as problems to solve
+ S2 + V as yesterday.
Với danh từ không đếm được: I don’t have as much
SI + V + as much/ little + N(không đếm money as you do.
được) + as + S2+ V
So sánh gấp nhiều lần: In many countries in
S + V + multiple numbers + as + much/ the world with the same
many/ adj + (N) + as + N/ pronoun job, women only get 40
* Multiple numbers là những số như half/ - 50% as much as
twice/ 3,4,5...times; Phân số; Phần trăm. salary as men.
So sánh hơn Thế nào là tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn?
(adj-er/ Tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn là những tính từ/ trạng từ có 1 âm tiết như:
more...than) big (to), small (nhỏ), hot (nóng), cold (lạnh), thin (gầy), fat
(béo),....và có 2 âm tiết tận cùng là 1 trong 5 đuôi sau:
- y: happy (hạnh phúc), easy (dễ dàng), early (sớm), heavy (nặng),
lazy (lười biếng)...
- er: clever (thông minh, lanh lợi).
- le: single (độc thân), simple (đơn giản).
- ow: narrow (hẹp).
- et: quiet (yên tĩnh).
Lưu ý: những tính từ / trạng từ 2 âm tiết tận cùng là đuôi -y chỉ
được coi là tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn khi bản thân nó có đuôi -y.
Ví dụ:
lovely (đáng yêu) là tính từ dài vì nó được cấu tạo bởi (love + ly =>
lovely).
quickly (nhanh) là trạng từ dài vì nó được cấu tạo bởi (quick + ly
=> quickly).
Thế nào là tính từ/ trạng từ dài?
Tính từ/ trạng từ dài là những tính từ/ trạng từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở
lên nhưng không phải 1 trong 5 đuôi kể trên, như: beautiful (xinh
đẹp), handsome (đẹp trai), intelligent (thông minh), hard-working
(chăm chỉ)
 so sánh hơn với tính từ và trạng từ ngắn: She looks happier
S1 + V + adj/adv + er + than + S2 + V than (she did)
yesterday.
so sánh hơn với tính từ và trạng từ dài: She is more beautiful
S1 + V + more + adj/adv + than + S2 + V than her sister.
So sánh hơn với danh từ: She has more money
S1 + V + more + N + than + S2+ V than me.
Với tính từ và trạng từ ngắn: He is the
S + V + the + adj/adv + est + (N) + .... tallest (student) in my
So sánh nhất class.
(the adj- Với tính từ và trạng từ dài: My mother is the most
est/most + S + V + the + most + adj/adv + (N) +… beautiful (woman) in
adj) the world.
Với danh từ: He is a billionaire. He
S + V + the + most + N + .... has the most money.
Tính từ/ Nghĩa Dạng so sánl Dạng so sánh nhất
trạng từ hơn
good/well tốt, giỏi Better the best
bad tệ, tồi, dốt Worse the worst
Ngoại lệ
much/many nhiều More the most
little ít Less least
far xa farther/further farthest/furthest
old già, cũ older/elder oldest/eldest
Với tính từ ngắn: Adj + er + and + adj + er The summer is coming.
It gets hotter and hotter.
Với tính từ dài: more/less and more/less + She is more and more
So sánh lũy
adj attractive.
tiến
(càng...càng) Với danh từ: more and more + N There are more and
more people moving to
big cities to look for
jobs.
So sánh đồng The + (so sánh hơn) adj/ adv+S + V, the The more difficult the
tiến (so sánh hơn) adj/adv + S + V exercise is, the more
(càng... thì interesting it is.
càng)
  PRACTICES
Put the ajectives in the brakets into the correct order to have a meaningful noun
phrases.
1. a (rectangular, cream, modern)__________bathroom
2. (silken, pretty, long)_______________hair
3. a (dreadful, pink, old)___________________________chinawear
4. a (processing, new, central, tiny) _____________________unit
5. a (tired, local, camera)______________crew
6. (vast, green, beautiful)_______________________plains
7. a (vegetable, large, Greek)___________________trailer
8. a (middle-aged, good-looking, black, pop)_____________________star
9. a (traffic, two-hour)____________________jam
10. a (dangerous, New York, gloomy)______________alleyway
11. a(n) (brand-new, sports, mustard, American)_____________________car
12. a (fantastic, delightful)____________________evening
13. You look very (pretty, elegant) _________________on that dress. –
14. a (toilet, horrible, lilac) _____________________ bag
15. a(n) (enormous, sky-blue, round)____________________spaceship
16. the (wonderful, colourful)________________________scenery
17. a(n) (old, breakdown, red, white)______________________truck
18. a (leather, brown, pretty, turquoise)____________________handbag
19. a(n) (long-distance, obstacle)____________________course
20. a (country, magnificent)________________________house
21. a (tangerine, silk, lime, dreadful)____________________shirt
22. a pair of (Catalan, expensive)_________________mocassins
23. a(n) (ice, peach, modern)______________________bucket
24. a(n) (Chinese, blue, dining, oval)_____________________table
25. a pair of (cheap, football, black, yellow)________________________boots
Choose the correct form of the participles used as adjectives in the following
sentences
1. Compassionate friends tried to console the (crying/cried) victims of the
accident.
2. When James noticed the (burning / burnt) building, he notified the
firedepartment immediately.
3. The (exciting/ excited) passengers jumped into the lifeboats when notified that
the ship was sinking.
4. The (smiling/smiled) Mona Lisa is on display in the Louvre in Paris.
5. The wind made such (frightening / frightened) noises that the children ran to
their parents' room.
6. The (frightening / frightened) hostages only wanted to be left alone.
7. We saw the (advancing / advanced) army from across the town.
8. Mrs. Harris's (approving / approved) smile let us know that our speeches were
well done.
9. Our representative presented the (approving / approved) plan to the public.
10. The (blowing/ blown) wind of the hurricane damaged the waterfront
property.
11. We were going to see the movie at the Theater, but our friends told us it was
a (boring / bored) movie.
12. Mary's (cleaning / cleaned) service comes every Wednesday.
13. The (cleaning / cleaned) shoes were placed in the sun to dry.
14. We found it difficult to get through the (closing / closed) door without a key,
15. As we entered the (crowding/crowded) room, I noticed my cousin.
16. Dr. Jameson told my brother to elevate his (aching/ ached) foot.
17. I was (disappointing / disappointed) with the film. I had expected it to be
better.
18. The (breaking / broken) dishes lay on the floor. |
19. The (trembling / trembled) children were given a blanket for warmth.
20. The interesting / interested) tennis match caused a great deal of excitement.
Choose the right word, adjective or adverb.
1. The floor looks clean/ cleanly.
2. The plane landed safel safely on the runway.
3. The man looked honest/ honestly, but he wasn't
4. Jane looked at her book thoughtful/ thoughtfully before she answered the
teacher's question.
5. A rose smells good/ well.
6. Beth spoke confident/ confidently when she delivered her speech.
7. Most of the students did good/ well on their tests. |
8. He spoke angry/ angrily
9. He seemed very angry/ungrily.
10. The teacher taught us very careful/ carefully.
Write the comparativel superlative of a word from the box for each blank.
Beautifully          early                    fast        fluently
hard                 late        peacefully         sensitively
1. If we don't walk__________we'll never arrive on time.
2. She sings_____________than any one else I've ever heard.
3. Andy's the most intelligent, but Sue works _________
4. Eight is late - could you possibly get here any __________
5. Of all the children, Helen writes _________
6. I would sleep______________if I weren't worried about Tom.
7. For the 10. 20 train,___________________we can leave home is 10.
8. Mark speaks French______of all the boys in his class.
Make sentences like the one in the example
        Example.
        He drives fast, he gets nervous.
         ~ The faster he drives, the more nervous he gets; and the more nervous he gets, the
faster he drives.
1. He eats ice-cream; he gets fat. (The more ice cream.......)
        =>        
2. He reads, he forgets.
        =>        
3. She ignores him; he loves her.
        =>        
4. She buys shoes; she wants shoes.
        =>        
5. We spend money; we have friends.
        =>        
6. I sleep; I'm tired.
        =>        
Complete each sentence by choosing the most suitable word or phrase
1. I really think that apologizing is_____________you can do.
        A. no as much as         B. a little        C. the least                D. as far as
2. I can't stand this weather. It's getting _____________
        A. more and more                B. worse and worse         
        C. coldest and coldest                D. further and further
3. Although Brenda came last, everyone agreed she had_________her best
        A. done         B. made         C. had        D. got
4. I wish Charles worked as hard as Mary _________________
        A. did         B. can         C. will        D. does
5. The more you water this plant, the______________it will grow
        A. best         B. tall        C. wetter         D . faster
6. From now on, we won't be able to go out as much as we _________
        A. were         B. had        C. used to         D. will
7. I've never owned____________independent cat as this one.
        A. a more than         B. such an        C. a so        D. as much an
8. Brian has been working_____________since he was promoted.
        A. much harder         B. as harder         C. just as hardly         D. more hardly
9. I've been feeling____________tired lately, doctor.
        A. such a        B. the most        C. more and more         D. much
10. This exercise will give you______________practice.
        A. farther        B. much more         C. as better        D. a lot
Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. That's the best meal I've ever eaten.
        => I've never eaten         
2. Fish and meat are the same price in some countries.
        => Fish costs         
3. I've never enjoyed myself so much.
        => I've never had         
4.If you run a lot, you will get fitter.
        => The more         
5.The doctor can't see you earlier than Wednesday I'm afraid.
        => Wednesday is         
6. I must have a rest. I can't walk any more.
        => I must have a rest. I can't go        
7. Home computers used to be much more expensive,
        => Home computers aren't         
8.I don't know as much Italian as Sue does.
        => Sue knows         
9. I thought that learning to drive would be difficult, but it isn't.
        => Learning to drive is         
10. Barbara can skate just as well as John can.
        => John isn't         
11. Jill can run faster than Peter.
        => Peter         
12. I thought this journey would last longer than it did.
        => This journey didn't         
13. I didn't arrive as early as I expected.
        => I arrived         
14. You are working too slowly.
        => You'll have to         
15. I have a brother who is older than me.
        => I have an         
16. Martin thought the second part of the film was more interesting.
        => Martin didn't think the first         
17. Paula's work is less careful than Peter's.
        => Paula has been working         
18. There aren't any trains earlier than this one.
        => This is         
19. All other pubs are further away.
        => This pub        
20. Is this the best price you can offer?
        => Can't you        
Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word given in capitals.
1. Your car was cheaper than mine.
        COST         
2. I'm not as good at maths as you are.
        BETTER         
3. Keith is slightly taller than Nigel.
        LITTLE         
4. Bill was growing angrier all the time.
        AND         
5. Sally tried as hard as she could.
        BEST         
6.I thought this film would be better.
        AS         
7.This is the bumpiest road I've ever driven along.
        SUCH         
8.When you eat a lot, you get fat.
        MORE         
9.George said he couldn't do any better.
        COULD         
10. This year's exam and last year's exam were equally difficult.
        JUST        
PART XII : GERUND AND INFINITIVE VERBS
 THEORY
GERUND IN ENGLISH (VING)
1. Form : (Hình thức)
- Danh động từ được thành lập bằng cách thêm đuôi ING vào sau động từ nguyên thể và chúng
có chức năng tương đương như một danh từ bình thường.
V+ ING>>> GERUND
Eg : Work>> working                                         study>> studying
2. Cách dùng:
2.1. Danh động từ dùng như “Chủ ngữ của câu”
GERUND+ V(es/s…)/ tobe
Eg: Working is interesting
Swimming is my hobby
Dancing bored her
2.2. Danh động từ dùng như “Bổ ngữ của động từ”
Eg: My great passion in life is studying
Minh’s hobby is playing football
2.3. Danh động từ/ động từ nguyên thể có thể là chủ ngữ của một câu khi hoạt động được xem
như là một nghĩa chung.
<<<>>> It is/ was+ adj+ for O + to V
To V+ ……..is/was+ adj + for O
Ving+………is/ was+ adj+ for O
2.4. Danh động từ gống như động từ nguyên mẫu, có thể là chủ ngữ của một
mệnh đề, đặt sau các động từ: believe, consider, discover, expect, think, find,
wonder….
Eg: I find playing sports interesting
I consider that learning English is great
* sau FIND thì ta có thể bỏ THAT và động từ TOBE mà nghĩa của câu không đổi.
Eg: he found that parking was difficult. = he found parking difficult.
* Còn sau các động từ còn lại, để an toàn hơn, ta không nên bỏ TOBE.
2.5. Danh động từ còn được dùng trong các lời CẤM NGẮN GỌN
NO+ VING>>> GERUND
Eg: no smoking, no parking, no fishing
Note:
 những lời cấm này, không thể có tân ngữ O theo sau. Vì thế mà, những lời
cấm có tân ngữ theo sau sẽ được diễn đạt bằng câu mệnh lệnh phủ định.
Eg: Don’t open the window= No opening the window
 Danh động từ còn được dùng trong các câu châm ngôn.
Eg: Seeing is believing (thấy mới tin)
2.6. Danh động từ còn được dùng sau các giới từ hay các ngữ đi kèm với giới từ.
interested in/ fond of/ keen on (thích/ say mê)
bored with/ fed up with (buồn chán..)
S+ tobe (chia) tire of (mệt mỏi) +VING/N
afraid of/ frightened of (sợ/e rằng)
amused (at/by), surprised (at/by) (ngạc nhiên)
Eg: They are interested in playing badminton.
She is bored with watching the same program everyday.
Hoa is afraid of going out in the dark (alone/ on her own/ by herself)
2.7. Ngoài các cụm từ trên, danh động từ còn được dùng trong các cụm/thành ngữ/ cấu trúc
sau:
1 to be for>< to be against + VING/N
ủng hộ >< phản đối
2 to be sorry for (rất tiếc là..) + VING/N
3 to be ashamed of…. (xấu hổ về) + VING/N
4 to be good at >< to be bad at… + VING/N
giỏi về>< kém về..
5 to be good for >< to be bad for + VING/N
tốt cho>< tồi tệ cho…
6 to have objection to……(phản đối làm gì) + VING/N
to have no objectio to… (không phản đối làm gì…)
 7 to be weak in…. (yếu về…) + VING/N
8 feel like… (cảm thấy thích, muốn…) + VING/N
9 to have (difficulty/trouble)…. (gặp khó khăn…) + VING/N
10 to look forward to…. (trông mong, chờ đợi..) + VING/N
11 there is no point……… + VING/N
12 it is no use……. + VING/N
it is no good…..
(vô ích khi làm điều gì đó…)
13 appologise to sb(somebody_người) for……… + VING/N
(xin lỗi ai về vấn đề gì…)
2.8. Danh động từ còn được dùng sau một số động từ nhất định (thường là những động từ
chỉ SỞ THÍCH, SỰ BẮT ĐẦU, KẾT THÚC của một sự việc nào đó.
CTTQ: S+ V1 CHIA+ VING……………….
A 1 admit: thừa nhận M 25 mention: đề cập
2 advise: khuyên 26 miss: nhỡ, bỏ lỡ
3 allow: cho phép 27 mind: quan tâm, bận tậm..
4 appreciate: hoan nghênh P 28 pardon: tha thứ
5 avoid: tránh 29 permit: cho phép
C 6 complete: hoàn thành 30 postpone: trì hoãn
7 consider: cân nhắc, xem xét 31 practise: luyện tập (practice)
8 continue: tiếp tục Q 32 quit: từ bỏ, ngừng, nghỉ
9 can’t help: không thể chịu đựng P 33 prefer: thích…hơn
được
10 can’t bear 34 prevent: ngăn chặn
11 can’t stand R 35 recommend: đề xuất
D 12 delay: trì hoãn 36 recollect: hồi tưởng..
13 deny: phủ nhận 37 remember: nhớ lại.., nhớ
14 defer: hoãn.. 38 resent /rɪˈzent/:  giận, oán giận,
phật ý
15 detest: ghê tởm 39 resist /rɪˈzɪst/: cưỡng lại, chống lại
16 discuss: thảo luận 40 risk: mạo hiểm
17 dread: ghê sợ S 41 start: bắt đầu
E 18 encourage: khuyến khích 42 stop; dừng, kết thúc
19 enjoy: thích 43 suggest: đề nghị, gợi ý
20 excuse: xin lỗi T 44 tolerate: khoan dung, tha thứ
F 21 fancy: tưởng tượng, hào U 45 understand: hiểu
hứng…
22 finish: kết thúc P 46 propose: đưa ra, kiến nghị
23 forbid: cấm đoán
G 24 give up: từ bỏ
INFINITIVE  (FULL INFINTIVE LÀ CHỦ YẾU)
1. Dạng thức:
- Để thành lập một INFINITIVE, ta thêm TO vào trước V không chia
TO V= INFINITIVE (full infintive)
2. Cách sử dụng/ cách dùng:
2.1. Động từ nguyên thể được dùng trong những mẫu câu dưới đây:
1 It is/ was+ adj (tính từ)+ TO V
(Thật là như thế nào để làm gì)
2 It is/ was+ adj (tính từ)+ for O+ TO V
(Thật là như thế nào đối với/ cho ai đó để làm gì)
3 It is/ was+ adj (tính từ)+ OF+ O+ TO V
(Ai đó (O) thật là như thế nào KHI làm gì))
Eg: It is kind of you to help me (YOU thật là KND khi HELP ME)
Note: Một số tính từ thường được dùng trong cấu trúc (3):
Kind, nice, careless, stupid (cấu trúc 3 dùng để khen và chê)
4 S+ to be/ V thường (chia)+ TOO+ adj+ TO V
Ai đó QUÁ như thế nào để làm gì…….
5 S+ to be/ V thường (chia)+ TOO+ adj+ FOR O+ TO V
Ai đó QUÁ như thế nào đơi với ai đó/ cho ai đó để làm gì…….
6 Cấu trúc ENOUGH: đủ để làm gì
S+ tobe (chia) + adj+ ENOUGH+ TO V
S+ V (chia) + adv(ly)+ ENOUGH+ TO V
(Ai đó ĐỦ ĐỂ…làm gì/ KHÔNG ĐỦ ĐỂ làm gì)
Nếu không đủ để: thì ta có TO BE+ NOT/ Dạng phủ định của V
S+ tobe (chia) + adj+ ENOUGH+FOR O + TO V
S+ V (chia) + adv(ly)+ ENOUGH+ FOR O+ TO V
(Ai đó ĐỦ ĐỂ…làm gì/ KHÔNG ĐỦ cho ai d đó/ đối với ai đó ĐỂ làm gì)
* Các mẫu câu tương đương với nhau (thường gặp trong các bài viết lại câu):
(1) S+ tobe/V+ too+ adj/adv+ for O + to V
(2) S+ tobe NOT/ phủ định của V+ adj/ adv+ ENOUGH+ for O + TO V
<<>> (chú ý: adj và adv ở 2 phải trái nghĩa với adj/adv ở 1)
(3) S+ tobe/ V (chia)+ SO+ adj/ adv+ THAT+ can’t/could’t….+ V
(Ai đó quá………… đến nỗi mà…..để làm gì…)
Eg:
1. Hieu is too lazy to learn English (lazy>< hard-working)
2. Hieu is not hard-working enough to learn English
3. Hieu is so lazy that can’t learn English
2.2. TO V đứng sau TOBE
TOBE+ TOV = HAVE TO + V/ MUST+ V: PHẢI LÀM GÌ…….
2.3. Những động từ theo sau là TO V
CTTQ: S+ V1 CHIA+ TO V……………….
Đọc là: V1 to do st
A 1 afford: có đủ tiền, có khả M 17 mean: có ý…, muốn nói….
năng chi trả
 2 agree: đồng ý O 18 offer: đề nghị
3 appear: xuất hiện, dường P 19 plan: lập kế hoạch, dự định
như
4 arrange: sắp xếp 20 prepare: chuẩn bị
5 ask: yêu cầu 21 pretend: giả vờ, làm ra vẻ
B 6 beg: cầu xin, năn nỉ 22 promise: hứa
C 7 consent : ưng thuận R 23 refuse: từ chối
/kənˈsent/
D 8 decide: quyết định S 24 seem: trông có vẻ, dường như
9 demand: yêu cầu, đòi hỏi 25 struggle: đấu tranh, gắng sức..
10 deserve: xứng đáng 26 swear: thề
E 11 expect: mong đợi T 27 threaten : đe doạ
F 12 fail: trượt, thất bại 28 volunteer: tình nguyện tham gia…
13 hesitate: do dự, chần chừ W 29 wait: đợi
H 14 hope: hi vọng 30 want: muốn
L 15 learn: học hỏi 31 wish: ước
16 manage: xoay sở, quản lí
NOTES:
* AFFORD:
S+ can’t afford+ TO V
(không đủ tiền để làm gì…..)
Eg: I can’t afford to buy this bike.
* MANAGE TO V:
Manage to V= succeed in Ving: thành công khi làm gì……
* THREATEN:
Nếu THREATEN chia ở QUÁ KHỨ (câu điều kiện loại 2) thì ta không cần
WOULD V0 mà biến thành “THREATENED”
2.4. Những động từ theo sau là tân ngữ và động từ nguyên thể.
CTTQ: S+ V1 CHIA+ O_TÂN NGỮ + TO V……………….
Đọc là: V1 sb (somebody) to do st (something)
A 1 advise: khuyên 14 invite: mời
2 allow: cho phép N 15 need: cần
3 ask: yêu cầu O 16 order: ra lệnh
B 4 beg: van nài, cầu xin P 17 permit: cho phép
C 5 cause: gây ra, khiến cho 18 persuade: thuyết phục
6 challenge: thách thức R 19 remind: nhắc nhở
7 convince : thuyết phục T 20 teach: dạy
D 8 dare: dám, thách… 21 tell: bảo, kể
E 9 encorage: khuyến khích 22 urge: thúc giục
10 expect: mong đợi W 23 want: muốn
F 11 forbid: cấm 24 warn : cảnh bao
12 force: bắt buộc R 25 recommend: đề xuất, đề nghị
I 13 instruct: chỉ dẫn, hướng dẫn 26 require: yêu cầu, đòi hỏi
NOTES: các động từ “ADVISE, ALLOW, ENCOURAGE, FORBID, PERMIT, RECOMMEND” có thể
được sử dụng trong các cấu trúc sau:
CÔNG THỨC DỄ HIỂU (lấy ADVISE làm mẫu)
1. S+ các từ trên (advise….)_chia + Ving 1. Advise doing st
2. S+ các từ trên_chia+ O+ to V 2. Advise sb to do st
3. S+ các từ trên _ED_Quá khứ+ TO V 3. Advised to do st
Help sb to do st/ help sb do st
* HELP: S+ HELP_chia+ O+ V/TO V
2.5. TO V dùng trong cấu trúc sau:
S+ V+ N+ TO V/ NOT TO V
(ai đó+ làm việc gì+ nhằm để mục đích gì/ không để……)
Eg: Hieu does his homework to get the good marks
           S       V                N             TO V
Nhấn mạnh đến MỤC ĐÍCH.
* NOTE 1: đối với BARE INFINITIVE (V0_ động từ không có To)
CTTQ: S+ V1 CHIA+ O_TÂN NGỮ + V……………….
Đọc là: V1 sb (somebody) do st (something)
Feel (s)
Hear (s)/ heard…
Listen to
Notice
See
S Watch + O (TÂN NGỮ)+ V0 (BARE_INFINITIVE)
Smell
Look (at)
Make
Let
Have/ has
S+ TO BE+ P2 (VED/V3) + TO V
BỊ ĐỘNG
Trong đó: P2 là P2 của các động từ ở khung NGAY TRÊN
Eg: They notice him take the money from the house.
        S       V        O      V0
>>> BỊ ĐỘNG: HE IS NOTICED TO TAKE THE MONEY FROM THE HOUSE
* NOTE 2: CHÚ Ý VỀ NGHĨA CỦA GERUND VÀ TO INFINTIVE
V TO V VING
Động từ
Stop Ngừng việc gì để làm việc Ngừng hẳn làm gì
khác
Try Cố gắng làm gì Thử làm gì
Forget Quên là phải làm gì Quên là đã làm gì
Regret Lấy làm tiếc khi phải làm gì Tiếc là đã làm điều gì
Notes: Cấu trúc này thường
theo sau bởi: SAY, TELL,
 INFORM và chia ở HTĐ
Remember Nhớ phải làm gì Nhớ đã làm gì
Go on Dừng 1 chủ đề đang Tiếp tục làm gì….
làm/nói…và chuyển sang một
vấn đề khác
Used to Quen với làm gì ở QK Be/get + used to+ Ving
Quen với làm gì ở HT
Consider Nghĩ rằng, cho rằng, tin Nghĩ về, cân nhắc, xem xét
rằng……
Like Muốn làm gì Thích….
Mean Intend: có dự định, ý định là Involve : bao gồm, liên quan
đến…, nghĩa là…
(PRESENT PERFECT)
(một số vùng/nơi gọi là “phân từ hiện tại”)
1. Hình thức:
- Hiện tại phân từ (HTPT) được thành lập bằng cách thêm đuôi ING vào sau động từ và có chức
năng tương đương như một tính từ bình thường.
V+ ING >> HIỆN TẠI PHÂN TỪ (ADJ)
2. Cách dùng:
2.1. Hiện tại phân từ dùng trong các thời tiếp diễn
2.2. Hiện tại phân từ được dùng như một TÍNH TỪ (ADJ). Nó thường được đặt trước một danh
từ chỉ VẬT, SỰ VIỆC, và sau TOBE. Câu chứa HTPT thường mang ý chủ động.
HTPT+ N (VẬT)
S(VẬT)+ TOBE+ HTPT (ADJ)
Eg: a running dog (chó săn)
2.3. HTPT dùng sau HAVE
S+ HAVE/ HAS/ HAD+ O(người)+ VING (HTPT)
(ai đó yêu cầu/ đề nghị để làm gì
Eg: Lam has Hung muting his microphone.
Lam had Nam changing his profile picture.
2.4. HTPT được sau các động từ TRI GIÁC: see, hear, taste, smell, feel, watch, notice, keep,
listen to.
S+ (see/feel…._chia động từ)+ O+ Ving (HTPT)
MODEL 1 (ai đó…..cái gì/ ai đó…như thế nào)
Dễ học: see sb doing st, feel sb doing st
Eg: I taste this dish interesting
Note:
 Ta dùng HTPT sau các động từ tri giác để diễn tả hành động có thể hoàn
tất hoặc chưa hoàn tất (dang diễn ra)
 Sau các động từ “see, hear, feel”, và đôi khi có thể là “listen to, notice,
watch” cũng có thể được theo sau bởi TÂN NGỮ_O, và động từ nguyên
 thể không có TO (bare_infinitive)
S+ V (các động từ nói trên)_chia + O+ V
MODEL 2
Dễ học: see sb do st, feel sb do st
Eg: I see Khanh sleeping during the lesson.
Note:
Khi đổi sang dạng bị động với hai cấu trúc trên, thì ta làm như sau:
MODEL 1:                                  
S+ TOBE+ P2(Ved/ V3)+ Ving
MODEL 2:
S+ TOBE+ P2 (Ved/ V3)+ V
2.5. HTPT dùng sau các động từ CATCH, FIND, LEAVE:
S+ CATCH/ FIND/ LEAVE_Chia+ O+ VING
Ai đó bắt gặp/ thấy … như thế nào
Note:
-  Sau các từ FIND, có thể là 1 O_tân ngữ chỉ vật vô tri vô giác. HTPT dùng sau
các động từ: GO, COME, SPEND, WASTE, BE BUSY.
1. Sau GO, COME
-  go/ come+ Ving (go doing st/ come doing st): chỉ hành động mà ai đó làm
Eg: I go shopping, I go swimming
- go/ come+ to + N(place_nơi chốn): (go to somewhere/ come to somewhere): chỉ
chuyển động từ đâu đến đâu
Eg: Khanh goes to school, Minh Dung goes to the zoo with Bao
2. Sau WASTE, SPEND
S+ spend/ waste (chia)+ “time/ money”+ Ving (HTPT)
(ai đó dành/ tiêu/ hoang phí/ lãng phí+ tiền bạc/ thời gian+ để/ vào việc gì…)
Dễ học: spend time/money doing st
waste money/ time doing st
Note:
- Khi hai hành động của cùng 1 chủ ngữ, xảy ra gần như đồng thời, ta có thể diễn
đạt một trong hai hành động ở dạng thức HTPT
Eg: He rode away. He whistled as he went (Anh ta đạp xe đi khỏi. Anh ta huýt sáo khi
anh ta đi)
He rode away whistling (anh ta vừa đi xe vừa huýt sáo)
- Khi một hành động theo sau một hành động khác của cùng 1 chủ ngữ, thì hành
động xảy ra trước ta viết/diễn đạt bằng hiện tại phân từ và đặt lên đầu câu/
mệnh đề.
Eg: Tuan Hung opened the drawer and looked out the newspaper.
= Opening the drawer, Tuan Hung looked out the newspaper.
- HTPT có thể thay thế cho “AS/ SINCE/ BECAUSE+ S-V(mệnh đề)
                                                              BỎ “AS….”                               VING
Note: ALLOW, PERMIT, ADVISE, ENCOURAGE: (ta gọi những động từ này
là D0)
1) S+ D0_chia+ VING (ví dụ: allow doing st….)
2) S+ D0_chia+ O tân ngữ_người+ TO V (ví dụ: allow sb_somebody to do
st_something)
3) Chuyển bị động của (2): S+ TOBE_chia theo thời và theo S+ P2 (của D0)+ TO V
(PAST PARTICIPLE)
1. Hình thức
- Quá khứ phân từ (QKPT) được thành lập bằng cách thêm “ED” vào sau động từ nguyên mẫu
(đối với các động từ theo quy tắc), còn đối với các động từ bất quy tắc, ta học trong cột số 03
của bảng động từ bất quy tắc.
V+ED/ V3 >>> QUÁ KHỨ PHÂN TỪ
2. Cách dùng
1. QKPT được dùng như một tính từ và nó thường được đặt trước một danh từ
để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đó. (QKP lúc này được coi như là một tính từ_adj)
QKPT(ADJ) / VED/ V3 + N
NOTES:
QKPT có thể theo sau động từ “TOBE”, và các động từ nối “become, get, feel, seem, look,
smell,…..”, nhưng chủ ngữ của câu phả là danh từ hoặc đại từ chỉ NGƯỜI. Câu chứa
QKPT thường mang nghĩa BỊ ĐỘNG.
S+ tobe/ các động từ nối ở trên_chia+ QKPT+ PREP( giới từ)+ Ving/ N
(ai đó………….+ ADJ+ khi làm gì…………….)
2. QKPT được dùng để tạo thành các thời phân từ hoàn thành, nguyên mẫu hoàn
thành, dạng bị động.
HTHT: have/ has+ P2
QKHT: had+ P2
TLHT: will have+ P2
Nguyên mẫu hoàn thành: to have P2
Bị động: tobe + P2
3. QKPT có thể thay thế cho cấu trúc:
S+ V(bị động)/ tobe (bị động)+ P2 >>>> P2
Dạng bị động của phân từ hoàn thành “HAVING BEEN”. Phân từ hoàn thành được
dùng khi ta cần nhấn mạnh rằng hành động do phân từ diễn tả xảy ra trước hành động
của động từ kế tiếp sau.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.        They refused ______ to Tim’s proposal. They decided ______ their work.
        A. to listen / continuing        B. to listen / to continue
        C. listening / to continue        D. listening / continuing
2.        I enjoy ______ to a number of programs on the radio. I am also fond of
______ novels.
        A. to listen / to read                B. listening / reading
        C. to listen / reading                D. listening / to read
3.        No one will leave the classroom until the guilty student admits ______ the
money.
        A. steal        B. stealing        C. to steal        D. stolen
4.        Jack Anderson was caught ______ a match at the time of the fire. He was
accused of ______ the fire.
        A. to hold / set        B. held / setting        C. holding / to set        D. holding /
setting
5.        I cannot imagine you ______ married to Peter. He might make you ______
unhappy.
        A. to get / are        B. get / being        C. got / to be        D. getting / be
6.        Her boss promised ______ her a raise because she never minds ______ the
night shift.
        A. offering / work         B. offered / to work         C. to offer / working         D.
offer / worked
7.        He disagrees ______ a new car. He prefers ______ by bus to by car.
        A. to buy / travel        B. buying / to travel         C. to buy / travelling         D.
bought / traveled
8.        The questions are easy ______ We hope ______ high scores.
        A. to answer / to get         B. answering / to get         C. to answer / getting
D. answered / got
9.        The man asked me how ______ to the airport. He said he had to ______ the
9.00 plane to Paris.
        A. getting / taken        B. to get / take        C. got / taking        D. get / took
10.        You were the last one ______ the office. Did you see anyone ______ the
building?
        A. leaving / to enter         B. to leave / enter        C. left / entering        D. leave /
entered
11.        It is no use ______ the car. It would be cheaper ______ a new one.
        A. repair / bought         B. repaired / buy        C. to repair / buying        D.
repairing / to buy
12.        She wanted ______ home, but her boss made her ______ until the work
was finished.
        A. to go / staying         B. go / stayed        C. going / to stay        D. to go / stay
13. I will make an effort ______
        A. stopping smoking         B. stop smoke        C. to stop smoking        D. stop
smoking
14. I am not sure if I have met Mr. Martino, but I remember ______ his name.
        A. hear        B. to hear        C. hearing        D. heard
15.        He will never forget ______ so much money and time on his first
computer. He bought it two years ago and managed ______ on it himself.
        A. spending / to work                B. to spend / working
        C. spent / work                D. spend / worked
16.        When I lived with my parents, they did not let me ______ TV at night. I
was made ______ a lot.
        A. watching / study         B. watched /studying         C. watch / to study
D. to watch / studied
17.        If the printer does not work, try ______ everything off and then ______
again.
        A. to turn / to start         B. to turn / starting         C. turning / to start         D.
turning / starting
18.        - Are you thinking of ______ London?
        - Oh, yes. I look forward to ______ my vacation there next summer.
        A. being visited / spending        B. visit / spend
        C. visiting / spend                D. visiting / spending
19.        Everyone likes ______ when they have succeeded ______ something.
        A. being congratulated / for doing         B. being congratulated / in doing
        C. be congratulating / do        D. to be congratulated / to do
20.        The police charged him ______ at a wrong space.
        A. park        B. to park        C. parking        D. with parking
21.        The workers in our company have raised an objection ______ overtime.
        A. to work        B. to working        C. working        D. worked
22.        We have discussed ______ a new house, but there is no point ______
further.
        A. buying / talking                B. to buy / talk
        C. about buying / to talk        D. buy / talked
23.        You can open it ______ the wrapping paper.
        A. remove        B. to remove         C. removing         D. by removing
24.        He recommended that we ______ overnight at a hotel, but we felt like
______ our journey.
        A. to stay / continued         B. stayed / continue         C. stay / continuing
D. staying/to continue
25.        It is twelve o’clock. We should stop ______ lunch. We will go on ______
our work by 5pm.
        A. having / finish        B. have / finishing        C. to have / to finish         D.
had / finished
26.        He warned me ______ all my money in that company.
        A. not to invest        B. do not invest        C. did not invest        D. not
investing
27. I regret ______ the lecture, which was not worth ______
        A. attending / to listen                B. to attend / listening
        C. to attend / to listen                D. attending / listening
28.        The teacher expected Sarah ______ harder. He gave her a lot of
homework ______
        A. studied / do         B. studying / done         C. study / doing         D. to
study / to do
29.        Do you know what ______ if there is a fire in the shop where you go
______
        A. doing / to shop         B. to do / shopping         C. do / shop         D. do /
shopped
30.        This advertisement needs ______. We will have Peter ______ it.
        A. to redesign / doing                B. redesigning / do
        C. redesigned / did                D. redesign / to do
31. I remember ______ John promised ______, but now he was nowhere ______
        A. hearing / to come / to be seen        B. hear / coming / being seen
        C. hearing / to come / to see        D. to hear / come / been seen
32.        My father continued ______ although the doctor advised him ______ the
habit several times.
        A. smoking / to quit                B. to smoke / quit
        C. smoke / quitting                D. for smoking / of quitting
33.        He has arranged ______ the visitors at the factory. It is necessary that he
______ on time.
        A. to meet / be        B. meeting / to be        C. meet / being        D. met / was
34. I have an important thing ______ you before ______ you this document.
        A. told / given        B. tell / give        C. telling / to give        D. to tell / giving
35. She was hesitant ______ the coach of her problem and she thanked her coach
______ her ______ with the pressure.
        A. telling / to help / deal        B. tell / helping / dealing
        C. told / help / dealing        D. to tell / for helping / to deal
36.        Thanks to effective birth control methods, women can delay ______
children and they have more time ______ part in social work.
        A. have / taken        B. having / to take        C. had / take        D. to have /
taking
37.        Avoid ______ those mistakes again when ______
        A. to make / write        B. make / to write        C. making / writing        D.
made / written
38.        We will have our house ______. My cousins will come and help us ______
the work.
        A. to repaint/ doing        B. repainted/ do        C. repainting/ to do        D.
repainted/ doing
39.        We postponed ______ any decision in the meeting.
        A. make        B. to make        C. making        D. made
40. I am busy ______ I would rather not ______ out for lunch.
        A. working / go        B. to work / to go        C. worked / going        D. work /
going
41.        African people are used ______ barefoot so they get very rough skin.
        A. to walk        B. to walking        C. walked        D. walking
42.        She was so nice that he couldn’t help ______ in love with her.
        A. fall        B. falling        C. to fall        D. fallen
43. I do not mind ______ you whenever I finish ______ on my reports.
        A. to help / working                B. helping / to work
        C. to help / to work                D. helping / working
44. Jean detested ______ She often refused ______ her photographs taken.
        A. photographed / have        B. to be photographed / had
        C. be photographed / having        D. being photographed / to have
45. I happened ______ John ______ the street yesterday.
        A. to see / to cross        B. see / crossed        C. to see / crossing        D. seeing /
to cross
46. The robbers forced the bank manager ______ the safe.
        A. open        B. to open        C. opening        D. opened
47. Your responsibility includes ______ reservations.
        A. take        B. to take        C. taking        D. taken
48. What about ______ home instead of ______ the car?
        A. to walk / taking        B. walking / to take        C. walking / taking        D. to
walk / to take
49. The police recommend ______ along that street at night.
        A. not walking        B. not to walk        C. not walk        D. do not walk
50. Neil Armstrong was the first ______ in a spaceship. Many people still recall
______ the scene when he placed his first step on the Moon.
        A. flew / see         B. to fly / seeing         C. flown / seeing         D. flying / to see
Complete the following text, putting the verbs into the gerund or the to-infinitive
1. I like (go) _________to the zoo.
2. The play wasn't very good. The audience started (leave) _________before it
was over.
3. After a brief interruption, the professor continued (lecture) _________
4. The children love (swim) _________in the ocean.
5. I hate (see) _________any living being suffer. I can't bear it.
6. I'm afraid of flying. When a plane begins (move) _________down the runway,
my heart starts (race) _________Oh - oh! The plane is beginning (move)
_________and my heart's starting (race)
7. When I travel, I prefer (drive) _________to( take) _________  a plane.
8. I prefer (drive) _________ rather than (take) _________a plane.
9. I always remember( turn) _________off all the lights before I leave my house.
10. I can remember (be) _________very proud and happy when I graduated.
11. Did you remember (give) _________Jack my message?
12. I remember (play)_ _________with dolls when I was a child.
13. What do you remember (do) _________when you were a child?
14. What do you remember (do) _________before you left for class this morning?
15. What did you forget (do) _________before you leave for class every day?
16. I'll never forget (carry) _________my wife over the threshold when we moved
into our first home.
17. I can't ever forget (watch) _________our team score the winning goal in the
last seconds of the game to capture the national championship.
18. Don't forget (do) _________your homework tonight!
19. I regret (inform) _________you that your loan application has not been
approved.
20. I regret (not listen) _________to my father's advice. He was right.
Supply an appropriate preposition and verb forms
1. Alice isn't interested_________ (look) _________for a new job.
2. Henry is excited _________ (leave) _________for India.
3. You are capable_________ (do). _________better work
4. I have no excuse (be) _________late.
5. I'm accustomed_________ (have) _________a big breakfast.
6. The rain prevented us_________ (complete) _________the work
7. Fred is always complaining_________ (have) _________a headache.
8. Instead _________ (study) _________, Margaret went to a ball game with some
of her friends.
9. Thank you_________ (help) _________me carry the package to the post office.
10. Mrs. Grant insisted_________ (know) _________the whole truth.
11. He showed us how to get to his house_________ (draw) _________a map.
12. You should take advantage_________ (live) _________here.
13. Laura had a good reason_________ (not go) _________to class yesterday.
14. Everyone in the neighborhood participated_________ (search) _________for
the lost child
15. I apologized to Diane_________ (make) _________her wait for me.
16. The weather is terrible tonight. I don't blame you_________ (not want)
_________ to go to the meeting.
17. Who is responsible_________ (wash) _________and (dry) _________the dishes
after dinner?
18. In addition_________ (go) _________to school full-time, Sam has a parttime
job.
19. The angry look on his face stopped me _________ (speak) _________my mind
20. Where should we go for dinner tonight? Would you object_________(go)
_________to an Italian restaurant?
21. The mayor made another public statement for the purpose_________ (clarify)
_________the new tax proposal.
22. The thief was accused_________ (steal) _________a woman's purse.
23. The jury found Mr. Adams guilty_________ (take) _________ money from the
company he worked for and (keep) _________it for himself.
24. Bill isn't used_________ (wear)_________a suit and tie everyday.
25. I'm going to visit my family during the school vacation. I'm looking
forward_________ (eat) _________my mother's cooking and (sleep) _________ my
own bed.
Supply an appropriate form, gerund or infinitive, of the verbs in brackets.
1. Mary reminded me (not be) _________late for the meeting.
2. We went for a walk after we finished (clean) _________up the kitchen.
3. I forgot (take) _________a book back to the library, so I had to pay a fine.
4. When do you expect (leave)_________on your trip?
5. The baby started (talk) _________when she was about eighteen months old.
6. I don't mind (wait) _________for you. Go ahead and finish (do) _________your
work.
7. I've decided (stay) _________here over vacation and (paint) _________my
room.
8. We discussed (quit) _________our jobs and (open) _________our own business.
9. I'm getting tired. I need (take) _________a break.
10. Sometimes students avoid (look) _________at the teacher if they don't want
(answer) _________a question.
11. The club members discussed (postpone) _________the meeting until March.
12. Most children prefer (watch) _________television to (listen) _________the
radio.
13. My grandfather prefers (read) _________
14. Did Carol agree (go) _________ (camp) _________with you?
15. As the storm approached, the birds quit (sing) _________
16. The taxi driver refused (take) _________a check. He wanted the passengers
(pay) _________in cash.
17. The soldiers were ordered (stand) _________at attention.
18. The travel agent advised us (not wait) _________until August.
19. When a studentasks a question, the teacher always tries (explain)
_________the problems as clearly as possible.
20.I tried everything, but the baby wouldn't stop crying. I tried (hold)
_________him. I tried (feed) _________him. I tried (change) _________ his
diapers. Nothing worked.
Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. I was made to study hard when I was at school.
=> They        
2. If I take the job, I'll have to move to Paris.
=> Taking the job         
3. It's very kind of you to give me a lift.
=> I appreciate         
4. It might be good idea to use honey instead of sugar.
=> Why don't you try         
5. I'm quite happy to look after the baby for you.
=> I don't mind         
6. I must see the manager!
=> I demand .         
7. "Go on, Jack, apply for the job," said Sally.
=> Sally encouraged         
8. You wouldn't know where the Hilton is, would you?
=> Do you happen         
9. Parking is not permitted here.
=> You are         
10. "Shall I carry that bag for you, John?" said Pauline.
=> Pauline offered        
Rewrite each sentences so that it contains the word in capitals, and so that the
meaning stays the same.
1.Jack said that he hadn’t cheated in the exam.
CHEATING        
2. It was difficult for me not to laugh at Wendy's letter.
HELP         
3. I'm sorry but you have not been appointed to the post.
REGRET         
4. I needed a drink of water and so I stopped running.
TO        
5. Luckily Peter didn't pay a fine.
PAYING         
6. I think it would be a good idea to take the train.
SUGGEST         
7. Don't forget the lights when you leave.
OFF         
8. I can hear voices upstairs.
SOMEONE         
9. I think Derek has forgotten the meeting.
APPEARS         
10.My neighbor said he would call the police.
THREATENED         
11.I'm sorry I didn't go to university.                 (REGRET)
=>         
12. Winning the football pools meant we could buy a new car.         (ENABLED)
=>         
13. There is a risk that he will miss the plane if he waits.        (RISKS)
=>         
14.I believe you were the murderer because of this clue.         (LED)
=>         
15.Does using the hotel swimming pool cost extra?         (PAY)
=>         
16.I think that this is the right street.                 (APPEARS)
=>         
17. Jean succeeded in finishing all her work on time.         (MANAGED)
=>         
18.They said they would like me to stay with them in Florida.         (INVITED)
=>         
19.Calling Jim is pointless, because his phone is out of order.         (USE)
=>         
20.It is compulsory for all students to leave a cash deposit.         (REQUIRED)
=>         
PART XIII : MIXED SENTENCE WRITING
EXERCISES(ADVANCED)
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use
between three and eight words, including the word given.
Exercise 1.
1. I never thought that we’d have legal problems.                                 crossed
        => It ..........................................that we’d have legal problems.
2. I’ve decided that teaching is not the right profession for me.
conclusion
        => I’ve ........................that teaching is not the right profession for me.
3. Could you tell me where you were last night, Mr Johnson?
account
        => Could you..........................your whereabouts last night, Mr Johnson?
4. The journalist pretended that she was a parent of one of the children.
false
        => The journalist....................that she was a parent of one of the children.
5. You have to use logic and lateral thinking in equal measure in this job.
strike
        => You have to ................................................. logic and lateral thinking in this
job.
6. I didn’t tell Angie because I didn’t want to hurt Eddie’s feelings.        
consideration
        => I didn’t tell Angie.................................................... Eddie.
Exercise 2.
1. I’m never going to forget to consider Darren's views when I make a decision
again.        account
        => That's the last time I ...............................................when I make a decision.
2. I don’t know how on earth she thinks of such brilliant plots for her novels.
come
        => How on earth .............................................such brilliant plots for her novels?
3. I’m sure Nancy is still presuming that the party starts at nine.                
impression
        => I’m sure Nancy.................................................................. that the party starts
at nine.
4. Sean, do you know yet what you’re doing this evening?                        
mind
        => Sean, ................................................ yet what you’re doing this evening?
5. I told Jeanne, thinking that she’d be supportive - how wrong I was!      
belief
        => I told Jeanne.............................that she’d be supportive - how wrong I was!
6. There’s no way that you're staying out all night with your friends, I'm
afraid.        question
        => Your staying out all night with your friends............................, I'm afraid.
7. I’m glad you now see sense and agree that your parents are right.        
senses
        => I’m glad ...................................................... and agree that your parents are
right.
8. I think you think - wrongly - that this is all a conspiracy against you.
misapprehension
        => I think.................................................................that this is all a conspiracy
against you.
Exercise 3.
1. I started working at eight and I was still working at six in the evening, when
you called. been
        => When you called,..................................................... ten hours.
2. We often went to the seaside with our grandparents as children.          
would
        => Our grandparents........................................... to the seaside as children.
3. It’s about seven years now since Laura started to learn Russian.                
learning
        => Laura.................................................................. seven years.
4. Being with the older children soon stopped being frightening when I went to
secondary school.
                                        used
        => Secondary school was frightening, but I .............with the older children.
5. Every night for the past week I have had the same dream.                        
having
        => I ................................................................. for a week now.
6. I always disliked karate lessons but now I’m starting to enjoy
them.                used
        => I ..................................... karate lessons, but now I’m starting to.
Exercise 4.
1. Don’t you think we should decorate the living room soon?                      
up
        => Isn't it about time ..................................................the living room?
2. Why should I offer you advice if you won’t listen?                                  
use
        => What’s ..................................you advice if you won’t listen?
3. Being in prison seems to have changed Kevin's behaviour for the better.
leaf
        => Kevin has....................................................he got out of prison.
4. Don’t complain about it to me because it won’t make any difference      
good
        => It’s.............................. it because it won’t make any difference.
5. You only have a short time to do this work, so don’t waste time.              
clock
        => You are................................................................ , so don’t waste time.
6. When her dream of meeting Kylie came true after so long, Carol couldn’t
believe it.         reality 
        => Carol couldn’t believe it when her dream of meetirg Kylie............after so
long.
7. I often think that Sean is actually his twin brother, Michael.                      
mix
        => I often...............................................................his twin brother, Michael.
8.  Would you like to do what the form teacher does?                                    
places
        => Would you like to ............................ the form teacher?
Exercise 5.
1. Shona will find out if she has been promoted very soon.                            
just
        => Shona............................................find out if she has been promoted.
2. They will decide very soon whether to close the Paris office.                    
point
        => They...............................................whether to close the Paris office.
3. The plan is that I will give a presentation to the board on Friday morning.
due
        => I...............................a presentation to the board on Friday morning.
4. Are you going home in a minute?                                                                
about
        => Are you ...................................................... home?
5. Actually, there won’t be a general election for a while.                              
verge
        => Actually, we ..........................................a general election.
6. What time do the inspectors arrive tomorrow?                                            
due
        => What time.........................................tomorrow?
7. Keep this a secret.                                                                                        
to
        => You are...............................................anyone about this.
Exercise 6.
1. The government needs to stop this ridiculous bureaucratic
system,.                put
        => The government needs to............this ridiculous bureaucratic system.
2. No one except Jake has ever beaten me at a game of chess.                 only
        => Jake............................................oeat me at a game of chess.
3. It’s time we began to sort through these cupboards.                         start
        => It’s time we ......................through these cupboards.
4. Julie asked for a second’s thinking time before she answered.                fust
        => 'Could............................... think before I answer?’ asked Julie.
5. I can’t really remember the last time I had a day off.                         ages
        => It feels............................................ I had a day off.
6. Scry, Alan, but right now I’m rather busy.                                in
        => Sorry. Alan, but at ....................I’m rather busy.
7. They painted the wall very well.                                made
        => They.....................................the wall
Exercise 7.
1. That medicine was very effective and I started to feel better immediately.          
magic
        => That medicine............................and I started to feel better immediately.
2. The day started really well when we heard that Bob had been given his own
TV series.flying
        => The day...............when we heard that Bob had been given his own TV
series.
3. Ido like this job, but I sometimes wonder if I've chosen the right career path.
again
        => I do like this job, but..................... I wonder if I've chosen the right career
path.
4. The headmaster was determined to stop all bullying at the school.
end
        => The headmaster was determined to...............to all bullying at the school.
5. No one nowadays believes in witches, do they?                                  age
        => No one.......................believes in witches, do they?
6. We were just about to leave for the airport when we heard all planes had been
grounded.point
        => We were..............for the airport when we heard all planes had been
grounded.
7. I'll just finish this e-mail and then I'll be with you.                          second
        => It...........................finish this e-mail and then I'll be with you.
8. Ralph would hand in his resignation immediately if he could find a better job.
hat
        => Ralph would hand in his resignation....................if he could find a better
job.
Exercise 8.
1. They made me wait for over 20 minutes on the phone!                 kept
        => I ............................................... for over 20 minutes on the phone!
2. Although people consider Ashley to be a star, she is always friendly towards
everyone.
                                        considered
        => Despite..................................., Ashley’s always friendly towards everyone.
3. We have had reports that the Prime Minister is making a surprise visit to
Syria.        be
        => The Prime Minister................................a surprise visit to Syria.
4. The manager provided the staff with extra training.                         by
        => The....................................................the manager.
5. I think someone needs to explain this computer program to me.
explaining
        => I think I need............................................................... me.
6. They have been building the new stadium for much longer than they
originally estimat. under
        => The new stadium...............................for much longer than they originally
estimated.
7. Do you know why they made Craig stay behind after the lesson?                 to
        => Do you know why...................................... behind after the lesson?
8. Call Lionel and ask him to send the reports up to my office.                      
have
        => Call Lionel and.......................... the reports up to my office.
Exercise 9.
1. Smith gave the ball to Jones just before the referee blew his whistle.          
by
        => Jones..............................Smith just before the referee blew his whistle.
2. Reports say that ponce have arrested a number of people since the robbery.
reported
        => There...............................................a number of arrests since the robbery.
3. Try to stay level with the other runners at the start of the race.                      
fall
        => Try.............................................. the other runners at the start of the race.
4. The police have put a barrier around the building to keep people out.        
cordoned
        => The ouilding............................................................... police.
5. A friend of ours fixed our car for us.                                                              
had
        => We.................................................. our car.
6. The managing director always likes to welcome new employees on their first
day. point
        => The managing director always.................... new employees on their first
day.
7. After a slow start, the audience were soon laughing at the comedian’s jokes.
had
        => After a slow start, the comedian.........................................at his jokes.
8. I just need to finish this work and then I'll call you.                                        
way
        => I just need to .............................and then I'll call you.
Exercise 10.
1. It's possible that Greg dian’t go to Swansea after all.                                       not
        => Greg............................................ to Swansea after all.
2. It’s quite likely that Sasha was lying about what Doug said.                         well
        => Sasha........................................... about what Doug said.
3. The most likely situation is that they awarded Grandpa the medal during the
war.         must
        => Grandpa................................................during the war.
4. I'd be surprised if Derek has already arrived.                                 ought
        => Derek................................................... yet.
5. Jake, is it definite that they naven't announced the winner yet?
will
        => Jake,.....................................................announced yet?
6. It's highly likely that Stephen was listening.                                 may
        => Stephen.................................... listening.
7. It’s not possible that Ardrew is half Spanish.                                          be
        => Andrew........................................ half Spanish.
Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the
same as the sentence printed before it.
1. Don’t act fast, you might make a mistake.                                                HASTE
        =>                 
2. She could not answer the merchants in their own language.                        ABLE
        =>                 
3. We were asking ourselves if they were really
there.                                        WONDERING
        =>                 
4. Don’t you think we should ask the price?                                                HAD
BETTER
        =>                 
5. We can’t buy the house because the down payment is so high.                        SO
… THAT
        =>                 
6. She is not a young woman which is not important because her admirers find
her ageless.
                                                                                                        NO MATTER
        =>                 
7.        It is really difficult to control the increase of
vandalism.                                RISING TIDE
        =>                 
8.        Vandals are often youngsters who have done poorly in school and want to
take revenge on the administration and the teachers of the
schools.                                                GET EVEN
        =>                 
9.        The vandals spoil the appearance of the walls and break the
windows.                DEFACE
        =>                 
10.        I think I should take a coat.                                                                HAD
BETTER
        =>                 
11.        Paul won’t try because he’s afraid of
failing.                                                SO … THAT
        =>                 
12.        They were successful in their affairs for a time.                                        DID
WELL
        =>                 
13.        It is not important who you are because you are expected to obey the
law.        NO MATTER
        =>                 
14.        He feels stupid by comparison because his brothers are very
bright.                SUCH
        =>                 
15.        When the great leader died and they were left on their own, they began to
lose their conquests.
                                                                                                        IN CHARGE OF
        =>                 
16.        The scientists said that Voyager would reach Jupiter in March, and it
did.        ACCORDING
        =>                 
17.        She did it because she was kind.                                                        OUT OF
        =>                 
18.        Your brother is young, but he has enough experience for the
job.                        DESPITE
        =>                 
19.        Everything was covered with gold paint except two very small
holes.                WITH  THE …
        =>                 
20.        Washington’s example strengthened his
soldiers’determination.                        STRONGER
        =>                 
21.        That noise is making people
deaf.                                                        DEAFENING
        =>                 
22.        People ask questions either because they are curious or
bored.                        OUT OF
        =>                 
23.        My friends are proud of their sons, but they don’t talk about
them.                IN SPITE
        =>                 
24.        Only a mother buffalo finds baby buffalos pretty.                                        IT
TAKES …
        =>                 
25.        It is impossible to please
everybody.                                                        THERE IS …
        =>                 
26.        The offenders are determined to do
better.                                                BENT ON
        =>                 
27.        Peter has been arrested twice for careless driving. He has decided to be
more careful.        
                                                                                                        HAVING
        =>                 
28.        Even if you are noticed, your eagerness will be helpful to
you.                YOUR FAVOUR
        =>                 
29.        Be certain that your clothes are clean and well
pressed.                                MAKE SURE
        =>                 
30.        Joan tried to explain her ideas, but she could not convince her
father.                DESPITE
        =>                 
31.        The judge listened to their story in silence.  He decided to give them a
lecture.        
                                                                                                THE JUDGE WHO
        =>                 
32.        There’s a teacher’s meeting tomorrow; several classes are
cancelled.                DUE TO
        =>                 
33.        The boys promised to behave in the future.  They were allowed to go
home.        ONCE
        =>                 
34.        The director has a good opinion of people who are
early.                                VERY  HIGHLY
        =>                 
35.        The boys had nothing to do that evening.  They thought it would be fun
to smash some
windows.                                                                                        SINCE
        =>                 
36.        The meeting will  take place in his office.                                                IS
        =>                 
37.        Until now women’s vote has not made much
difference.                                SO FAR,
        =>                 
38.        He smoked a cigarette.  At the same time he waited for the
manager.                WHILE
        =>                 
39.        Employers prefer to hire younger people.  That’s the
truth.                        THE FACT
        =>                 
40.        They can make a mistake if they don’t know the people’s
origins.                AWARE
        =>                 
41.        Sometimes, manners are related to national customs.                                A
MATTER OF
        =>                 
42.        He said that his shyness prevented him from behaving well in
society.                KEPT
        =>                 
43.        He shaved his beard to please his
wife.                                                SHAVING
        =>                 
44.        George always helped his father in the store.                                        A
HAND
        =>                 
45.        Do you ever think that geology is a very interesting
field?                                OCCUR
        =>                 
46.        Perhaps I can persuade you to
study.                                                        TALK … INTO
        =>                 
47.        How can I compensate for my mistake?                                                MAKE
UP
        =>                 
48.        We felt like going out last night.                                                        MOOD
        =>                 
49.        That book deserves to be
read.                                                                WORTH
        =>                 
50.        Supposedly, oil can be extracted from a rock called
shale.                                THEORY
        =>                 
51.        The operation is far from simple.                                                        NOT
AT  ALL
        =>                 
52.        Most people are impressed and afraid of nuclear
energy.                                AWE
        =>                 
53.        He only went to the concert because Mary wanted him
to.                        PLEASE
        =>                 
54.        Your contract says that you are to be here by nine every
day.                        UNDER
        =>                 
55.        He looks exactly like his father.                                                        IMAGE
        =>                 
56.        His arrival was completely unexpected.                                                TOOK
        =>                 
57.        I’ll be unable to keep my appointment with Mr
Marshall.                                CANCEL
        =>                 
58.        If I’d been Jane, I wouldn’t have told Andrew about the car
accident.                PLACE
        =>                 
59.        The stories James tells about his war experiences are quite
incredible.                BEYOND
        =>                 
60.        It’s no use asking Mrs. Carrouthers to sing at the concert, she’s going
away.        THERE’S
        =>                 
61.        We shouldn’t consider the other
theories.                                                WORTH
        =>                 
62.        I knew he was our man the moment I saw him.                                        SET
EYES
        =>                 
63.        My brother speaks French
well.                                                        COMMAND
        =>                 
64.        The flags were sold to help the blind.                                                        AID
        =>                 
65.        Let me know as soon as you have any news.                                        THE
MINUTE
        =>                 
66.        I advise you not to believe what you read in the papers about
me.                RELY
        =>                 
67.        We missed the bus because we had
overslept.                                CONSEQUENCE
        =>                 
68.        They continued to suggest that I was
lying.                                                PERSISTED
        =>                 
69.        Both children and adults will enjoy this
game.                                        ALIKE
        =>                 
70.        Tax contributes to the cost of local
services.                                                PAID
        =>                 
71.        The milkman appears to be running away from your fierce
dog.                AS IF / THOUGH
        =>                 
72.        I find his clothes the most irritating thing about
him.                                WHAT
        =>                 
73.        The discovery of how to light fires gave man a new control over his
environment.ABLE
        =>                 
74.        However friendly he seems, he’s not to be
trusted.                                        THOUGH
        =>                 
75.        The suitcase was extremely heavy but he managed to lift
it.                        DESPITE
        =>                 
76.        This must be true so we should inform the President.                                IF
        =>                 
77.        He will come.  It is in his own
interest.                                                BOUND
        =>                 
78.        Although I was told that I would be unhappy I married
him.                        IN SPITE
        =>                 
79.        Mr Smith won’t attend the
meeting.                                                        UNDER
        =>                 
80.        Although they are poor they can afford
beer.                                        THOUGH
        =>                 
81.        She answered the policeman’s questions as accurately as she
could.                ACCURATE
        =>                 
82.        Romantic love must be present, or the marriage will seem
insincere.                OTHERWISE
        =>                 
83.        What I like about him is his
honesty.                                                        MORE  THAN
        =>                 
84.        We were late because we missed the
train.                                                THROUGH
        =>                 
85.        She said I was a liar.                                                                        ACCUSED
        =>                 
86.        To be fair to him, I don’t think he really meant to deceive
you.                        JUSTICE
        =>                 
87.        The cook is brilliant but knows nothing about French
sauces.                        AS  /  THOUGH
        =>                 
88.        A mistake of this kind could cause the wrong person to be
arrested.                RESULT   IN
        =>                 
89.        The company may well make a profit next
year.                                        SURPRISING
        =>                 
90.        I seldom go to pop concerts.                                                                ONLY  
ON …
        =>                 
91.        This matter is too serious to be dealt with hurriedly.                                A
MATTER
        =>                 
92.        Don’t repeat this to anyone, but Jones has been
sacked.                                LET
        =>                 
93.        How do you feel about capital
punishment?                                                WHAT  ARE …
        =>                 
94.        I can’t believe the Prime Minister really means to
resign.                                I  FIND  …
        =>                 
95.        My knowledge of medieval art is very limited.                                        I
DON’T …
        =>                 
96.        It is impossible to prove that Louis was in the flat on the night of the
murder.        EVIDENCE
        =>                 
97.        The value of this Spanish coin is about 200
pounds.                                WORTH
        =>                 
98.        The raising of the school-leaving age has resulted in unforeseen
difficulties.        ARISING
        =>                 
99.        Do you agree with the Council’s plans to widen the High
Street?                        AGREEMENT
        =>                 
100.  As these are your conditions, I have no choice but to abide by
them.                BEING
        =>                 

CHAPTER III : PHONETICS

PART I : PRONUNCIATIONS
 THEORY
 Vowels : nguyên âm
 Consonants : phụ âm
 Monophthongs: nguyên âm đơn
 Diphthongs: nguyên âm đôi
International Phonetic Alphabet(IPA)(BẢNG PHIÊN ÂM QUỐC TẾ)
Monophthongs Diphthongs
i: I ʊ u: iə ei
sheep ship good shoot here wait
VOWELS e ə ɜ: ɔ: ʊə ɔi əʊ
ten teacher bird door tourist boy show
æ ʌ ɑ: ɒ eə ai aʊ
cat cup far on hair my cow
p b t d tʃ dʒ k g
pea boat tea dog cheese June car go
f v θ ð s z ʃ ʒ
CONSONANTS fly video think this see zoo she television
m n ŋ h l r w j
man now Singer hat love red wet yes

CÁCH ĐỌC PHIÊN ÂM

Viết Cách đọc phiên âm tiếng Việt Ví dụ phổ biến

i: Đọc là ii nhưng dài, nặng và Feet /fi:t/ See /si:/ Sheep

nhấn mạnh

i Đọc như i bình thường giống Alien /eiliən/ xa lạ. Happy /’hæpi/

Tiếng Việt

I Đọc như i nhưng ngắn, dứt Fit /fIt/ hợp, vừa. Sit /sIt/

khoát

e Đọc như e bình thường Bed /bed/. Ten /ten/

æ Đọc là ea nối liền nhau và Bad /bæd/ Hat /hæt/
nhanh

ɑ: Đọc là aa nhưng dài, nặng, Arm /ɑ:m/ . Fast /fɑ:st/

nhấn mạnh

ɒ, ɔ Đọc là o dứt khoát Got /ɡɒt/ . Shot /ʃɒt/

ɔ: Đọc là oo dài, nặng và nhấn Saw /sɔ:/ cưa, cái cưa. Short /ʃɔ:t/

mạnh

ʊ Đọc là u ngắn và dứt khoát Foot /fʊt/. Put /pʊt/

u: Đọc là uu dài, nặng, mạnh Food /fu:d/. Too /tu:/

u Đọc là u bình thường Actual /´æktʃuəl/. Visual /´viʒuəl/

ʌ Đọc là â trong Tiếng Việt Cup /cʌp/. Drum /drʌm/ cái trống

ɜ: Đọc là ơơ dài, nặng, nhấn Bird /bɜ:d/. Nurse /nɜ:s/

mạnh

ə Đọc là ơ bình thường trong TV Ago /ə´gəʊ/. Never /´nevə(r)/

ei Đọc là êi hoặc ây trong Tiếng Page /peidʒ/. Say /sei/

Việt

əʊ, Đọc là âu trong Tiếng Việt Home /həʊm/. Low /ləʊ/

ou

ai Đọc là ai trong Tiếng Việt Five /faiv/. Sky /skai/

aʊ Đọc là ao trong Tiếng Việt Flower /´flaʊə(r)/. Now /naʊ/

ɔi Đọc là ooi trong Tiếng Việt Boy /bɔi/. Join /dʒɔin/

iə Đọc là iơ hoặc là ia trong Tiếng Here /hiə(r)/. Near /niə(r)/

Việt

eə Đọc là eơ liền nhau, nhanh, ơ Care /keə(r)/. Hair /heə(r)/

hơi câm
ʊə Đọc là uơ hoặc ua trong Tiếng Pure /pjʊə(r)/ tinh khiết. Tour /tʊə(r)/
Việt

p Đọc là pơ ờ trong Tiếng Việt Pen /pen/. Soup /su:p/

b Đọc là bờ nhanh, dứt khoát Bad /bæd/. Web /web/

t Đọc là thờ nhanh, gọn, dứt Dot /dɒt/. Tea /ti:/

điểm

d Đọc là đờ nhanh, gọn, dứt Did /did/. Stand /stænd/

điểm

k Đọc là kha nhanh, gọn(giống Cat /kæt/. Desk /desk/

caa)

ɡ Đọc là gờ nhanh, dứt khoát Bag /bæg/ cái cặp sách. Got /ɡɒt/

tʃ Đọc là chờ nhanh, gọn, dứt Chin /tʃin/. Match /mætʃ/ diêm

điểm

dʒ Đọc là giơ ngắn, dứt khoát June /dʒu:n/. Page /peidʒ/

f Đọc là phờ nhanh, dứt điểm Fall /fɔ:l/. Safe /seif/

v Đọc là vờ nhanh, gọn, dứt điểm Voice /vɔis/. Wave /weiv/

ɵ Đọc là tờdờ nối liền, nhanh, tờ Bath /bɑ:ɵ/. Thin /ɵin/

hơi câm

ð Đọc là đờ nhanh, nhẹ Bathe /beið/. Then /ðen/

s Đọc là xờ nhanh, nhẹ, phát âm Rice /rais/. So /səʊ/

gió

z Đọc là dơ nhẹ và kéo dài Rose /rəʊz/. Zip /zip/ tiếng rít

ʃ Đọc là sơ nhẹ, kéo dài hơi gió She /ʃi:/. Wash /wɒʃ/

ʒ Đọc là giơ nhẹ, phát âm ngắn Measure /´meʒə/. Vision /´viʒn/

h Đọc là hơ nhẹ, âm ngắn, gọn How /haʊ/. Who /hu:/

 m Đọc là mơ nhẹ, âm ngắn, gọn Man /mæn/. Some /sʌm/

n Đọc là nơ nhẹ, âm ngắn, gọn No /nəʊ/. Mutton /´mʌtn/ thịt cừu

ŋ Đọc là ngơ nhẹ, dứt điểm Singer /´siŋə/. Tongue /tʌŋ/ cái lưỡi

l Đọc là lơ nhẹ, ngắn, dứt điểm Leg /leg/. Metal /´metl/ kim loạ

r Đọc là rơ nhẹ, ngắn, dứt khoát Red /red/. Train /trein/

j Đọc là iơ liền nhau, nối dài Menu /´menju:/. Yes /jes/

w Đọc là guơ liền nhau, nhanh, Wet /wet/. Why /wai/

gọn
ÂM CÂM
Một số chữ cái trong một số từ bao gồm phụ âm và nguyên âm không được phát âm thành tiếng
được gọi là âm câm (silent sounds). Sau đây là một số âm câm thường gặp:
Chữ cái – Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ
b đứng cuối trong một số từ (thường đi sau climb, dumb, comb doubt, debt
m)
b đứng trước t
c đứng trước k snack, dock
c đứng sau s trong một số từ scene, muscle, science
d trong một số từ handsome, Wednesday
h trong một số từ hour, exhausted
gh trong một số từ (đặc biệt là sau i) weigh, sight
k đứng trước n know, knee, knife
l trong một số từ half, could
n đứng sau m autumn, condemn
p đứng đâu một từ, theo sau là một phụ âm psychology, receipt
và một số trường hợp khác
r đứng trước một phụ âm khác hoặc đứng card, park, farm, burn, neighbour,
cuối từ đó volunteer
t trong một số từ listen, castle
w đứng trước r hoặc h trong một số từ wreck, who
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM ĐUÔI “ –ED” CUỐI
Quy tắc
( Dựa vào phát âm chứ không phải chữ cuối )
/id/ t ,d : tình đầu
 Ex: wanted , ended
Ngoại lệ: Đuôi “ed” trong các tính từ sau được đọc là /id/
naked                  aged                          learned                wicked        
dogged                blessed                     beloved               crooked
/t/ K , SS , X, CH , F  , CE , P , GH , SH
( Khúc sông xưa chuyến phà củ phải ghé sang )
Ex: worked , kissed, faxed , watched, laughed , faced , helped ,
roughed, washed
=> s hoặc -ss thì luôn đúng, nhưng -se có thể đọc /t/ hoặc /d/ tùy theo
từ.
/d/ b , g , l, m , n, r, v, y, I, e…..
Ex: played , loved , happened…..
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –S /ES” CUỐI :
Quy tắc
/s/ Thời phong kiến phương tây
Ex: cloths, beliefs, books ,  cups ,  cats
/iz/ Chúng xổ số zới sh sẽ ce ge
Ex: watches, boxes, buses, buzzes
crashes, focuses , resources , bridges
/z/ Ex: robs, bags, pools, costumes, begins , floors , leaves 
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the
following questions.
 Phát âm đuôi –s/es
1. A. nations        B. speakers                C. languages                D. minds
2. A. proofs        B. looks                C. lends                D. stops
3. A. dates        B. bags                C. photographs                D. speaks
4. A. parents        B. brothers                C. weekends                D. feelings
5. A. chores        B. dishes                C. houses                D. coaches
6. A. works        B. shops                C. shifts                D. plays
7. A. coughs        B. sings                C. stops                D. sleeps
8. A. signs        B. profits                C. becomes                D. survives
9. A. proofs        B. books                C. points                D. days
10. A. phones         B. streets                 C. books                 D. makes
11. A. proofs         B. regions                 C. lifts                 D. rocks
12. A. involves         B. believes                 C. suggests                 D. steals
13. A. remembers         B. cooks                C. walls                 D. pyramids
14. A. miles         B. words                 C. accidents                 D. names
15. A. sports         B. plays                 C. chores                 D. minds
16. A. walks        B. steps                C. shuts                D. plays
17. A. wishes        B. practices                C. introduces                D. leaves
18. A. grasses         B. stretches                 C. comprises                 D. potatoes
19. A. desks         B. maps                 C. plants                 D. chairs
20. A. pens        B. books                C. phones                 D. tables
21. A. dips         B. deserts                 C. books                 D. camels
22. A. knees        B. peas                C. trees                D. niece
23. A. cups        B. stamps                C. books                D. pens
24. A. houses        B. faces                C. hates                D. places
25. A. miles         B. attends                 C. drifts                 D. glows
26. A. mends        B. develops                C. values                D. equals
27. A. repeats         B. classmates                 C. amuses                 D. attacks
28. A. humans        B. dreams                C. concerts                D. songs
29. A. manages        B. laughs                C. photographs                 D. makes
30. A. dishes        B. oranges                C. experiences                D. chores
 Phát âm đuôi -ed
31. A. lifted        B. lasted         C. happened         D. decided
32. A. believed         B. prepared         C. involved         D. liked
33. A. coughed         B. phoned         C. booked         D. stopped
34. A. talked         B. looked         C. naked         D. worked
35. A. developed         B. ignored         C. laughed         D. washed
36. A. phoned         B. stated         C. mended         D. old-aged
37. A. clapped         B. attracted         C. lifted         D. needed
38. A. involved         B. believed         C. praised         D. locked
39. A. remembered         B. cooked        C. raised         D. cleaned
40. A. smiled         B. regarded         C. suggested         D. naked
41. A. collected         B. changed         C. formed         D. viewed
42. A. walked         B. entertained         C. reached         D. looked
43. A. watched         B. stopped         C. pushed         D. improved
44. A. admired        B. looked         C. missed         D. hoped
45. A. proved        B. changed        C. pointed        D. played
46. A. helped        B. laughed        C. cooked        D. intended
47. A. smoked         B. followed         C. titled         D. implied
48. A. failed        B. reached        C. absorbed        D. solved
49. A. invited         B. attended         C. celebrated        D. displayed
50. A. smiled         B. denied        C. divorced        D. agreed
51. A. planned        B. developed        C. valued        D. recognized
52. A. approved         B. answered         C. passed         D. uttered
53. A. doubted        B. wedded        C. connected        D. passed 
54. A. managed        B. laughed        C. captured         D. signed
55. A. washed        B. exchanged        C. experienced        D. mixed
56. A. filled        B. added        C. started        D. intended
57. A. removed         B. washed         C. hoped         D. missed
58. A. looked         B. laughed         C. moved         D. stepped
59. A. wanted         B. parked         C. stopped         D. watched
60. A. laughed        B. passed         C. suggested         D. placed
 Phát âm nguyên âm/phụ âm
61. A. unlike        B. university                C. unit                D. union
62. A. sister        B. close                C. houses                D. house
63. A. father        B. anything                C. another                D. although
64. A. feeling        B. weekend                C. reading                D. ready
65. A. secure        B. future                C. mature                D. culture
66. A. banquet        B. sacrifice                C. ambulance                D. husband
67. A. polite        B. idea                C. police                D. oblige
68. A. family        B. father                C. happy                D. frankly
69. A. hospital        B. confidence                C. biologist                D. home
70. A. night        B. children                C. shift                D. quit
71. A. mother        B. brother                C. although                D. enough
72. A. prepare        B. caring                C. repair                D. farther
73. A. leave        B. week                C. live                D. police
74. A. pollute        B. busy                C. solution                D. conclusion
75. A. chores        B. children                C. mischievous                D. school
76. A. sacrifice        B. determine                C. involve                D. different
77. A. attitude        B. wisdom                C. determine                D. unwise
78. A. of        B. leaf                C. family                D. confide
79. A. hand        B. demand                C. happy                D. hat
80. A. house        B. thousand                C. young                D. mouth
81. A. equal        B. arrest                C. reject                D. envelope
82. A. culture        B. under                C. conduct                D. bushes
83. A. change        B. teacher                C. school                D. each
84. A. good        B. groom                C. school                D. roof
85. A. thin        B. think                C. many                D. under
86. A. how        B. shower                C. now                D. below
87. A. great        B. feature                C. leaf                D. lead
88. A. symbol        B. physical                C. apply                D. ceremony
89. A. wedding        B. exchange                C. guest                D. ancestor
90. A. guest        B. grateful                C. groom                D. generation
PART II : STRESS
  THEORY
Khi phát âm, mỗi từ trong tiếng Anh được cấu thành bởi một hoặc nhiều âm tiết.
Example:
Từ 1 âm tiết Từ 2 âm tiết 3 syllables
(one syllable) (2 syllables) (từ 3 âm tiết)
Mum Mother Grandmother
/mʌm/ /'mʌðə/ /'græn,mʌðə/
Nếu một từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên, bạn sẽ phải nhấn trọng âm khi phát âm từ đó.
Cần chú ý là:
 mỗi từ chỉ có một trọng âm chính
 Trọng âm được nhấn vào nguyên âm, không phải phụ âm của âm tiết.
Khi nhấn trọng âm cho một âm tiết trong từ, ta phát âm âm tiết đó dài hơn,  rõ
hơn và cao hơn.
Examples:
SATurday /'sætədei/
MORning /'mɔ:niɳ/
SUNday /'sʌndei/
1. Một số quy tắc nhấn trọng âm trong các từ có 2 âm tiết.
- Hầu hết các danh từ và tính từ hai âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất.
Ví dụ:
Nouns Adjectives
BROther HAPpy
MONey PRETty
SHOWer SUNny
- Hầu hết các động từ hai âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai, trừ các động từ 2
âm tiết kết thúc bằng “er” và “en”.
Ví dụ:
Động từ 2 âm tiết Ngoại lệ
(2-syllable verbs) Exceptions
rePEAT  /ri'pi:t/ ANswer/'ɑ:nsə/
alLOW /ə'laʊ/ OFfer/'ɔfə/
enJOY /in'ʤɔi/ LISten/'lisn/
- Một số từ 2 âm tiết vừa là động từ, vừa là danh từ. Khi là danh từ, trọng âm
được nhấn vào âm tiết thứ nhất. Khi là động từ, trọng âm được nhấn vào âm tiết
thứ 2.
Tuy nhiên, có một số ngoại lệ đối với nguyên tắc này.
Ví dụ:
Động từ Danh từ Exceptions
(Verbs) (Nouns) (Verbs and Nouns)
 reCORD REcord ANswer
conTRAST CONtrast PROmise
exPORT EXport TRAvel
deSERT DEsert Visit
obJECT OBject reply
preSENT PREsent PICture
proDUCE PROduce
reBEL REbeL
proTEST PROtest

2. Một số quy tắc nhấn trọng âm đối với các từ ghép (compound words). Từ
ghép là từ được tạo thành bằng cách ghép 2 từ đơn với nhau.
- Hầu hết các danh từ ghép (compound nouns) 2 âm tiết đều có trọng âm chính
rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất.
Ví dụ:
Danh từ ghép (Compound Nouns)
BLACKboard          NOTEbook          
ARMchair               TOOTHpaste                
BOOKcase               MAILbox
RAILway                 KEYboard            
HIGHway                PLAYground              
FOOTball                 HOTdog
- Hầu hết các tính từ ghép (compound adjectives) có phần thứ nhất là tính từ
hoặc trạng từ thì trọng âm chính rơi vào phần thứ hai.
Nhiều tính từ ghép bắt đầu bằng danh từ, có trọng âm rơi vào phần thứ nhất.
Ví dụ:
Trọng âm rơi Trọng âm rơi vào
vào phần thứ 2 phần thứ 1
old-FAshioned HOMEsick
well-DRESS HEART-broken
good-LOOKING LOVEsick
fast-CHANGING
- Hầu hết các động từ ghép (compound verbs) có trọng âm chính rơi vào phần
thứ 2.
Ví dụ
Động từ ghép
(compound verbs)
overFLOW                underSTATE    
underSTAND            overWEIGH
3. Một số trường hợp mà trọng âm của từ phái sinh từ một từ gốc có trọng âm
giống trọng âm của từ gốc.
- Một số  từ có 2 âm tiết được tạo ra từ một từ gốc 1 âm tiết.
Ví dụ:
 art         🡪 artist
drive         🡪 driver
move         🡪 remove
come         🡪 become
Với những từ này , trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết của từ gốc
art         🡪 ARTist
drive         🡪 DRIVer
move         🡪 reMove
come         🡪 beCOME
4. Một số tiền tố và hậu tố mà trọng âm của từ gốc không bị thay đổi khi được
ghép với chúng, dù từ mới được tạo ra là từ hai âm tiết hay một từ dài có từ ba
âm tiết trở lên.
Trọng âm của từ gốc không bị thay đổi khi ghép với tiền tố và hậu tố sau :
Rules Examples
Trọng âm của một từ không bị thay Underpay, unemPLOYed,  imPOSsible
đổi khi ghép với các tiền tố “under”,
“in”, “im”và “un”
Trọng âm của từ không bị thay đổi khi DRINKable, Musical, emPLOYment, Colourful,
ghép với các hậu tố “able”, “al”, “er”, CHILDhood, RUNning, CIVilise, CHILDish, TASTEless,
“or” “ful”, “ing”, “ise”, “ize”, “ish”, FRIENDly, HAPpiness, emPLOYment,
“less”, “ly”, “ment”, “ness”, và “ship”, FRIENDship, emPLOYed
“ed”
Tuy nhiên, khi ta chuyển loại từ, thì một số hậu tố hay đuôi từ lại chuyển trọng âm của từ sang
một âm tiết khác. Dưới đây là một số quy tắc về chuyển trọng âm trong các từ dài.
Rules Examples
- Những từ kết thúc bằng cụm chữ “ ic”, EDucate🡪 education
“ical”  “ics” và “sion”, “tion”, “tional” vàMUsic🡪 muSIcian
“cian” thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết eLECtric🡪elecTRIcian
trước nó.
DECorate🡪decoRAtion
InVITe🡪inviTAtion
eCOMomic🡪ecoNOMic
-Những từ kết thúc bằng “-ity”, “-aphy”, “- PUBlic🡪 pubLICity
logy” có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết trước nó. PHOtograph🡪phoTOgraphy
NATional🡪 natioNALity
CLImate🡪 climaTOlogy
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on you answer sheet to indicate the word that
differs from the rest in the position of the main stress in each of the following
questions.
1. A. produce        B. product        C. actress        D. dentist
2. A. pollute        B. supply        C. provide        D. healthy
3. A. compare        B. single        C. include        D. consult
4. A. prepare        B. section        C. problem        D. reason
5. A. admit        B. account        C. conquer        D. decree
6. A. address        B. involve        C. respect        D. access
7. A. language        B. involve        C. foreign        D. succeed
8. A. poison        B. timber        C. immense        D. contour
9. A. private        B. regard        C. approach        D. permit
10. A. release         B. cancer         C. human        D. surgeon
11. A. focus        B. notice        C. absorb        D. interest
12. A. gather         B. protect         C. suggest         D. reform
13. A. legal         B. custom         C. reverse         D. travel
14. A. special        B. feeling        C. secure        D. caring
15. A. possible        B. annoying        C. together        D. attempting
16. A. interesting        B. personal        C. relation        D. hospital
17. A. confidence        B. decision         C. important        D. another
18. A. hurry        B. rushes         C. secret        D. collect
19. A. member        B. repair        C. frankly        D. closely
20. A. reversed        B. prepared        C. crowded        D. discussed
21. A. daughter        B. although        C. attempt        D. prepare
22. A. photograph        B. expensive        C. anyway        D. holiday
23. A. grandfather        B. progressive        C. supportive        D. recently
24. A. different        B. family        C. importance        D. motorbike
25. A. about        B. study        C. middle        D. busy
26. A. mischievous        B. obedient        C. solution        D. supportive
27. A. join        B. frankly        C. attempt        D. pressure
28. A. begin        B. happen        C. become        D. release
29. A. combine         B. weaken         C. occur        D. emit
30. A. carriage         B. custom        C. decree         D. success
31. A. without        B. doctor        C. pasture        D. cover
32. A. decide         B. expect         C. extra         D. believe
33. A. extreme         B. able         C. poison         D. drainage
34. A. goodbye        B. except        C. themselves        D. gesture
35. A. nature        B. future         C. picture         D. manure
36. A. fellow         B. follow         C. yellow         D. allow
37. A. intend        B. district        C. traffic        D. center
38. A. produce        B. product        C. nation        D. chemist
39. A. spoken        B. people        C. master        D. regard
40. A. friendly        B. guidance        C. expect        D. wonder
41. A. vapor        B. carry        C. garbage        D. exhaust
42. A. welfare        B. resource        C. surgeon        D. timber
43. A. conserve        B. conscious        C. preserve        D. prevent
 44. A. magic        B. weaken        C. happen        D. begin
45. A. enrich        B. enter        C. enlarge        D. enclose
46. A. costume         B. learning        C. engine         D. device
47. A. biologist        B. generally        C. obedient        D. mischievousness
48. A. support        B. obey        C. busy        D. caring
49. A. solution        B. confidence        C. supportive        D. develop
50. A. pressure        B. willing        C. household        D. ensure
51. A. project        B. garbage        C. active        D. enjoy
52. A. hospital        B. afternoon        C. suitable        D. family
53. A. begin        B. visit         C. consist         D. include
54. A. cancer        B. treatment        C. tissue        D. disease
55. A. begin        B. happen        C. become        D. decree
56. A. decree        B. discard        C. dispose        D. delete
57. A. without        B. tractor        C. future        D. actor
58. A. decree        B. carriage        C. conquer        D. follow
59. A. forest        B. supply        C. garbage        D. oxide
60. A. translate        B. transform        C. transact        D. tragedy

CHAPTER IV : COMMUNICATION
SKILLS
 THEORY
CÁC TÌNH HUỐNG GIAO TIẾP THƯỜNG GẶP
1. Lời mời và cách đáp lại lời mời
Tình huống mẫu Đồng ý Từ chối
- Would you like a cup - Yes, please. - I’m sorry to refuse your
of coffee? (Vâng, cảm ơn). invitation.
(Bạn có muốn một tách cà - I’d love to, thanks. (Tôi rất tiếc phải từ chối lời
phê không?) (Mình rất hân hạnh, cám mời của bạn).
- Would you like to ơn). - I can’t, sorry. I have to
come to my party this - That’s very kind of you, work.
Saturday? thanks. (Tôi không thể, xin lỗi nhé.
(Bạn có muốn tới bữa tiệc - It’s very nice of you, Tôi có việc rồi).
của mình thứ Bảy tuần thanks. - Thanks for your
này không?) (Bạn thật tốt, cám ơn). invitation but I’m busy
- Would you care to - That sounds lovely, now.
join us? thanks. (Cảm ơn bạn đã mời nhưng
(Bạn muốn tham gia cùng (Nghe thú vị đó, cảm ơn). giờ tôi bận rồi).
chúng tôi không?) - Thank you for your kind - I’m afraid I won’t be able
- Do you want to go out
with me tonight?
(Bạn có muốn đi chơi cùng
mình tối nay không?)
- Do you feel like
going for a walk?
(Bạn có muốn đi dạo
không?)
2. Lời yêu cầu, đề nghị và cách đáp lại
2.1. Hỏi xin phép làm gì và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu
- Can I borrow your
books?
(Mình có thể mượn những
cuốn sách của bạn không?)
- Could I have some
cake?
(Con có thể ăn một chút
bánh không?)
- Could I possibly sit
here?
(Tôi có thể ngồi ở đây
không?)
- Is it OK/ all right if
I open the window?
invitation.
(Cảm ơn vì lời mời của bạn).
- I’ll be glad to do so.
(Tôi rất vui được làm thế).
- Thanks, I’d like that
very much. (Cảm ơn nhé,
tôi thích như vậy lắm).
- That’s a great idea.
(Thật là ý tưởng tuyệt vời).
- Thanks for inviting
me. (Cảm ơn đã mời tôi).
- Many thanks for your
kind invitation. I’ll join
you. (Cảm ơn rất nhiều vì
lời mời. Tôi sẽ tới).
- With pleasure! (Rất sẵn
lòng).
- Sure. (Chắc chắn rồi).
- Yeah, why not! (Vâng,
sao lại không nhỉ).
- Sounds good. (Nghe thú
vị đấy).
Đồng ý
- Yes, sure. / Yes, of
course.
(Chắc chắn là được chứ.)
- Yes, that’ fine. (Được mà).
- Certainly. (Chắc chắn rồi)
- Of course, you can. (Chắc
chắn là có thể rồi).
to come.
(Tôi e là không thể tới được).
- I’m afraid I am busy
tomorrow.
(Tôi e là ngày mai tôi bận
rồi).
- Sony, I’d love to but I
have an appointment.
(Xin lỗi nha, tôi rất thích
nhưng tôi có cuộc hẹn rồi).
- I really don’t think I can,
sorry.
(Mình nghĩ là mình không
thể rồi. Xin lỗi nha).
- That’s very kind of you,
but I can’t accept your
invitation.
(Bạn thật tốt nhưng mình lại
không nhận lời được ròi).
Từ chối
- Well, I’m afraid...(+ lý
do)
(Mình e là.....)
- Well, the problem is…
(Ồ, vấn đề là....)
(Có được không nếu tôi mở
cửa sổ ra?)
- Do you mind if I turn - No, not at all. - Sony, but…
on the TV? (Không, không sao đâu). (Xin lỗi nhưng.....)
(Bạn có phiền không nếu tôi - No, of course not.
bật ti vi lên?) (Tất nhiên là không rồi).
- May I help you? (Mình -Yes, please. (Vâng. Làm - Thank you. I’ll do it.
có thể giúp bạn không?) ơn). (Cảm ơn. Mình sẽ tự làm).
- Can I have the bill? (Cho - Just a moment/ minute.
tôi cái hóa đơn được (Chờ một phút ạ).
không?)
- Can I bring my friends - The more the merrier.
to the party? (Mình có thể (Càng đông càng vui).
đưa bạn tới bữa tiệc cùng
không?)
2.2. Lời đềnghị, yêu cầu và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu Đồng ý Từ chối
- Can you help me with Yes, sure. Well, I’m afraid + (lý do).
this exercise? Yes, of course. Well, the problem is...
(Bạn có thể giúp tôi bài tập Certainly. (Ồ, mình e là...
này không?) (Tất nhiên là được rồi). (Ồ, vấn đề là...)
- Could you close the door No, not at all. Sorry, but.... (Xin lỗi,
? Of course not. nhưng....)
(Bạn có thể đóng cửa vào (Tất nhiên là không rồi).
không?)
- Will you help me give
this letter to him?
(Bạn sẽ giúp tôi đưa lá thư
này cho anh ấy chứ?)
- Would you make dinner
today?
(Bạn sẽ nấu bữa tối nay
nhé?)
- Do you mind turning off
the lights before going
out?
(Bạn có thể tắt hết điện trước
khi ra khỏi nhà không?)
Would you mind cleaning
the house?
(Anh có thể lau nhà được
không?)
3. Lời gợi ý và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu
- Let’s go out for
lunch. (Cùng ra ngoài ăn
trưa đi.)
- What about going to
the beach this
summer? (Thế đi tới bãi
biển mùa hè này thì sao?)
- How about cooking at
home? (Thế thì nấu cơm ở
nhà nhé?)
- Why don’t we eat
some fruit now? (Sao
chúng ta không ăn một ít
trái cây nhỉ?)
- Couldn’t we go to the
park? (Chúng ta có thể tới
công viên không?)
- Shall we go by
train? (Hãy cùng đi tàu
nhé?)
- Does it matter if
we leave a bit
earlier? (Có sao không nếu
chúng ta rời đi sớm hơn?)
4. Lời xin lỗi và cách đáp lại:
Tình huống mẫu
Sorry, I’m late.
(Xin lỗi mình đến muộn).
Đồng ý Từ chối
- Yes, I’d love to. /Yes, I’d - No, let’s not. (Không,
like to. (Mình rất thích). đừng làm thế).
- What a good - Well, I’d rather/ I
idea! (Đúng là ý tưởng prefer... (Ồ, mình
hay). thích...hơn)
- Why not? (Sao lại không - I don’t feel like it. (Mình
nhỉ) thấy không thích lắm).
- Yes, that sounds like a - No, thanks. (Không cảm
great idea. (Được, nghe có ơn).
vẻ là ý kiến hay đấy). - I’m not sure. (Mình cũng
- Yes, that’s not a bad không chắc).
idea. (Được, ý tưởng - I don’t think that’s a
không tồi). good idea. (Tớ không nghĩ
- Count me in too. (Mình đó là ý hay đâu).
tham gia cùng nhé) - We had better not... (Tốt
- Yes, let’s. (Được, cùng nhất là ta không nên...)
làm nhé.) - We had better/ we
- It sounds good to me/ should ... (chúng ta nên).
Sounds good to
me. (Nghe hay đó).
- I’m up for it. (Mình đồng
ý nha).
- Let’s do that. (Quyết
định vậy đi).
- I can’t agree
more. (Đồng ý tuyệt đối).
Chấp nhận lời xin lỗi
- It doesn’t matter (Chuyện đó không có gì quan trọng
đâu).
- Don’t apologize (Không cần phải xin lỗi đâu).
- That’s all right, (ổn thôi).

5. Lời cảm ơn và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu
Thank you for helping
me.
(Cảm ơn vì đã giúp mình).
6. Khi đưa ý kiến và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu:
- I think we should start with the observation. (Mình nghĩ chúng ta nên bắt đầu từ
việc quan sát).
- In my opinion, this should be kept confidential! (Theo tôi, việc này nên được giữ bí mật).
Đồng ý
- I completely/ absolutely
agree with you. (Tôi hoàn
toàn đồng ý với bạn).
- There is no doubt about it
that... (Hoàn toàn không có
nghi ngờ gì về điều đó).
- I can’t/couldn’t agree
(with you) more. (Tôi
không thể đồng ý hơn được
nữa).
- I completely agree. (Tôi
hoàn toàn đồng ý).
- That’s so true. (Điều đó
đúng đấy).
- Absolutely. (Hoàn toàn là
như vậy).
- It’s alright. (Ổn thôi).
- It’s okay. (Không sao).
- Don’t mention it. (Không sao đâu).
- Never mind. (Đừng bận tâm).
- No worries. (Đừng lo gì nhé).
- I quite understand. (Tôi thông cảm mà/ Tôi hiểu mà).
Cách đáp lại
- That’s all right! (Không có gì cả đâu!)
- You’re welcome. (Không có gì).
- Don’t mention it. (Đừng nhắc đến việc đó./không có gì
đáng phải bận tâm đâu).
- Not at all. (Không có gì cả đâu!)
- It’s nothing. (Không có gì).
- My pleasure. (Giúp đỡanh/chị là niềm vinh hạnh cho
tôi).
Đồng ý một phần Phản đối
- I agree up to a point, - I totally disagree. (Tôi
but... (Tôi đồng ý một mặt hoàn toàn phản đối).
với việc này, nhưng...) - I don’t think so! (Mình
- That’s true but... (Điều không nghĩ thế).
đó đúng, nhưng...) - No way (Không đời
- You could be right. (Có nàoì)
thể bạn đúng...) - I’m afraid, I can’t agree
- It sounds interesting, with you. (Tôi e là tôi
but... (Điều đó nghe thú vị, không thể đồng tình với
nhưng...) bạn).
- I see your point, - To be honest,... (Thành
but... (Tôi hiểu quan điểm thực mà nói thì)
của anh nhưng...) - On the
- That’s partly true, contrary,... (Ngược lại...)
but... (Điều đó đúng một - I don’t agree with
phần, nhưng...) you. (Tôi không đồng ý với
- Exactly. (Chính xác).
- Of course. (Tất nhiên).
- You’re absolutely
right. (Bạn hoàn toàn đúng).
- Yes, I agree. (Vâng, tôi
đồng ý)-
- I think so too. (Tôi cũng
nghĩ vậy).
- That’s a good idea. (Đó là
một ý kiến hay).
- I don’t think so
either. (Tôi cũng không nghĩ
vậy - đồng ý với việc ai phản
đối điều gì)
- So do I. (Tôi cũng vậy).
- I’d go along with
that. (Tôi thuận theo điều
đó).
- That’s true. (Đúng đấy).
- Neither do I. (Tôi cũng
không nghĩ vậy - đồng ý với
việc ai phản đối điều gì).
- I agree with you
entirely. (Tôi hoàn toàn đồng
ý với bạn).
- That’s just what I was
thinking. (Đó cũng là điêu
tôi đang nghĩ).
- You can say that again!
7. Một số tình huống khác
Tình huống mẫu
Khi gặp ai đó lần đầu tiên:
- Hello. Nice to meet you!
(Xin chào, rất vui được gặp
bạn).
Khi gặp ai đó và chúc:
- Have a nice day!
(Chúc một ngày tốt lành!)
- I can agree with that anh).
only with - I’m sorry, but I
reservations. (Tôi chỉ có disagree. (Rất tiếc nhưng
thể đồng ý với anh một cách tôi không đồng ý).
hạn chế) - It’s out of
- That seems obvious, question. (Điều đó là
but... (Điều đó có vẻ hiển không thể).
nhiên, nhưng). - That’s different. (Cái đó
- That is not necessarily khác).
so. (Cái đó cũng không cần - However,... (Tuy nhiên)
thiết phải như vậy). - That’s not entirely
- It is not as simple as it true. (Cái đó hoàn toàn
seems. (Nó không đơn giản không đúng)
như vậy đâu). - Yes, but don’t you
- I agree with you in think... (Vâng, nhưng sao
principle, but... (Nói bạn không nghĩ là...)
chung, tôi đồng ý với bạn, - That’s not the same
nhưng...) thing at all. (Không phải
- I agree with you in part, lúc nào cũng như vậy).
but... (Tôi một phần đồng ý - I’m not so sure about
với bạn, nhưng). that. (Tôi không chắc về
- Well, you could be điều đó).
right. (ừm, bạn có thể đã - The problem is
đúng). that... (Vấn đề là...)
- I (very much) doubt
whether... (Tôi nghi ngờ
rất nhiều liệu rồng).
Cách đáp lại
- Nice/ Glad to meet you, too. (Mình cũng rất vui khi
được gặp bạn).
- How do you do? (Hân hạnh được làm quen).
- You too.
- The same to you!
- Thank you, the same to you.
- You do the same!

Khi ai đó khen/ chúc mừng
điều gì:
- What a nice car! (Xe đẹp
quá)
- You look so lovely! (Trông
bạn rất đáng yêu!)
- I appreciate your
contribution! (Tôi đánh giá
cao đóng góp của anh!)
- Congratulations! (Xin chúc
mừng).
Trước khi ăn:
- Bon appetite!
(Chúc ngon miệng)
Khi ai đó nhờ đưa vật gì:
- Could you please pass me
the salt?
(Bạn có thể đưa cho tôi lọ muối
không?)
Khi được tặng quà
Khỉ người bán hàng hỏi:
- Do you need anything
else?
Khi ai đó thông báo tin vui:
- I’ve passed my driving
exam.
(Mình đã đỗ kỳ thì lái xe.)
Khi ai đó hỏi:
- How are you? (Bạn thế
nào?)
(Cảm ơn. Bạn cũng vậy nhé!)
- I’m glad you like it. (Mình vui khi bạn thích nó).
- I’m glad you think so. (Mình vui khi bạn nghĩ vậy).
- Thank you. (Cảm ơn nhé).
- It’ (very) nice of you to say so. (Bạn thật tốt khi nói
như vậy)-
- Thank you (very much) for saying so. (Cảm ơn bạn
vì đã nói vậy).
- Bon appetite!
- Enjoy your meal! (Chúc ngon miệng).
- Here you are! (Của bạn đây).
- That’s very kind (nice/thoughtful) of you! (Bạn
thật tốt/ chu đáo).
- That’s all. Thank you! (Vậy là đủ rồi. Xin cảm ơn).
- That’s great. Congratulations! (Tuyệt quá. Chúc
mừng nhé).
Trạng thái rất tốt:
- Very well, thanks. (And you?) Rất tuyệt, cảm ơn
cậu. (Còn cậu?)
- Pretty fair. (Rất tuyệt).
- I’m on the top of the world. (Mình đang rất sung
sướng đây).
- Can’t complain. (Không chê vào đâu được).
Trạng thái bình thường, không có gì đặc biệt:
 - I’m fine/ good/ great, thanks/ So so, thanks/ I’m
OK, thanks.
(Tôi ổn, cảm ơn cậu).
- I’m alright. (Tôi bình thường).
Trạng thái không tốt lắm:
- Really bad. (Rất tệ).
- I’m not on a good mood. (Không được tốt lắm).
Khi ai đó phàn nàn về điều Đáp lại một cách tích cực:
gì - I’m so sorry, but this will never occur / happen
again.
(Tôi xin lỗi, chuyện này sẽ không bao giờ lặp lại nữa).
- I’m soriy, we promise never to make the same
mistake again.
(Tôi xin lỗi, chúng tôi hứa sẽ không mắc lại lỗi đó nữa).
- I’m really sorry; we’ll do our utmost/best not to
do the same mistake again.
(Chúng tôi thành thật xin lỗi. Chúng tôi sẽ cố gắng để
không lặp lại lỗi đó).
Đáp lại một cách tiêu cực:
- Sorry, there is nothing we can do about it.
(Xin lỗi. Chúng tôi không thể làm gì với điều đó).
- I’m afraid, there isn’t much we can do about it.
(Tôi rất tiếc. Chúng tôi không thể làm gì nhiều hơn).
- We are sorry but the food is just alright.
 PRACTICES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best completes each of
the following exchanges.
1. David is talking to Lucy about her painting.
        - David: “What a beautiful painting!”
        - Lucy: “____________”
        A. No problem                B. It’s on the wall
        C. I’m glad you like it                D. You’re welcome.
2. Peter and Dane are talking about environmental protection.
        - Peter: “We should limit the use of plastic bags.”
        - Dane: “____________. We can use paper bags instead.”
        A. I completely agree.                B. It’s not true.
        C. I don’t quite agree                D. You’re wrong.
3. David is apologising to his teacher for being late.
        - David: “Sorry I’m late! The traffic is so heavy.”
        - Teacher: “____________. Come in and sit down.”
        A. You’re so kind        B. It’s alright        C. Me neither        D. Thank you
4. Peter and Mary are talking about social networks.
        - Peter: “Using social networks may have negative effects on students.”
        - Mary: “____________. It distracts them from their studies.”
        A. I’m not sure about that        B. I don’t quite agree
        C. You’re wrong                D. That’s quite true
5. Linda and Peter are talking about safe driving.
        - Linda: “I think drink-driving should be severely punished.”
        - Peter: “____________. It may cause accidents or even deaths.”
        A. You must be kidding        B. I don’t think so
        C. I don’t understand what you mean        D. I absolutely agree with you
6. A porter is talking to Mary in the hotel lobby.
        - Porter: “May I help you with your suitcase?”
        - Mary: “____________”
        A. What a shame        B. Me too        C. You’re welcome        D. Yes, please
7. John is having dinner at Linda’s house.
        - John: “This roast beef is so delicious.”
        - Linda:”____________”
        A. sure. I’d love to                B. I’m glad you like it.
        C. No, don’t worry.                D. I don’t either.
8. Joana and David, two lectures, are talking about library skills.
        - Joana: “I think we should teach our students how to use the library.”
        - David:”____________
        A. You’re absolutely wrong        B. You must be kidding
        C. I couldn’t agree with you more        D. That’s not a good idea
9. A shop assistant is talking to a customer.
        - Shop assistant: “Do you need anything else?”
        - Customer:”____________”
        A. That’s all. Thanks        B. Good job!        C. With pleasure        D. You’re
welcome
10. Ann and Peter are talking about housework.
        - Ann: “ I think children should be paid for doing the housework.”
        - Peter: “____________. It’s their duty in the family.”
        A. That’s what I think                B. You’re exactly right
        C. There’s no doubt about it        D. I don’t think so
11. Ken and Tom are high-school students. They are discussing where their study
group will meet.
        - Ken: “Where is our study group going to meet next weekend?”
        - Tom: “____________.”
        A. Studying in a group is great fun.        B. We are too busy on weekdays.
        C. Why don’t you look at the atlas?        D. The library would be best.
12. Mike and Lane are university students. They are talking about Lane’s
upcoming high-school reunion.
        - Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?”
        - Lane: “
        A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful.        B. No. You’re in no mood for
the event.
        C. The food at the reunion was excellent.        D. Yeah. I’m really looking
forward to it.
13. A waiter in a restaurant is talking to a customer who has just finished his
meal there.
        - Waiter: “Here’s your bill, sir.”
        - Customer: “____________”
        A. Don’t mention it.                B. Can I pay by credit card?
        C. What do you have?                D. You’re welcome.
14. Two close friends Tom and Kyle are talking about Kyle’s upcoming birthday.
        - Tom: “Can I bring a friend to your birthday party?”
        - Kyle: “____________”
        A. It’s my honour.        B. Let’s do it then.        C. The more the merrier.        D.
That’s right.
15. Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about Anne’s new blouse.
        - Diana: “That blouse suits you perfectly, Anne.”
        - Anne: “____________’’.
        A. Never mind.        B. Don’t mention it.        C. Thank you.        D. You’re
welcome.
16. Mary is talking to a porter in the hotel lobby.
        - Porter: “Shall I help you with your suitcase?”
        - Mary: “____________”
        A. Not a chance.                B. That’s very kind of you.
        C. I can’t agree more.                D. What a pity!
17. Susan accidentally stepped on Denise’s foot.
        - Susan: “Oops! I’m sorry, Denise.”
        - Denise: “____________”
        A. You shouldn’t do that.        B. It’s alright.
        C. You are welcome.                D. It’s nonsense.
18. Hana and Jenifer are talking about a book they have just read.
        - Hana: “The book is really interesting and educational.”
        - Jenifer: “____________”
        A. I’d love it.                B. That’s nice of you to say so.
        C. I couldn’t agree more.        D. Don’t mention it.
19. Jolie and Tom are meeting at the supermarket.
        - Jolie: “Hi, Tom. How are you doing?”
        - Tom: “____________. How about you?”
        A. I’m waiting for my sister        B. I’m shopping for food
        C. I’m doing nothing                D. I’m doing well
20. Maria and Alex are talking about the environment.
        - Maria: “Our environment is getting more and more polluted. Do you think
so?”
        - Alex: “____________. It’s really worrying.”
        A. I’ll think about that        B. I don’t agree
        C. I don’t think so                D. I can’t agree more
21. Liz is telling Andrew about her first novel.
        - Liz: “Guess what? My first novel has just been published.”
        - Andrew: “____________”
        A. It’s my pleasure.                B. Congratulations!
        C. Better luck next time!        D. It’s very kind of you.
22. Jenny and her teacher are meeting at the bus stop.
        - Jenny: “Good afternoon, Miss. How are you?”
        - Teacher: “____________. And you?”
        A. I’m going home        B. I’m leaving now        C. I’m thirty years old        D.
Fine, thank you
23. Linda is thanking Daniel for his birthday present.
        - Linda: “Thanks for the book. I’ve been looking for it for months.”
        - Daniel: “____________”
        A. You can say that again        B. Thank you for looking for it
        C. I like reading books        D. I’m glad you like it
24. David and his teacher are meeting at the school gate.
        - David: “Good morning, Mr Deakin. How are you?”
        - Mr Deakin:”____________. And you?”
        A. I’m busy now                B. I’m fine. Thank you
        C. I’m going home                D. I’m having a class now
25. Mrs Smith and her students are visiting the zoo.
        - Mike: “Can I feed the gorilla, Mrs Smith?”
        - Mrs Smith: “____________. The sign says ‘No feeding the animals’.”
        A. Of course you can                B. I don’t think it works
        C. I’m sure about that                D. I’m afraid not
26. Andrew is talking to a waiter in a restaurant.
        - Andrew: “Can I have the bill, please?”
        - Waiter: “____________”
        A. You are very kind                B. Just a minute, please
        C. My pleasure                D. You’re exactly right
27. Silas is talking to his roommate, Salah, about the Olympic Games.
        - Silas: “Do you think our country can host the Olympic Games some day in
the future?
        - Salah:”____________. We can’t afford such a big event.”
        A. You can say that again        B. I can’t agree with you more
        C. Yes, you’re right                D. No, I don’t think so
28. Laura is telling Bob about her exam results.
        - Laura: “____________”
        - Bob: “That’s great. Congratulations!”
        A. I hope I’ll pass the exam tomorrow.        B. I’ve passed the exam with an
A.
        C. I’ll get the exam results tomorrow.        D. I didn’t do well in the exam.
29. Nancy and James are talking about their school days.
        - Nancy: “I think school days are the best time of our lives.”
        - James: “____________. We had sweet memories together then.”
        A. I’m afraid so        B. Absolutely.        C. That’s nonsense        D. I doubt it
30. John and Mike are talking about Mike’s new car.
        - John: “____________”
        - Mike: “Thanks. I’m glad to hear that.”
        A. Where did you buy your car?        B. What a nice car!
        C. Your car is new, isn’t it?        D. My car is very expensive.
31. Two students are talking about the school curriculum.
        - Ted: “Swimming should be made part of the school curriculum.”
        - Kate: “____________. It is an essential life skill.”
        A. Oh, that’s a problem.        B. I can’t agree with you more.
        C. Not at all                D. You can make it.
32. Jane is talking to Mike, who has just helped her with her luggage.
        - Jane: “____________”
        - Mike: “It’s my pleasure.
        A. It’s too heavy.                B. It’s not my duty.
        C. Thanks a lot, indeed.        D. Welcome back.
33. Adam and Janet are at the school canteen.
        - Adam: “____________”
        - Janet: “Yes, please.”
        A. Do you mind if I sit here?        B. Can you pass me the salt, please?
        C. It’s a bit hot in here, isn’t it?        D. Would you like a cup of coffee?
34. Jenny and Jimmy are talking about university education.
        - Jenny: “I think having a university degree is the only way to succeed in
life.”
        - Jimmy: “____________. There are successful people without a degree.”
        A. That’s life                B. That’s all right
        C. I don’t quite agree                D. I can’t agree more
35. John was in Hanoi and wanted to send a parcel to his parents. He asked a
local passer- by the way to the post-office.
        - John: “Can you show me the way to the nearest post office, please?”
        - Passer-by: “____________”
        A. Not way, sorry.                B. Just round the corner over there.
        C. Look it up in a dictionary!        D. There’s no traffic near here.
36. Lora has just bought a new skirt that she likes very much.
        - Jane: “You look great in that red skirt, Lora!”
        - Lora: “____________”
        A. No, I don’t think so.        B. Oh, you don’t like it, do you?
        C. Thanks, I bought it at Macy’s.        D. Thanks, my mum bought it.
37. John and Mary are talking about what to do after class.
        - John: “____________- Mary: “Yes, I’d love to.”
        A. Do you often have time for a drink after class?
        B. Would you like to have a drink after class?
        C. Do you often go out for a drink after class?
        D. Would you like tea or coffee after class?
38. Paul and Daisy are discussing life in the future.
        - Paul: “I believe space travel will become more affordable for many people
in the future.”
        - Daisy: “____________ .”
        A. It doesn’t matter at all.        B. There’s no doubt about that.
        C. It is very kind of you to say so.        D. I am sorry to hear that.
39. Jack is inviting Mary to his party.
        - Jack: “Would you like to come to my party this weekend?”
        - Mary: “____________.”
        A. Yes, I’d love to                B. No, don’t worry
        C. You’re welcome                D. I’m afraid so Question
40. Laura and Mitchell are talking about their school curriculum.
        - Laura: “I think Art should be a compulsory subject.”
        - Mitchell: “____________. Art helps develop creativity.”
        A. I quite agree                B. You must be kidding
        C. I’m of the opposite opinion        D. I don’t think that’s a good idea
 CHAPTER V : COMPREHENSIVE
READING
 THEORY
CÁC DẠNG BÀI KIÊM TRA KỸ NĂNG ĐỌC HIỆU
Sau đây là số dạng bài kiểm tra đọc hiểu phổ biến:
- Đọc đoạn văn hay đoạn hội thoại và trả lời câu hỏi.
- Đọc và tìm một từ phù hợp văn cảnh điền vào chỗ trống (gap-filling).
- Đọc các câu cho sẵn và sắp xếp chúng thành bài hội thoại hợp lý.
- Đọc và tìm ý chính của đoạn văn.
- Đọc đoạn văn, đoạn hội thoại và sắp xếp các thứ tự thông tin.
- Đọc đoạn văn, đoạn hội thoại và đặt câu hỏi với từ gợi ý và trả lời.
- Đọc đoạn văn, đoạn hội thoại và điền thông tin còn khuyết theo bản tóm tắt.
- Đọc đoạn văn, đoạn hội thoại và hoàn thành các câu cho sẵn hay xác định các
câu đúng
(TRUE) hay Sai (FALSE) hay Không chứa thông tin (NO INFORMATION) từ bài
đọc
- Đọc đoạn văn, đoạn hội thoại và tìm hay giải thích nghĩa của từ trong văn cảnh.
- Đọc đoạn văn và chọn đáp án đúng để trả lời từng câu hỏi (multiple-choice)
- Đọc một đoạn văn dài và chú ý các thông tin chi tiết, các quan điểm, thái độ và
nối các sự lựa chọn phù hợp cho từng đoạn văn ngắn (multiple-matching)
MỘT SỐ THỦ THUẬT LÀM BÀI THI ĐỌC HIỆU
Theo các chuyên gia ngôn ngữ, để làm tốt bài thi đọc hiểu cần đọc trước câu hỏi
để định hướng nội dung cần tìm trong bài đọc hiểu: Thí sinh nên tập trung đọc
những thông tin cần cho câu trả lời, chứ không nên cố gắng đọc và hiểu hết tất cả
các từ trong đoạn văn, đọc mà không có định hướng gì chiếm rất nhiều thời gian
và gây ra sự khó hiểu.Tùy theo các dạng bài kiểm tra đọc hiểu mà chúng ta có
các cách làm khác nhau.
 PRACTICES
Form 01 : Fill in each space in the following passage with one suitable word.
PASSAGE 1
It is forecast that we can look forward to working (1)_________ hours in the
future, but it is necessary for health and tranquility to work a certain
(2)_________of hours per week, ideally doing a variety of jobs - something
schools have always known. It may be that house building will meet this need. It
is a very basic human instinct. Gardening is a related activity. It is already
(3)_________to cultivate many hurts and vegetables than to buy them in the shops
and the house of the next decade should take this into (4)_________
         (5)_________important question is that of energy conservation. The
 proportion of income (6)_________on keeping warm is steadily going up, and,
with the cost of energy likely to double in real terms during the next ten years or
(7)_________many large bady-insulated old houses will become extremely
expensive to use. The demand will be (8)_________small, well-insulated homes
located in warm protected areas and making the best (9)_________of the sun's
warmth. Efficient heating units will be of prime importance. At (10)_________, we
waste a lot of space in planning rooms which are awkward to use.
PASSAGE 2
We live surrounded by objects and systems that we take for (1) _________  , but
which profoundly affect the way we behave, think, work, play, and in general
lead our (2)_________ Look, for example, at the place in which you are reading
this now, and see how much of (3)_________ surrounds you is understandable,
how much of it you could actually build yourself or repair (4)_________ it cease to
function. When we start the car or press the (5)_________ in the elevator, or buy
food in the supermarket, we gave no (6)_________ to the complex devices or
systems that make the car move, or the elevator rise, or the food appear on the
shelves.
   Throughout this century we have become increasingly dependent on the
products of (7)_________  . They have already changed our lives: at the simplest
(8)_________  , the availability of transport has made us physically less fit than
our ancestors. Many people are alive only because they have been given
(9)_________ to disease through drugs. The vast majority of the world's
population relies on the abiliy of technology to provide and transport food. We
are unable to feed and clothe or keep (10)_________ warm without technology.
PASSAGE 3
 
The 2015 Nepal earthquake, which (1)_________more than 8,000 people and
injured more than 18,000, occurred at 11:56 on 25th April. The earthquake
(2)_________about twenty seconds. Its epicenter was the village of Barpak,
Gorkha district, and its hypocenter was at a depth (3)_________approximately
15km. It was the worst (4)_________disaster to strike Nepal since the 1934 Nepal-
Bihar earthquake.
        Hundreds of thousands of people became (5) _________when their houses
collapsed, entire villages were flattened. Many old buildings were completely
(6)_________. The country also had a continued risk of landslides.
        Two other powerful earthquakes struck Nepal at 06:11 and 06:45. The
(7)_________earthquake measured 7.9 Mw and its epicenter was identified at a
distance of 80km to the northwest of Kathmandu, the capital of Nepal. Bharatpur
was (8)_________nearest major city to the main earthquake, 53km from the
epicenter. The second one was somewhat less powerful (9)_________the first one.
It occurred 65km east of Kathmandu. These (10) _________ were really terrible.
Form 02 : Choose the letter A, B, C, or D that best fits each blank in the passage.
PASSAGE 1
        When a work project offered me the opportunity to return to New Zealand, I
spent several weeks (1)_______  a country I had left in my early twenties. I’d
forgotten about the petrol stations where men in smart uniforms (2)_______ to
you. They fill your tank, check your oil and still charge you less than one third of
the British price for fuel. And the people rush to your assistance if they see you
(3)_______over a map. Or the blissful (4)_______of tips. Locals simply cannot
understand why anybody should expect to pay extra for friendly efficient
service.
        Given that New Zealand has about 3,000 kilometers of coastline, it should
come as no (5)_______that social life (6)_______around the sea. When Auckland
office workers leave their desks at the end of the working day, they don’t
(7)_______home. Instead, they (8)_______ a beeline for the marina and spend the
evening (9)_______ sail on the Hauraki Gulf. There are more yachts in Auckland
than in any other city in the world- no wonder it’s called the City of Sails. Even
those who can’t afford a vessel of their own will always know someone who has
one, or at the (10)_______ least, will windsurf the offshore breezes at speeds that
make the commuter ferries appear to stand still.
1. A. regaining         B. recapturing        C. refamiliarising        D. rediscovering
2. A. assist        B. attend        C. supply        D. serve
3. A. pointing        B. doubting        C. clamouring        D. puzzling
4. A. absence        B. shortage        C. removal        D. neglect
5. A. wonder        B. surprise         C. amazement        D. news
6. A. centers        B. revolves        C. turns        D. gathers
7. A. move        B. aim        C. head         D. divert
8. A. have        B. do        C. get        D. make
9. A. under        B. by        C. with        D. on
10. A. simple        B. single        C. utmost         D. very                
PASSAGE 2
Homeopathy
        Homeopathy (1) _______ to have gained a lot more respectability in society
than a number of GPs believe it really deserves. (2) _______there being no
evidence that it is effective, according to a recent UK government report, many
prominent people (3)_______to support it. In view of this, perhaps the most
surprising fact of all is that homeopathy is offered (4)_______treatment on the
NHS (National Health Service) in the UK. Like many other alternative forms of
medicine, homeopathy has become so accepted (5)_______there are few who
question its use. People have become (6)_______to seeing homeopathy as a
treatment for illness and disease. However, many researchers insist
(7)_______claiming that it is not a valid treatment because the medicines contain
no active ingredients.
        The real question is why it is so popular. Many patients swear that was an
effective cure for their disease whilst the report maintains this is simply
(8)_______to the placebo effect. In other words, just the act of taking the medicine
is a good enough reason for patients to (9)_______feeling better. In short, while
homeopathy many be useful for helping people get over minor illnesses, it is
(10)_______that anyone with serious illnesses should seek out conventional
treatment.
1. A. feels        B. suggests        C. seems         D. shows
2. A. Except        B. Although        C. However        D. Despite
3. A. maintain        B. keep        C. carry        D. continue
4. A. as         B. from        C. on        D. to
5. A. until        B. that        C. enough        D. when
6. A. accustomed        B. familiar        C. acquainted        D. fond
7. A. for        B. on        C. by        D. in
8. A. due        B. up        C. result        D. because
9.  A. have        B. start        C. get        D. become
10. A. regarded        B. referred        C. recovered        D.
recommended        
PASSAGE 3
HEARING IN COLOUR
        A number of scientists around the world are now investigating a
phenomenon called synaesthesia that may (1) _______as many as one in 2,000
people. The name (2) _______from the Greek words
for together and perception and means that some people’s senses work in
combination. For example, some people (3) _______colour when they hear
particular sounds. Similarly, a smell or taste may be (4) _______as a reaction to
information received from the eyes. However, the most common form of
synaesthesia occurs among people who (5) _______certain letters or words with
colours. Scientists at Cambridge University conducted experiments to determine
whether this is actually a product of mental activity or if some individuals are
just (6)_______imaginative. They discovered that synaesthetes, people who
experience synaesthesia, (7) _______ associate the same letters or words with the
same colours. Brain scans revealed (8) _______ activity in the brain when subjects
were listening to words, suggesting that it is a physical condition. The most
plausible explanation is that synaesthetes have slightly different connections
between the areas of the brain which control their (9) _______. Synaesthesia is not
a medical problem, however, and synaesthetes often (10) _______from an
unusually good memory, probably because they have extra information to help
them recall things like names and numbers.
1.        A.effect        B. infect        C.suffer        D. affect
2.        A.reminds        B. derives        C.prescribes        D. distracts
3.        A.differ        B. view        C.see        D. mind
4.        A.retained        B. perceived        C.thought        D. responded
5.        A.associate        B. elaborate        C.conceive        D. comply
6.        A.deeply        B. utterly        C.highly        D. fully
7.        A.perfectly        B. earnestly        C.practically        D.consistently
8.        A.unusual        B. infallible        C.insecure        D.incapable
9.        A.consciences        B. attitudes        C.senses        D.conditions
10.        A.approve        B. sting        C.cure        D.benefit
Form 03 : Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C, or D) for each of
the questions.
        PASSAGE 1
The radical change in the land's surface that results when rural areas are
transformed into cities is a significant cause of the rise in temperature in cities
that is known as urban heat island.
        First, the tall buildings and the concrete and asphalt of the city absorb and
store greater quantities of solar radiation than do the vegetation and soil typical
of rural areas.
           In addtton, because the concrete and asphalt are impermeable, the runoff
of water fdowing a rain is rapid, resulting in a severe reduction in the
evaporation rate. So heat that once would have been used convert liquid water to
a gas goes instead to increase the surface temperature further.
           At night, although both city and countryside cool through radiation losses,
the stone-1ike surface of the city gradually releases the additional heat
accumulated during the day, keeping the urban air warmer than that of the
outlying areas.
           Part of the urban temperature rise must also be attributed to waste heat
from such sources as home heating and air conditioning, power generation,
industry, and transportation. Many studies have shown that the magnitude of
human-made energy in metropolitan areas is equal to a significant percentage of
the energy received from the Sun at the surface.
           Investigations in Sheffield, England, and Berlin showed that the annual
heat production in these cities was equal to approximately one-third of that
received from solar radiation. Another study of the densely built-
up Manhattan section of New York City revealed that during the winter, the
quantity of heat produced from combustion alone was two and one-half times
greater than the amount of solar energy reaching the ground. In summer, the
figure dropped to one-sixth.
           It is interesting to note that during the summer there is a mutual
reinforcement between the higher nighttime temperatures of the city and the
human-made heat that helped create them. That is, the higher temperatures
result in the increased use of air-conditioners, which, in turn, use energy and
further increase the amount of urban heat. During the winter the nighttime
warmth of urban areas, produced in large part by heavy energy consumption,
is beneficial because less energy needed to heat buildings.
1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
        A. The loss of farmland to urban development
        B. The causes of increased heat in cities
        C. Waste heat generated by home heating and air conditioning
        D. How seasonal change affects the temperature of cities
2. All of the following contribute to the urban heat island
effect EXCEPT__________.
        A. absorption of heat from the Sun
        B. storage of heat from the Sun
        C. an increased rate of evaporation after a rainfall
        D. the release of heat at night from city surfaces
3. The word "convert" in the passage is closest in meaning to__________.
        A. reverse         B. transform         C. reduce         D. compare
4. The word "that" in the passage refers to__________.
        A. city         B. heat         C. day         D. air
5. In which of the following locations would the rate of evaporation probably be
highest?
        A. A rural area         B. A small town         C. A medium-sized city         D. A
big city
6. The word "magnitude' in the passage is closest in meaning to__________.
        A. calculation         B. comprehension         C. extent         D. formation
7. The author mentions Manhattan to order to demonstrate that__________.
        A. heat in urban areas can be reduced
        B. the conclusions of the investigation in Sheffield were wrong
        C. its heat production is smaller than that of Berlin
        D. human-made heat can exceed the solar energy that reaches the ground
inwinter
8. According to the passage, on important consequence of the use of air-
conddroners at night is. __________.
        A. greater energy costs         B. higher levels of urban heat
        C. senous problems with the energy supply         D. less need for air
conditioning in the morning
9. The word "beneficial" in the passage is closest in meaning to__________.
        A. predictable          B. powerful         C. hazardous         D. advantageous
10. Which of the following is true about cities at night in the winter?
        A. Solar energy has an increased impact on the urban heat island.
        B. They tend to be colder than rural areas.
        C. Less energy is required to heat buildings
        D. Human-made energy created a larger area of total heat than solar energy.
PASSAGE 2
        Among all the abilities with which an individual may be endowed, musical
talent appears earliest in life. Very young children can exhibit
musical precocity for different reasons. Some develop exceptional skills as a
result of a well-designed instructional regime, such as the Suzuki method for the
violin. Some have a good fortune to be born into a musical family in a household
filled with music. In a number of interesting cases, musical talent is part of an
otherwise disabling condition such as autism or mental retardation. A musically
gifted child has an inborn talent; however, the extent to which the talent is
expressed publicly will depend upon the environment in which the child lives.  
        Musically gifted children master at an early age the principal elements of
music, 11 including pitch and rhythm. Pitch – or – melody – is more central
cultures, for example, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny quarter – tone
interval… Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencies and
grouped according to a prescribed system, is emphasized in sub – Saharan
African, where the rhythmic ratios can be very complex.
        All children have some aptitude for making music. During infancy, normal
children sing as well as babble, and they can produce individual sounds and
sounds patterns. Infants as young as two months can match their mother’s songs
in pitch, loudness, and melodic shape, and infants at four months can match
rhythmic structure as well. Infants are especially predisposed to acquire these
core aspects of music, and they can also engage in sound play that clearly
exhibits creativity.
Individual differences begin to merge in young children as they learn to sing.
Some children can match large segments of a song by the age of two or three.
Many others can only approximate pitch at this age and may still have difficulty
in producing accurate melodies by the age of five or six. However, by the time
they reach school age, most children in any culture have a schema of what a song
should be like and can produce a reasonably accurate imitation of the songs
commonly heard in their environment.
The early appearance of superior musical ability in some children providences
that musical talent may be a separate and unique form of intelligence. There are
numerous tales of young artists who have a remarkable “ear” or extraordinary
memory for music and a natural understanding of musical structure. In many of
these cases, the child is average in every other way but displays an exceptional
ability in music. Even the most gifted child, however, takes about ten years to
achieve the levels of performance or composition that would constitute mastery
of the musical sphere.
        Every generation in music history has its famous prodigies – individuals
with exceptional musical powers that emerge at a young age. In the eighteenth
century, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart began composing and performing at the
age of six. As a child, Mozart could play the piano like an adult. He had perfect
pitch, and at the age of nine, he was also a master of the art of modulation –
transitions from one key to another – which became one of the hallmarks of his
style. By the age of eleven, he had composed three symphonies and 30 other
major works. Mozart‟s well – developed talent was preserved into adulthood.
        Unusual musical ability is a regular characteristic of certain anomalies such
as autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play “Happy birthday” in the
style of various composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert.
When the girl was three, her mother called her by playing incomplete melodies,
which the child would complete with the appropriate tone in the proper octave.
For the autistic child, music maybe the primary mode of communication, and the
child may cling to music because it represents as a haven in a world that is
largely confusing and frightening.
1. The word “precocity” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to______.
        A. strong interest         B. good luck         C. advanced skill         D. personal
style
2. Which sentence below best expresses the essential information in the
highlighted sentence in paragraph 1?
        A. Children may be born with superior musical ability, but their
environment will determine how this ability is developed.
        B. Every child is naturally gifted, and it is the responsibility of the public
schools to recognize and develop these talents.
        C. Children with exceptional musical talent will look for the best way to
express themselves through music – making.
        D. Some musically talented children live in an environment surrounded by
music, while others have little exposure to music.
3. The author makes the point that musical elements such as pitch and
rhythm______.
        A. distinguish music from other art forms         B. vary in emphasis in
different cultures
        C. make music difficult to learn         D. express different human emotions
4. The word “predisposed” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to______.
        A. inclined         B. gifted         C. pushed         D. amused
5. According to the passage, when does musical talent usually begin to appear?
        A. When infants start to babble and produce sound patterns.
        B. Between the ages of two and four months.
        C. When children learn to sing at two or three years old.
        D. Between ten years old and adolescence.
6. According to the passage, which of the following suggests that musical talent
in the separate form of intelligence?
        A. Exceptional musical ability in an otherwise average child.
        B. Recognition of the emotional power of music.
        C. The ability of all babies to acquire core elements of music.
        D. Differences between learning music learning language.
7. Why does the author discuss Mozart in paragraph 6?
        A. To compare past and present views of musical talent.
        B. To give an example of a well – known musical prodigy.
        C. To list musical accomplishments of the eighteenth century.
        D. To describe the development of individual musical skill.
8. In music, the change from one key to another is known as______.
        A. rhythm         B. prodigy         C. perfect pitch         D. modulation
9. The word “haven” in paragraph 7 is closest in meaning to______.
        A. beautiful art         B. safe place         C. personal goal         D. simple
problem
10. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage about exceptional
musical ability?
        A. It occurs more frequently in some cultures than in others.
        B. It is evidence of a superior lever of intelligence in other areas.
        C. It has been documented and studied but is little understood.
        D. It is the result of natural talent and a supportive environment.
PASSAGE 3
SMART ENERGY
        The next few decades will see great changes in the way energy is supplied
and used. In some major oil producing nations, 'peak oil' has already been
reached, and there are increasing fears of global warming. Consequently, many
countries are focusing on the switch to a low carbon economy. This transition
will lead to major changes in the supply and use of electricity. [A] Firstly, there
will be an increase in overall demand, as consumers switch from oil and gas to
electricity to power their homes and vehicles. [B] Secondly, there will be an
increase in power generation, not only in terms of how much is generated, but
also how it is generated, as there is growing electricity generation from
renewable sources. [C] To meet these challenges, countries are investing in Smart
Grid technology. [D] This system aims to provide the electricity industry with a
better understanding of power generation and demand, and to use this
information to create a more efficient power network.
        Smart Grid technology basically involves the application of a computer
system to the electricity network. The computer system can be used to collect
information about supply and demand and improve engineer's ability to manage
the system. With better information about electricity demand, the network will
be able to increase the amount of electricity delivered per unit generated, leading
to potential reductions in fuel needs and carbon emissions. Moreover, the
computer system will assist in reducing operational and maintenance costs.
        Smart Grid technology offers benefits to the consumer too. They will be able
to collect real-time information on their energy use for each appliance. Varying
tariffs throughout the day will give customers the incentive to use appliances at
times when supply greatly exceeds demand, leading to great reductions in bills.
For example, they may use their washing machines at night. Smart meters can
also be connected to the internet or telephone system, allowing customers to
switch appliances on or off remotely. Furthermore, if houses are fitted with the
apparatus to generate their own power, appliances can be set to run directly
from the on-site power source, and any excess can be sold to the grid.
        With these changes comes a range of challenges. The first involves managing
the supply and demand. Sources of renewable energy, such as wind, wave and
solar, are notoriously unpredictable, and nuclear power, which is also set to
increase as nations switch to alternative energy sources, is inflexible. With oil and
gas, it is relatively simple to increase the supply of energy to match the
increasing demand during peak times of the day or year. With alternative
sources, this is far more difficult, and may lead to blackouts or system collapse.
Potential solutions include investigating new and efficient ways to store energy
and encouraging consumers to use electricity at off-peak times.
        A second problem is the fact that many renewable power generation sources
are located in remote areas, such as windy uplands and coastal regions, where
there is currently a lack of electrical infrastructure. New infrastructures therefore
must be built. Thankfully, with improved smart technology, this can be done
more efficiently by reducing the reinforcement or construction costs.
        Although Smart Technology is still in its infancy, pilot schemes to promote
and test it are already underway. Consumers are currently testing the new smart
meters which can be used in their homes to manage electricity use. There are also
a number of demonstrations being planned to show how the smart technology
could practically work, and trials are in place to test the new electrical
infrastructure. It is likely that technology will be added in 'layers', starting with
'quick win' methods which will provide initial carbon savings, to be followed by
more advanced systems at a later date. Cities are prime candidates for
investment into smart energy, due to the high population density and high
energy use. It is here where Smart Technology is likely to be promoted first,
utilising a range of sustainable power sources, transport solutions and an
infrastructure for charging electrically powered vehicles. The infrastructure is
already changing fast. By the year 2050, changes in the energy supply will have
transformed our homes, our roads and our behaviour.
1. According to paragraph 1, what has happened in some oil
producing countries?
        A. They are unwilling to sell their oil any more.
        B. They are not producing as much oil as they used to.
        C. The supply of oil is unpredictable.
        D. Global warming is more sever here than in other countries.
2. Where in Paragraph 1 can the following sentence be placed?
‘There is also likely more electricity generation centres, as households and communities
take up the opportunity to install photovoltaic cells and small scale wind turbines.’
        A. In [A]         B. In [B]        C. In [C]         D. In [C]
3. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of Smart Grid technology
to consumers?
        A. It can reduce their electricity bills.
        B. It can tell them how much energy each appliance is using.
        C. It can allow them to turn appliances on and off when they are not at
home.
        D. It can reduce the amount of energy needed to power appliances.
4. According to paragraph 4, what is the problem with using renewable
sources of power?
        A. They do not provide much energy.
        B. They often cause system failure and blackouts.
        C. They do not supply a continuous flow of energy.
        D. They can't be used at off-peak times.
5. In paragraph 5, what can be inferred about cities in the future?
        A. More people will be living in cities in the future than nowadays.
        B. People in cities will be using cars and buses powered by electricity.
        C. All buildings will generate their own electricity.
        D. Smart Grid technology will only be available in cities.
6. The word 'remote' in paragraph 5 could be best replace by:
        A. isolated         B. crowded         C. attractive         D. alone
7. The word 'underway' in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to:
        A. permanent         B. complete         C. beneficial         D. in progress
8. What is the main idea of the final paragraph? (paragraph 6)
        A. To describe who will benefit from Smart Grid technology first.
        B. To outline the advantages of Smart Grid technology.
        C. To summarize the main ideas in the previous paragraphs.
        D. To describe how, where and when Smart Technology will be introduced.
9. In paragraph 6, what can be inferred about the introduction of Smart
Grid Technology?
        A. The technologies which produce most benefits will be introduced first.
        B. The cheapest technologies will be introduced first.
        C. The technologies which are most difficult to put into place will be introduced
first.
        D. Technologically advanced systems will be introduced first.
10. Which of the aspects below is NOT answered in the passage?
        A. The ways Smart Grid technology will affect the way consumers use
energy.
        B. The problems which will have to be overcome in switching to Smart Grid
Technology.
        C. How consumers are likely to respond to Smart Grid technology.
        D. The reasons why Smart Grid technology will be needed in the future
Form 04 : Choose the correct heading for paragraphs, fill in the blanks with an
appropriate one to complete the passage or sentence (or Write True/False/Not
given)
READING 1
Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A, B, C, D, and E from the list of the
headings below. Write your answers in answer box below (1 to 5)
List of Headings
i Mushrooms that glow in the dark
ii Bright creatures on land and in the sea
iii Evolution’s solution
iv Cave-dwelling organisms
v Future opportunities in biological engineering
vi Nature’s gift to medicine
vii Bioluminescence in humans
viii Purposes of bioluminescence in the wild
ix Luminescent pets
 1. Paragraph A                ___________
2. Paragraph B                ___________
3. Paragraph C                ___________
4. Paragraph D                ___________
5. Paragraph E                ___________
        A.
In the pitch-black waters of the ocean’s aphotic zone – depths from 1,000m to the
sea floor – Rood eyesight does not count for very much on its own. Caves, in
addition, frequently present a similar problem: the complete absence of natural
light at any time of the day. This has not stopped some organisms from turning
these inhospitable environments into their homes, and in the process many have
created their own forms of light by developing one of the stunning visual
marvels of the biological universe – bioluminescence.
        B.
Many people will encounter bioluminescence at some point in their life, typically
in some form of glowworm, which is found on most continents. North and South
America are home to the “firefly”, a glowing beetle which is known as a glow-
worm during its larvae stage. Flightless glowing beetles and worms are also
found in Europe, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand. Less common flies,
centipedes, molluscs, and snails have bioluminescent qualities as well, as do
some mushrooms. The most dramatic examples of bioluminescence, however,
are found deep below the ocean’s surface, where no sunlight can penetrate at all.
Here, anglerfish, cookie-cutter sharks, flashlight fish, lantern fish, gulper eels,
viperfish, and many other species have developed bioluminescence in unique
and creative ways to facilitate their lives.
        C.
The natural uses of bioluminescence vary widely, and organisms have learnt to
be very creative with its use. Fireflies employ bioluminescence primarily for
reproductive means – their flashing patterns advertise a firefly’s readiness to
breed. Some fish use it as a handy spotlight to help them locate prey. Others use
it as a lure; the anglerfish, for example, dangles a luminescent flare that draws in
gullible, smaller fishes which get snapped up by the anglerfish in an automated
reflex. Sometimes, bioluminescence is used to resist predators. Vampire squids
eject a thick cloud of glowing liquid from the tip of its arms when threatened,
which can be disorientating. Other species use a single, bright flash to
temporarily blind their attacker, with an effect similar to that of an oncoming car
which has not dipped its headlights.
        D.
Humans have captured and utilized bioluminescence by developing, over the
last decade, a technology known as Bioluminescence Imaging (BLI). BU involves
the extraction of a DNA protein from a bioluminescent organism, and then the
integration of this protein into a laboratory animal through trans-geneticism.
Researchers have been able to use luminized pathogens and cancer cell lines to
track the respective spread of infections and cancers. Through BLI, cancers and
infections can be observed without intervening in a way that affects their
independent development. In other words, while an ultra-sensitive camera and
bioluminescent proteins add a visual element, they do not disrupt or mutate the
natural processes. As a result, when testing drugs and treatments, researchers are
permitted a single perspective of a therapy’s progression.
        E.
Once scientists learn how to engineer bioluminescence and keep it stable in large
quantities, a number of other human uses for it will become available. Glowing
trees have been proposed as replacements for electric lighting along busy roads,
for example, which would reduce our dependence on non-renewable energy
sources. The same technology used in Christmas trees for the family home would
also eliminate the fire danger from electrical fairy lights. It may also be possible
for crops and plants to luminesce when they require watering, and for meat and
dairy products to “tell us” when they have become contaminated by bacteria. In
a similar way, forensic investigators could detect bacterial species on corpses
through bioluminescence. Finally, there is the element of pure novelty.
Children’s toys and stickers are often made with glow-in-the dark qualities, and
a biological form would allow rabbits, mice, fish, and other pets to glow as well.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS to complete the sentences below.
(6 to 10)
6. It is surprising that we can find the most dramatic examples of
bioluminescence deep below the  ________.
7. The luminescent fluid that a vampire squid emits has a ________ effect on its
predator.
8. In order to use bioluminescence in a trans-genetic environment, ________must
first be removed from a bioluminescent creature.
9. One advantage of BLI is that it could allow researchers to see how a treatment
is working without altering or disturbing ________.
10. In the future, ________ may be able to use bioluminescence to identify
evidence on dead bodies.
READING 2
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of the headings
below. Write the correct number i-v, in boxes 1 – 5 on your answer sheet.
List of headings
i The importance of getting the timing right
ii Young meets old
 iii Developments to the disadvantage of tortoise populations
iv Planning a bigger idea
v Tortoises populate the islands
vi Carrying out a carefully prepared operation
vii Looking for a home for the islands’ tortoises
viii The start of the conservation project
1. Paragraph         A         ___________
2. Paragraph         B         ___________
Example Paragraph         C         - viii
3. Paragraph         D         ___________
4. Paragraph         E         ___________
Example Paragraph         F         - vi
5. Paragraph         G         ___________
Flying Tortoises
An airborne reintroduction programme has helped conservationists take significant steps to
protect the endangered Galapagos tortoise.
A Forests of spiny cacti cover much of the uneven lava plains that separate the
interior of the Galapagos island of Isabela from the Pacific Ocean. With its
five distinct volcanoes, the island resembles a lunar landscape. Only the
thick vegetation at the skirt of the often cloud-covered peak of Sierra Negra
offers respite from the barren terrain below. This inhospitable environment
is home to the giant Galapagos tortoise. Some time after the Galapagos’s
birth, around five million years ago, the islands were colonised by one or
more tortoises from mainland South America. As these ancestral tortoises
settled on the individual islands, the different populations adapted to their
unique environments, giving rise to at least 14 different subspecies. Island
life agreed with them. In the absence of significant predators, they grew to
become the largest and longest-living tortoises on the planet, weighing more
than 400 kilograms, occasionally exceeding 1,8 metres in length and living
for more than a century
B Before human arrival, the archipelago's tortoises numbered in the hundreds
of thousands. From the 17th century onwards, pirates took a few on board
for food, but the arrival of whaling ships in the 1790s saw this exploitation
grow exponentially. Relatively immobile and capable of surviving for
months without food or water, the tortoises were taken on board these ships
to act as food supplies during long ocean passages. Sometimes, their bodies
were processed into high- grade oil. In total, an estimated 200,000 animals
were taken from the archipelago before the 20th century. This historical
exploitation was then exacerbated when settlers came to the islands. They
hunted the tortoises and destroyed their habitat to clear land for agriculture.
They also introduced alien species - ranging from cattle, pigs, goats, rats and
 dogs to plants and ants - that either prey on the eggs and young tortoises or
damage or destroy their habitat.
C Today, only 11 of the original subspecies survive and of these, several are
highly endangered. In 1989, work began on a tortoise-breeding centre just
outside the town of Puerto Villamil on Isabela, dedicated to protecting the
island’s tortoise populations. The centre’s captive-breeding programme
proved to be extremely successful, and it eventually had to deal with an
overpopulation problem.
D The problem was also a pressing one. Captive-bred tortoises can’t be
reintroduced into the wild until they’re at least five years old and weigh at
least 4,5 kilograms, at which point their size and weight - and their
hardened shells - are sufficient to protect them from predators. But if people
wait too long after that point, the tortoises eventually become too large to
transport.
E For years, repatriation efforts were carried out in small numbers, with the
tortoises carried on the backs of men over weeks of long, treacherous hikes
along narrow trails. But in November 2010, the environmentalist and
Galapagos National Park liaison officer Godfrey Merlin, a visiting private
motor yacht captain and a helicopter pilot gathered around a table in a small
cafe in Puerto Ayora on the island of Santa Cruz to work out more
ambitious reintroduction. The aim was to use a helicopter to move 300 of the
breeding centre’s tortoises to various locations close to Sierra Negra.
F This unprecedented effort was made possible by the owners of the 67-metre
yacht White Cloud, who provided the Galapagos National Park with free
use of their helicopter and its experienced pilot, as well as the logistical
support of the yacht, its captain and crew. Originally an air ambulance, the
yacht’s helicopter has a rear double door and a large internal space that’s
well suited for cargo, so a custom crate was designed to hold up to 33
tortoises with a total weight of about 150 kilograms. This weight, together
with that of the fuel, pilot and four crew, approached the helicopter’s
maximum payload, and there were times when it was clearly right on the
edge of the helicopter’s capabilities. During a period of three days, a group
of volunteers from the breeding centre worked around the clock to prepare
the young tortoises for transport. Meanwhile, park wardens, dropped off
ahead of time in remote locations, cleared landing sites within the thick
brush, cacti and lava rocks.
G Upon their release, the juvenile tortoises quickly spread out over their
ancestral territory, investigating their new surroundings and feeding on the
vegetation. Eventually, one tiny tortoise came across a fully grown giant
 who had been lumbering around the island for around a hundred years. The
two stood side by side, a powerful symbol of the regeneration of an ancient
species.
Complete the notes below. Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for
each answer.
The decline of the Galapagos tortoise
•  Originally from mainland South America
•  Numbers on Galapagos islands increased, due to lack of predators
•  17th century: small numbers taken onto ships used by (6) __________
•  1790s: very large numbers taken onto whaling ships, kept for (7) __________
and also used to produce (8)__________
•  Hunted by (9) __________  on islands
•  Habitat destruction: for the establishment of agriculture and by various
species not native to the islands, which also fed on baby tortoises and tortoises’
(10) __________  
READING 3
The Reading Passage  has five paragraphs (A-E). Choose the most suitable
heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below.  Write the
appropriate numbers (i-vi) in boxes 1-5 on your answer part
NB There are more headings than paragraphs so you will not use all of them.
PAPER RECYCLING
        A. 
Paper is different from other waste produce because it comes from a sustainable
resource: trees. Unlike the minerals and oil used to make plastics and metals,
trees are replaceable. Paper is also biodegradable, so it does not pose as much
threat to the environment when it is discarded. While 45 out of every 100 tones of
wood fibre used to make paper in Australia comes from waste paper, the rest
comes directly from virgin fibre from forests and  plantations. By world
standards this is a good performance since the world-wide average is 33 per cent
waste paper. Governments have encouraged waste paper collection and sorting
schemes and at the same time, the paper industry has responded by developing
new recycling technologies that have paved the way for even greater utilization
of used fibres. As a result, industry’s use of recycled fibres is expected to increase
at twice the rate of virgin fibres over the coming years.
        B. 
Already, waste paper constitutes 70% of paper used for packaging and advances
in the technology required to remove ink from the paper have allowed a higher
recycled content in newsprint and writing paper. To achieve the benefits of
recycling, the community must also contribute. We need to accept a change in
the quality of paper products; for example stationery may be less white and of a
rougher texture. There also needs to be support from the community for waste
paper collection programs. Not only do we need to make the paper available to
collectors but it also needs to be separated into different types and sorted from
contaminants such as staples, paperclips, string and other miscellaneous items.
        C. 
There are technical limitations to the amount of paper which can be recycled and
some paper products cannot be collected for re-use. These include paper in the
form of books and permanent records, photographic paper and paper which is
badly contaminated. The four most common sources of paper for recycling are
factories and retail stores which gather large amounts of packaging material in
which goods are delivered, also offices which have unwanted business
documents and computer output, paper converters and printers and lastly
households which discard newspapers and packaging material. The paper
manufacturer pays a price for the paper and may also incur the collection cost.
        D. 
Once collected, the paper has to be sorted by hand by people trained to recognise
various types of paper. This is necessary because some types of paper can only
be made from particular kinds of recycled fibre. The sorted paper then has to be
repulped or mixed with water and broken down into its individual fibres. This
mixture is called stock and may contain a wide variety of contaminating
materials, particularly if it is made from mixed waste paper which has had little
sorting. Various machineries are used to remove other materials from the stock.
After passing through the repulping process, the fibres from printed waste paper
are grey in colour because the printing ink has soaked into the individual fibres.
This recycled material can only be used in products where the grey colour does
not matter, such as cardboard boxes but if the grey colour is not acceptable, the
fibres must be de-inked. This involves adding chemicals such as caustic soda or
other alkalis, soaps and detergents, water-hardening agents such as calcium
chloride, frothing agents and bleaching agents. Before the recycled fibres can be
made into paper they must be refined or treated in such a way that they bond
together.
        E.
Most paper products must contain some virgin fibre as well as recycled fibres and unlike glass,
paper cannot be recycled indefinitely. Most paper is down-cycled which means that a product
made from recycled paper is of an inferior quality to the original paper. Recycling paper is
beneficial in that it saves some of the energy, labour and capital that go into producing virgin
pulp. However, recycling requires the use of fossil fuel, a non-renewable energy source, to
collect the waste paper from the community and to process it to produce new paper. And the
recycling process still creates emissions which require treatment before they can be disposed of
safely. Nevertheless, paper recycling is an important economical and environmental practice but
one which must be carried out in a rational and viable manner for it to be useful to both
industry and the community.
i Process of  paper recycling
ii Less threat of waste paper to the environment
iii Collection of paper for recycling
iv Sources of  paper for recycling
v Bad sides of paper recycling
vi Contribution of community to recycling paper
Your answer
1. Paragraph A __________
2. Paragraph B __________
3. Paragraph C __________
4. Paragraph D __________
5. Paragraph E __________
Complete the summary below.
Complete the summary below of the first two paragraphs of the Reading
Passage. Choose ONE OR TWO WORDS from the Reading Passage for each
answer.
From the point of view of recycling, paper has two advantages over minerals
and oil in that firstly it comes from a resource which is (6)__________ and
secondly it is less threatening to our environment when we throw it away
because it is  (7)__________ Although Australia’s record in the re-use of waste
paper is good, it is still necessary to use a combination of recycled fibre and
(8)__________ to make new paper. The paper industry has contributed positively
and people have also been encouraged by  (9)__________ to collect their waste on
a regular basis. One major difficulty is the removal of ink from used paper but 
(10)__________ are being made in this area.
READING 4
Read the passage and do the following tasks.
List of headings
i. American water withdrawal
ii. Economic pricing
iii. What the future holds
iv. Successful measures taken by some
v. The role of research
vi. The thirsty sectors
vii. Ways of reducing waste
viii. Interdependence of natural resources
ix. The demands of development
x. The consequences for agriculture
THE WATER CRISIS
1
Per capita water usage has been on an upward trend for many years. As countries industrialise
and their citizens become more prosperous, their individual water usage increases rapidly.
Annual per capita water withdrawals in the USA, for example, are about 1,700 cubic metres,
four times the level in China and fifty times the level in Ethiopia. In the 21st century, the world’s
limited supply of renewable fresh water is having to meet demands of both larger total
population and increased per capita consumption. The only practicable ways to resolve this
problem in the longer term economic pricing in conjunction with conservation measures.
2  
Agriculture consumes about 70% of the world’s fresh water, so improvements in irrigation can
make the greatest impact. At present, average efficiency in the use of irrigated water in
agriculture may be as low as 50%. Simple changes could improve the rate substantially, though
it is unrealistic to expect very high levels of water-use efficiency in many developing countries,
faced as they are with a chronic lack of capital and a largely untrained rural workforce. After
agriculture, industry is the second biggest user of water and, in terms of value added per litre
used, is sixty times more productive than agriculture. However, some industrial processes use
amounts of water. For example, production of 1 kg of aluminium might require 1,500 litres of
water. Paper production too is often very water-intensive. Though new processes have greatly
reduced consumption, there is still plenty of room for big savings in industrial uses of water.
3  
In rich countries, water consumption has gradually been slowed down by price increases and the
use of modem technology and recycling. In the USA, industrial production has risen fourfold
since 1950, while water consumption has fallen by more than a third. Japan and Germany have
similarly improved their use of water in manufacturing processes. Japanese industry, for
example, now recycles more than 75% of process water. However, industrial water consumption
is continuing to increase sharply in developing countries. With domestic and agricultural
demands also increasing, the capacity of water supply systems is under growing strain.
4  
Many experts believe that the best way to counter this trend is to impose water charges based
on the real cost of supplies. This would provide a powerful incentive for consumers to introduce
water-saving processes and recycling. Few governments charge realistic prices for water,
especially to farmers. Even in rich California, farm get water for less than a tenth of the cost of
supply. In many developing countries there is virtually no charge for irrigation water, while
energy prices are heavily subsidized too (which means that farmers can afford to run water
pumps day and night). Water, which was once regarded as a free gift from heaven, is becoming
a commodity which must be bought and sold on the open market just like oil. In the oil industry,
the price increases which hit the market in the 1970s, coupled with concerns that supplies were
running low, led to new energy conservation measures all over the world. It was realised that
investing in new sources was a far more costly option than improving efficiency of use. A similar
emphasis on conservation will be the best and cheapest option for bridging the gap between
water supply and demand.
5  
One way to cut back on water consumption is simply to prevent leaks. It is
estimated that in some of the biggest cities of the Third World, more than half of
the water entering the system is lost through leaks in pipes, dripping taps and
broken installations. Even in the UK, losses were estimated at 25% in the early
1990s because of the failure to maintain the antiquated water supply
infrastructure. In addition, huge quantities of water are consumed because used
water from sewage pipes, storm drains and factories is merely flushed away and
discharged into rivers or the sea. The modern approach, however, is to see used
water as a resource which can be put to good use - either in irrigation or, after
careful treatment, as recycled domestic water. Israel, for instance, has spent
heavily on used water treatment.
Soon, treated, recycled water will account for most farm irrigation there. There are other
examples in cities such as St Petersburg, Florida, where all municipal water is recycled back into
domestic systems.
6  
Another way of conserving water resources involves better management of the environment
generally. Interference with the ecosystem can have a severe effect on both local rainfall
patterns and water run-off. Forest clearings associated with India’s Kabini dam project reduced
local rainfall by 25%, a phenomenon observed in various other parts of the world where large-
scale deforestation has taken place. Grass and other vegetation acts as a sponge which absorbs
rainfall both in the plants and in the ground. Removal of the vegetation means that rainfall runs
off the top of the land, accelerating erosion instead of being gradually fed into the soil to renew
ground water.
7  
Global warming is bound to affect rainfall patterns, though there is considerable
disagreement about its precise effects. But it is likely that, as sea levels rise,
countries in low-lying coastal areas will be hit by seawater penetration of ground
water. Other countries will experience changes in rainfall which could have a
major impact on agricultural yield - either for better or for worse. In broad terms,
it is thought that rainfall zones will shift northwards, adding to the water deficit
in Africa, the Middle East and the Mediterranean - a grim prospect indeed.
Questions 8 - 10
Complete the summary below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the text for each answer.
     Other ways of protecting supplies are to reduce water loss resulting
from 8.______ in the supply systems and to find ways of utilising used water.
Longer term measures, such as improved environmental 9.______would protect
the ecosystem and ensure the replenishment of ground water for future
generations. Without such measures, future supplies are uncertain, especially
when global warming is expected to interfere with rainfall patterns and to
worsen the 10.  ______already suffered by many countries today.
Form 05 : Read the text and decide whether the following is true (T) or false (F).
READING 1
THE FIRST COMPUTER PROGRAMMER
Ada Lovelace was the daughter of the poet Lord Byron. She was taught by Mary
Somerville, a well-known researcher and scientific author, who introduced her to
Charles Babbage in June 1833. Babbage was an English mathematician, who first
had the idea for a programmable computer.
In 1842 and 1843, Ada translated the work of an Italian mathematician, Luigi
Menabrea, on Babbage's Analytical Engine. Though mechanical, this machine was
an important step in the history of computers; it was the design of a mechanical
general-purpose computer. Babbage worked on it for many years until his death
in 1871. However, because of financial, political, and legal issues, the engine was
never built. The design of the machine was very modern; it anticipated the first
completed general-purpose computers by about 100 years.
When Ada translated the article, she added a set of notes which specified in
complete detail a method for calculating certain numbers with the Analytical
Engine, which have since been recognized by historians as the world's first
computer program. She also saw possibilities in it that Babbage hadn't: she
realised that the machine could compose pieces of music. The computer
programming language 'Ada', used in some aviation and military programs, is
named after her.
1.         _________         Ada Lovelace's teacher introduced her to Charles Babbage.
2.         _________         Babbage programmed the first computer.
3.         _________         Ada translated the article in 1842..
4.         _________         The Analytical Engine was electronic.
5.         _________         Luigi Menabrea designed the first computer.
6.         _________         Babbage finished the machine before he died.
7.         _________         Babbage's design was ahead of its time.
8.         _________         Ada's work was instantly recognised as being the first
computer program.
9.         _________         Babbage saw that his machine could write music.
10. _________         Ada wrote military and aviation computer programs.
READING 2
THE DIGITAL DIVIDE
A recent survey has shown that the number of people in the United Kingdom
who do not intend to get internet access has risen. These people, who are know as
'net refuseniks', make up 44% of UK households, or 11.2 million people in total.
The research also showed that more than 70 percent of these people said that they
were not interested in getting connected to the internet. This number has risen
from just over 50% in 2005, with most giving lack of computer skills as a reason
for not getting internet access, though some also said it was because of the cost.
More and more people are getting broadband and high speed net is available
almost everywhere in the UK, but there are still a significant number of people
who refuse to take the first step.
The cost of getting online is going down and internet speeds are increasing, so
many see the main challenge to be explaining the relevance of the internet to this
group. This would encourage them to get connected before they are left too far
behind. The gap between those who have access to and use the internet is the
digital divide, and if the gap continues to widen, those without access will get left
behind and miss out on many opportunities, especially in their careers.
1.        _________         More people in the UK do not intend to get internet access
than before.
2.         _________         The majority of people in the UK are 'net refuseniks'.
3.         _________         Most of those without internet access want to get it.
4.         _________         The minority of the people surveyed in 2005 weren't
interested in having internet access.
5.         _________         The main reason for not getting internet access is the cost.
6.         _________         High speed internet is not available everywhere in the UK.
7.         _________         Both costs and speeds are increasing.
8.         _________         Many people think that getting the costs down is the key to
this problem.
9.         _________         The digital divide is widening in the UK.
10. _________   Not having access to the internet will only affect people's careers.
READING 3
THE ZX SPECTRUM
In April 1982 a British company, headed by Sir Clive Sinclair, launched the ZX
Spectrum computer on the market and sparked an IT revolution.
The tiny black computer with its rubber keys ignited the home computer age both
in the UK and elsewhere, which led to an boom in computer manufacturing and
developed software programmers whose talent is still evident today.
The ZX Spectrum was the brainchild of the entrepreneur Clive Sinclair, who had
previously developed one of the first cheap and slim pocket calculators. The
Spectrum was Sinclair's fourth computer, but was by far the most successful.
For many people, the ZX Spectrum was their first experience of using a computer
and it soon gained a loyal following. In fact, it would not be a great exaggeration
to credit Clive Sinclair and his ZX Spectrum with almost single-handedly creating
the IT industry in the UK and providing the first learning tools for the
programmers who shape today's video games and information technology.
Even today, there are programs being written for the Spectrum, though it has not
been made for years. The computer was so successful that there are many
nostalgic users all over the world, who look back on this machine with great
affection.
1.         _________         The ZX Spectrum had an ordinary keyboard.
2.         _________         The computer had a great impact only in the UK.
3.         _________          The impact of the computer is still noticeable today.
4.         _________         Clive Sinclair had not worked in electronics before making
the computer.
5.         _________         He only made computers.
6.         _________         A lot of people had not used a computer before they bought
the ZX Spectrum.
7.         _________         The IT industry in the UK owes a lot to Clive Sinclair.
8.         _________         The computer was influential in the area of video games.
9.         _________         People are writing programs for it because the computer is
still on the market.
10. _________   Many people have fond memories of this computer
READING 4
BULLY FOR YOU
The makers of a controversial computer game about bullying have decided to go
ahead and launch it despite calls for it to be banned. In the game, players take on
the role of a new students at a school and have to fight the bullies, by punching
them or hitting them with a baseball bat.
Critics have said that the game encourages violence, but the makers deny this and
say that, while there is violence in the game, it is just an amusing look at school
life, besides which, the violence in the game is directed against the bullies to
protect pupils who are being bullied. The makers also say that players will learn
to stand up to bullies.
A British politician, a former minister, has called for it to be banned as it might:
affect the way young people perceive violence.
Anti-bullying charities have said that the game might make people respond
violently to bullies, which might make things more complicated and result in
injuries.
1.        _________         The makers of the computer game decided not to release it.
2.         _________         In the game, the player takes on the role of a bully.
3.         _________         The game is set in a university.
4.         _________         Everyone agrees that the game encourages violence.
5.         _________         A British politician has spoken in favour of the game.
6.         _________         The politician used to be a minister.
7.         _________         The politician thinks it might make young people look at
violence differently.
8.         _________         The anti-bullying charity thinks the game is good because it
might make pupils stand up to bullies.
9.         _________         The anti-bullying charity thinks that people might get hurt
because of this game.
10. _________   The makers of the game have changed the contents before
releasing it in the UK.
READING 5
SHAMBO
Shambo, the bull at the centre of a three-month legal fight, has been killed. After a
positive test for TB, an order was made for his slaughter, in keeping with the law.
However, the multi-faith community where he lived went to court to try to save
him as he was a sacred animal to Hindus.
A High Court judge said that the order to kill him was unlawful, but the decision
was overturned in the Appeal Court. Police had to be called in as worshippers
had formed a human shield around the animal to stop him being taken away.
Opinion is very divided on the issue- some believe that he was a danger to the
national herd and needed to be killed, while others feel that religious beliefs
should be respected and the community had offered to provide sufficient
measures to ensure that he would not infect any other animals if he contracted the
disease as they planned to isolate him. The authorities cut through the security
fence and led the bull away. The following morning they announced that he had
been given a lethal injection.
The debate on the issue is unlikely to end with the death of Shambo and may
widen into a debate about the policy of killing cows that test positive for TB.
1.         _________         Shambo lived in a religious community.
2.         _________         The community did not do much to try to save him.;
3.         _________         The case went to more than one court.
4.         _________         Police went in because there were violent protests.
5.         _________         Everybody feels that he needed to be killed.
6.         _________         The community wanted Shambo to mix with other animals
despite the TB test.
7.         _________         Shambo was definitely ill with TB.
8.         _________         The authorities entered the place where Shambo was kept
without any problems.
9.         _________         Shambo was shot dead.
10. _________   From now on, no cows that test positive will be killed.
 CHAPTER VI : WRITING SKILLS
PART I : OVERVIEW OF A LETTER
 THEORY
A. KHÁI NIỆM
I. Định nghĩa 
Thư tín là văn bản chứa đựng những thông tin mà một người muốn báo cho một
(hoặc nhiều) người khác biết.
II. Văn phong
1. Thư có thể thức
        - Với thư có thể thức hay thư trang trọng (formal letters), người nhận là một
tổ chức, ví dụ một công ty, hay là một người khác mà bạn không biết rõ.
         - Ngôn ngữ trang trọng và lịch sự.
2. Thư bán thể thức
        - Với thư bán thể thức hay thư gần trang trọng (semi-formal letters), người
nhận là bạn bè, gia đình, người cấp dưới.
        - Ngôn ngữ sẽ thân thiện hơn và ít trang trọng hơn so với thư có thể thức.
3. Thư phi thể thức
        - Với thư phi thể thức hay thư thân mật (informal letters), người nhận là bạn
bè, gia đình nhưng thân mật hơn.
        - Ngôn ngữ thân mật, gần gũi hơn.
III. Bố cục
Ngày tháng (Date) - Viết bên tay phải của bức thư.
Ví dụ: May 24, 2008    hoặc 1 Aug, 2018    hoặc 24th May, 2018
Chào hỏi - Khi người nhận là người bạn biết rõ, sử dụng tên gọi của người nhận
 (To the recipient you know well, address his/ her first name)
Ví dụ: Dear Linda,
            Dear John,
- Khi người nhận là người cấp trên, nói rõ chức danh và tên họ của người
nhận (To the recipients who are superior to you, address their title
formally and their surname)
Ví dụ: Dear Mr. Adam,
            Dear Mrs./ Miss./Ms. CirLaurence,
người nhận là người bạn không biết rõ (To the person you
don't know) Ví dụ: Dear Sir(s),
(Salutation)
            Dear Madam,
            Dear Sir or Madam,
            To Whom It May Concern,
- Khi bạn biết chức danh của người nhân (If you know the
title of the recipient)
Ví dụ: Dear Professor,
            Dear Editor,
            Dear Manager,
            Dear Dean,
- Giới thiệu bản thân (Nếu cần thiết)
Phần mở đầu - Lí do của bức thư
(Introduction) Ví dụ: I'm writing to ask you for a favour.
- Giới thiệu tình huống, thông tin chung chung
- Đưa ra thông tin cụ thể về vấn đề/ tình huống (Give more
detail about the problem/ case)
- Trình bày phần thân của bài viết thư thành nhiều đoạn
Phần thân
(Body)
nhỏ, trong đó mỗi đoạn trả lời một ý được hỏi ở đề bài
(Divide the body into several
parts and each part covers one main idea stated in the
instruction.)
Phần kết thư - Nếu bắt đầu thư bằng “Dear Sir” hoặc “Madam” (đối với
(Complimentary thư từ liên quan đến công việc thì kết thư bằng:
Close) Kind regards,                             Yours truly,                
Respectfully,
Respectfully yours,                  Faithfully yours,
- Nếu bắt đầu thư bằng “Dear + tên cụ thể” thì kết thư bằng:
Yours sincerely,                        Sincerely yours,        
Regards,
Most sincerely,
- Nếu viết thư cho người bạn biết rõ thì kết thư bằng: 
Best wishes,                   All the best,                   Take care,        
 Cordially,
- Nếu viết thư cho người bạn thân hoặc các thành viên trong
gia đình thì kết thư bằng: 
Yours,                            Love,                                 Love always,  
See you,        Have a nice day,            Lots of love,          
With all my love,                 My best,
Phần ký tên - Ký tên ở sau phần kết thư và viết tên đầy đủ của người viết
(Signature)
B. CÁC DẠNG BÀI VIẾT THƯ
I. Thư phàn nàn (Letter of complaint)
1. Định nghĩa
Thư phàn nàn là dạng thư có mục đích phàn nàn, đưa ra góp ý hoặc khiếu nại tới
mối công ty, tổ chức, hay cá nhân về một dịch vụ, sản phẩm hoặc tình huống mà
người vi, thư không hài lòng.
2. Bố cục
- Nêu lên những vấn đề cần phàn nàn và bất cứ thông tin quan
trong
nào có liên quan
- Đưa ra những thông tin chính sau:
+ Thời gian, địa điểm xảy ra vụ việc
Phần mở + Tên người chịu trách nhiệm bán hàng hoặc cung cấp dịch vụ liên
đầu quan
+ Vấn đề gặp phải là gì
+ Các thông tin liên quan đến dịch vụ hay sản phẩm gồm: tên sản
phẩm, số hiệu, mẫu mã
* Lưu ý: ở phần mở đầu, chỉ nêu lên thông tin, tránh đề cập đến
cảm xúc cá nhân
- Nêu lên những nguyên nhân và hậu quả của vấn đề cần phàn
nàn
Phần thân - Mô tả vấn đề và hậu quả gặp phải: tập trung vào ý chính như
thời gian cụ thể khi mua sản phẩm hay sử dụng dịch vụ, thời điểm
và hoàn cảnh chi tiết xảy ra vấn đề
- Nêu lên phương án muốn thực hiện để giải quyết vấn đề
Phần kết
- Cũng có thể đưa ra thời gian hợp lí để dàn xếp, giải quyết vấn đề
3. Bài mẫu
You have bought an alarm clock through the mail order catalogue of a company but found it
went wrong after a few days. Write a letter to the manager and ask for compensation.
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing to you about the voice-controlled alarm clock which I ordered through your
mail order catalogue on Feb.20, 2012, and the order number is AC-124.
The alarm clock arrived safely five days ago and worked perfectly well for the first few
days but now it has gone wrong. When I shout at the alarm, it keeps on buzzing. While
according to the catalogue introduction, the buzzing is supposed to halt simultaneously
with a loud noise made. I was careful to follow the instructions set the alarm correctly
and place it on my bed-stand whose stop is 'flat and dry' as instructed in the brochures
lust now, I reset the clock following the Breakdown Clearance procedures in me brochure,
the same thing happened again.
I guess this is a rare problem as other than the alarm clock I ordered this time, I ha always
found your products to be excellent
Now, I am returning the alarm clock with this letter and would be grateful if you could
wareplacement and refund my postage.
I am looking forward to your favorable reply at your earliest convenience.
Yours faithfully,
Jack Nicholson
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý
- I attended a training course and found it terrible. đầu
- I found the service of ... Department Store poor.
- Much to my regret, I write this letter to place a complaint
against ...
- I am writing to draw your attention to ...
Phần mở - I wish to complain in the strongest terms about ...
đầu - I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with ...
- I regret to inform you that ...
- I am sorry to point it out, but ...
- I suppose you can imagine my feelings when I discovered that ...
- I guess you can understand my disappointment when I realized
that ...
Phần thân Nêu lên vấn đề (Reporting on the problem)
- I was careful to follow the instructions for use, honestly.
- Unfortunately, your product has not performed well because ...
- That the product does not work properly is not what I expected.
- That the service was not performed correctly is not what I
expected.
- I was billed the wrong amount.
- Something was not disclosed clearly or was misrepresented.
Thể hiện sự thông cảm (Showing positive understanding)
 - I realize that mistakes happen.
- I am not blaming anyone.
- Other than the three I've had to return recently, I've always found
 your products to be excellent.
- Your engineers have been excellent as always, but without the
correct parts they can't do the job required.
- I'd be grateful if you could send a replacement and refund my
postage.
- To resolve the problem, I would appreciate it if you could send
technicians over to repair the machine as soon as possible.
- When the matter is resolved, I'd be grateful for a suitable refund
Phân kết of some of my service contract costs.
- I look forward to a positive reply from you.
- Please make sure that appropriate measures are taken to solve
the problem.
- I expect a courtesy of a prompt reply from you and the necessary
remedial measures to be taken.
5. Đề luyện tập
Đề 1:
You bought a TV a week ago but when you got home you discovered it did not
work properly. You called customer service to report the problem but you have
not yet received any help.
Write a letter to the company and in your letter:
        - introduce yourself
        - explain the problem
         - state what action you would like from the company
Write at least 150 words.
Đề 2:
You are a student at a language school in New Zealand studying Business
English. Part of the course is a summer work placement programme.
Unfortunately, you have just learnt from the school that this programme has now
been cancelled.
Write a letter to the School Principal and in your letter:
         - state your reason for writing - describe the problem and your concerns
        - explain what you would like the Principal to do.
Write at least 150 words.
II. Thư xin lỗi (Letter of apology)
1. Định nghĩa
Thư xin lỗi là dạng thư có mục đích bày tỏ sự hối tiếc và muốn xin lỗi về một sai
lầm mà người viết đã mắc phải.
2. Bố cục
Phần mở - Nhận lỗi và trách nhiệm cho hành động của mình
 đầu
- Đưa ra câu hỏi liệu có thể giải quyết được vấn đề không và nếu
Phần thân
có sẽ giải quyết như thế nào
- Đưa ra lời xin lỗi một lần nữa
Phần kết
- Nên đưa ra lời hứa sẽ không tái phạm lỗi
3. Bài mẫu
One of your close friends is coming to visit your city for a couple of days. You have made
arrangements so that you can spend some time with your friend. However, for some
unforeseeable reasons, you won't be available any more. Write to your friend to apologize
and explain the reason, and tell him/her what to do.
Dear Linda,
I am terribly sorry that I can't spend any time with you during your stay in Ho Chi
Minh city and I'm writing to make my apology.
I have already made some arrangements for your visit and planned to accompany you to
Cu Chi Tunnels and the Ben Thanh Market. But this morning my boss assigned me to
take part in one-week training programme in Ha Noi starting on 30th of this July exactly
when you arrive in Ho Chi Minh city.
However, I have booked a hotel room for you and have arranged my friend Nam to meet
you at the airport. Nam is an English major at Hoa Sen University and he will be on his
summer holiday when you are here.
He offers to take you to some tourist resorts that I have mentioned in my letters. I am
sure you will find him an excellent guide for his fluent English and profound knowledge.
I sincerely hope that you will kindly accept my apology and that you will have a
wonderful stay in Ho Chi Minh city.
Yours, Minh
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý
- I am terribly/ awfully/ very sorry for ...
- I owe you an apology for ...
- I'm writing to ask you to excuse me for ...
Phần mở - The purpose of this is to convey to you my sincere apologies
đầu for ...
- Please accept my most sincere apology for ...
- Much to my regret, ...
- Can you ever forgive me for ...?
Phần thân Giải thích và nhắc lại lỗi đã gây ra (Explaining or reporting your
mistake)
- Let's not let a little misunderstanding come between us.
- I do know that this is very impolite and must have caused you
much trouble. - There is simply no excuse for my tardiness.
- I realize how much this had inconvenienced you and how angry
 you must have been.
- I feel bad about ...
- I was unable to keep my promise owing to the fact that ...
- I should(n't) have + P2
Đưa ra mong muốn hoặc hành động nhằm bù đắp lỗi lầm
(Expressing your wish/ action to rectify the situation)
- I am sending two 10-euro bills along with my sincerest apology.
Hope this will cover the cost of purchasing the same dictionary.
- Naturally, I want to replace it or pay you its value. Will you
please tell me which you prefer?
- I hope the settlement of this matter can meet your wishes.
- I accept full responsibility for what happened.
- I know this was completely my fault.
- The fault is entirely mine and I deeply regret that it happened.
- Please accept my most cordial and humblest apologies for once
more
- I will try my utmost not to make such a stupid mistake again.
Phần kết
- I can understand that it may be difficult for you to accept my
apology, but I hope that this letter might help make things better.
- I hope this letter will give us both a chance to understand each
other better
5. Đề luyện tập
Đề 1:
You said you would attend a friend's dinner party but you did not go.
Write a letter to your friend and in your letter:
        - apologize for not attending
        - explain why you did not attend
        - say what you will do to make up for it
Write at least 150 words.
Đề 2:
Your neighbours have recently written to you to complain about the noise from
your house flat.
Write a letter to your neighbours and in your letter:
        - explain the reasons for the noise
        - apologise for the noise
        - describe what action you will take: to make up for it
Write at least 150 words.
III. Thư yêu cầu (Letter of request)
1. Định nghĩa
Thư yêu cầu là dạng thư có mục đích đề nghị một tổ chức hay cá nhân nào đó
thực hiện một hoặc các yêu cầu được viết trong thư.
2. Bố cục
Phần mở - Đưa ra lí do tại sao muốn liên hệ với người nhận
đầu
Phần thân - Đưa ra thông tin chi tiết về yêu cầu hay sự nhờ vả
- Đưa ra lời cảm ơn đối với người nhận
- Mức độ lịch sự và độ dài của phần kết phụ thuộc vào mức độ
Phần kết
khó của
sự yêu cầu hay nhờ vả
 3. Bài mẫu
You are accepted as an overseas student by a university. You have a friend who happens to
live in the city where you are going. Write to your friend and ask him/her to help you find a
place to stay.
Dear Alice,
How is everything going with you in Southampton? I have been awarded a scholarship
study for my master's degree in the University of Southampton for two years and I am
planning to leave for the UK at the end of this September. I contacted the school
yesterday and was told that they do not have accommodation available for master
students. I hope you can help me to find a temporary place to stay for the first few weeks.
Preferably, 11 is close to the campus or within minutes' walk to bus stops. I wouldn't
mind living in a bedsit or sharing a flat with others, but I would like it to be basically
furnished. Please reserve it for three weeks so that I can look for a more suitable one if
necessary.
If it is too difficult for you at such a short notice, I hope you can help me Doon one week
in an inexpensive hostel near the university and I'd like to pay no more than 30 pounds
per day for the room. I would like to express my thankfulness and look forward to your
early reply.
Yours, Sarah
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý
- I am very interested in ...
- I am extremely interested in ...
- I take great interest in ... w.)
 - I would like to obtain some information about/ on ...
Phần mở - I am writing to you in the hope that I may obtain some
đầu information about/ on ...
- I am writing to enquire about ...
- I have been unable to ..., and I would like to seek help from you.
- I am writing to let you know that I find it difficult to ...
- Because of the difficulty of ..., I have to ask for advice.
 Mô tả một vài khó khăn/ vấn đề muốn được giúp đỡ (Describing
some of your difficulties/ problems.)
- I hardly had any idea of what the teacher said in class and
almost forgot what I had ever known well.
- I contacted the school yesterday and was told that they do not
have accommodation available for master students.
- I called the human resources department and was told that they
don't have any vacant position for accountants.
Đưa ra yêu cầu một cách lịch sự (Telling the reader what you
want).
- I wonder if you could ...
Phần thân
- Could you possibly ...? 1910 e lyd dibomo un gaib el mo man
- Would you please ...?
- Would it be possible for you to ...?
- I would like you to ...
- May I ...? ner forinto
- Is it OK if I ...?
- Would it be all right if I ...?
- I wonder if I could ...
- I hope it is OK if I ...
- I wish to ...
- I would like to ...
- I would greatly appreciate your help if you could ...
- I would be much obliged to you if you could ...
- It would be greatly appreciated if you could ...
- I hope you can ... and I will be grateful if you could ...
- Would it be possible for you to ...?
- Thank you for your time and consideration.
Phần kết
- Thank you very much in advance.
- Thank you in advance for your help.
- Your kind reply will be highly appreciated.
- I would like to express my thankfulness and look forward to
your early reply. - I am looking forward to a favourable reply at
your earliest convenience.
5. Đề luyện tập
Đề 1:
You are going to another country to study. You would like to do a part-time job
while you are studying, so you want to ask a friend who lives there for some
help.
Write a letter to your friend and in your letter:
        - give details of your study plans
        - explain why you want to get a part-time job
        - suggest how your friend could help you find a job
Write at least 150 words.
Đề 2:
You are going on a short course to a training college abroad. It is a college that
you have not been to before.
Write a letter to the accommodation officer and in your letter:
        - give details of your course and your arrival/departure date
        - explain your accommodation needs
        - ask for information about getting to and from the college bomo
Write at least 150 words.
IV. Thư cảm ơn (Letter of thanks)
1. Định nghĩa
Thư cảm ơn là dạng thư có mục đích bày tỏ sự biết ơn, cảm kích với người nhận
thư.
2. Bố cục
Phần mở - Đưa ra mục đích của bức thư: thể hiện sự cảm ơn, trân trọng đó
đầu người nhận
Phần thân - Mô tả ngắn gọn những gì người nhận đã làm cho mình
- Đưa ra lời cảm ơn chân thành một lần nữa và gợi ý những những
Phần kết gì mình
muốn làm để đáp trả lại lòng tốt của người nhận
3. Bài mẫu
You had an operation and stayed in a hospital for two weeks for treatment. Now you
recovered and came back to school to continue your study. Write a letter to the hospital to
express your appreciation to the doctors and nurses who cared for you.
To All Staff of AAA Hospital:
I am writing to express my appreciation for the wonderful treatment and care you all
showed to me following my recent operation.
Before I came into the hospital, I was very nervous but you were all so kind, which took
away a lot of my anxiety. You demonstrated your great sense of responsibility caring for
me when I was helpless in the days immediately following the operation and also gave me
the support and encouragement I needed to recover.
I'd like to particularly thank Linda James who provided me with round-the-clock nursing
care and to Dr. Jerry Carter for his expertise in the operating theatre. However, I'd also
like to thank all the other people, who all played such an important part in my treatment.
Thanks to you all. I'm now able to go back to school and finish my Master's study.
Without your help, this would not have been possible. So you can imagine how grateful I
am.
Best regards, Peter Stark
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý (Suggested words and expressions)
- I want to thank you for/ Thank you so much for ...  
- I would like to write you and say thanks for ...
Phần mở
- I take this opportunity to express my deep appreciation to you
đầu
for ...
- It was most thoughtful and generous of you to ...
Tóm tắt ngắn gọn những gì người nhận đã làm cho mình (Briefly
retelling what the recipient has done)
- You certainly know how to make a guest feel at home.
- Your delicious meals were a treat, and your flexibility in adapting
to my irregular schedule made many things possible.
- The book you suggested was exactly what I needed and it has
saved me countless hours.
Phần thân
- This information is certain to help our future cooperation.
Thể hiện cảm xúc của mình (Expressing your emotions)
- Because of you, I was able to relax.
- It was a complete surprise for me and a thrill I'll never forget.
- I am sure this job would not have come to me without your help.
- The party you gave in my honour was quite a surprise and loads
of fun.
- I really appreciate it.
- I appreciate it more than I can say.
- It was kind and generous of you to do this for me.
Phần kết - Thank you once again, from the bottom of my heart.
- Please accept our most sincere feelings of gratitude.
- I hope you know how much I appreciate your hospitality, and
your many kindnesses to me.
5. Đề luyện tập
Đề 1:
You and some friends ate a meal at a restaurant to celebrate a special occasion,
and you were very pleased with the food and service.  Write a letter to the
restaurant manager and in your letter you should:
        - give details of your visit to the restaurant
        - explain the reason for the celebration
        - say what was good about the food and the service
Write at least 150 words.
Đề 2:
After being involved in an accident, you were looked after by a person you did
not know before. Write a special thank you letter to express your gratitude and in
your letter you should:
        - introduce yourself and let him/her know why you are writing
        - express your appreciation
        - offer him/her to visit your home with his/her family
Write at least 150 words.
SAMPLE LETTERS FOR GIFTED STUDENTS
TEST 1
You recently received an email from your English-speaking friend, Pat, inviting you to visit and
stay with his family.
You said you’d like to come and stay for a while in the summer, so I’m writing to ask if you’d like to visit in
July.
By the way, it’s my brother Tim’s 18th birthday on 10th July so try to be here then, because there’ll be a big
special party to go to. Lots of our friends and relatives will be there!
I’m on holiday in July too, so perhaps we could go camping for a few days as well? If you’re
coming, let me know if there’s anything else you’d particularly like to do. Then I can make some
plans.
        Dear Pat,
        Thank you for your email. It’s great to hear from your news. I am writing to
tell you I am sure I would like to come and stay with you for a while in the
summer. I think July seems to be perfect for my visit because I don’t go to school
and the weather is also fine.
        By the way, It’s your brother Tim’s birthday, so I try to arrive early to help
you with the preparation. I know your brother, Tim fancy reading books. I
intend to give him a novel of “Harry Potter” series which is popular for
teenagers. I think he will love it so much.
        Although camping is my favorite activity, I’m afraid I can’t go camping with
you for a few days as well because I want to visit my old teacher in the
countryside instead. He is my English teacher.
        During my staying in your country, there are lots of interesting things we
could do such as sightseeing, swimming, photography and so on that makes me
close to nature and feel healthy after the trip. I’m sure we will have lot of fun. I’m
eager for this trip,
        I can’t wait to see you. I am looking forward to hearing from you soon.
        Best wishes,
TEST 2
You have received a letter from your English-speaking friend, Sam, asking you
about a festival in your country.
        Dear Sam,
        Thanks for your letter. It’s great to hear from you. You can know that there
are many holidays thoughout the year in my country, but the most important
festival in my country is Tet holiday. For the Vietnamese people, Tet festival is
like a combination of Western Saint Sylvester, New Year's Day, Christmas, Easter
and Thanksgiving. It is the festival of Purity and Renewal. On this occasion,
people stop working and stay at home to clean and decorate the house. Everyone
believe that cleaning and decorating the house will get rid of the bad fortunes
associated with the old year. People often visit their relatives for New Year’s
greetings. Children wear new clothes and they usually receive red envelopes
from older people. One of the most traditional special foods for New Year (Tet)
of Vietnamese is Banh Chung or sticky rice cake. Banh Chung is a must among
other foods to be placed on the ancestors’ altars during Tet holiday.
        What about popular celebration in your country? Can you tell me about it? I
am very happy if you come and enjoy with us on this occasion in the next time. I
look forward to hearing from you.
         Love,
TEST 3
You have received the following letter from your English-speaking friend, Sam, asking you
about how to get to your apartment from the airport.
Thanks for inviting me to stay with you when I visit your country next month. I'm not sure how to get to
your apartment from the airport. Could you write back giving me some basic instructions? What would be
the best method of transport for me? I'd prefer one that isn't too expensive! Just one other thing - what will
the weather be like when I get there? (Just so I'll know what clothes to pack!) .........
        Dear Sam,
        I got your letter this morning and it’s great to know that you are visiting my
country next week.I know this is going to be your first time in Viet nam, so I'll
give some useful information.About your questions how to get from the airport
to our apartment. Well, it won't be difficult. There are many ways to get to my
apartment from the airport. When you arrive at Tan Son Nhat airport, take the
bus because it is cheaper, I’m afraid that it takes you much time to get here. So it
is better for you to take a taxi motorbike. I think it’s not only cheaper but also
faster for you.
        About the weather, it's always hot here. The days are generally sunny, don’t
forget about coats and jackets! It's all right if you bring mainly summer clothes
such as shorts, T-shirts and sandals. Be sure to bring also some sun block,
sunglasses and a swimming suit. I think you will fine with it.
        I can’t wait to see you.I'm looking forward to your arrival. . If you want to
ask me more information or need some advice you can send me a mail or give
me a ring. See you in a few weeks.
TEST 4
Some English friends, Peter and Sue Hall, have written to you for advice. Their 20 year old son,
Tom wants to get a job teaching English in your country.
Tom’s doing a teacher-training course at the moment, as you know, but he thinks he ought to learn
something of the language before he comes, which seems like a good idea. He bought a “Teach Yourself”
book on the language, but we were wondering if you had any other suggestions which would help him. It’s
quite a while since he studied a language at school, so He’d also be really grateful for some general tips on
learning a language.
        Dear Peter and Sue,
        I’m very glad to hear that Tom wants to be an English teacher in my
country. He’s going to learn Vietnamese and I think it is neccessary for him to
teach English here. And so I will give him some advices to help him learn
Vietnamese better.
        Firstly, Tom doesn’t need to care about the grammar. Because the language
we speak is mainly based on the meaning of words, and the grammar we use is
very irregular. So that he should concentrate more on studying the vocabulary
than learning grammar.
        Secondly, the book which he bought cannot help him learn Vietnamese.
Because our language is very diversified and a book is never able to contain all of
it. Tom ought to meet some Vietnamese people or someone who has experience
in learning Vietnamese. Native speakers is always a good choice for learning a
language. He also may talk to me through the internet. I may teach him whatever
I can.
        I’m looking forward to news from you soon. It’ll be very fantastic if Tom can
come here
and be a teacher. Your friends,
TEST 5
You recently helped organize a college ski trip and you have received this email from a parent
of one of a students went.
I understand you were one of the organizers of our son’s ski trip. I have to say my husband and I were
extremely dissatisfied with the arrangements. My son has informed us that the ski slopes were poor, the
lessons were fewer than promised and the accommodation was inadequate.
Can you please give us a satisfactory explanation?
        Dear Ms White,
        First, let me appologise for any disappointment your son experienced on our
ski trip. It is true that there were several concerns. Since we had been led to
believe by the company that there would be sufficient slopes for both beginners
and advanced skiers, we were extremely upset when this turned out to not to be
the case. It was also unfortunate that lack of snow meant that artificial snow had
to be used instead.
        As for the question of lessons, if you look at the letter we sent you, you will
see that only five one-hour lessons were included in the price and that extra
hours would have to be paid for separately.
        In relation to accommodation, I am not quite sure what you are referring to.
I know that in one room there were not enough beds but this was not the case in
your son's room.
        We would like to assure you that we take all complaints seriously. We have
already decided that next year we will change the company and the location for
our trip and we hope that your son will consider joining us again.
Yours sincerely,
TEST 6
You have just received a letter from your English pen friend, accepting your invitation to come
and stay with you just after Christmas.
Thanks very much for the invitation to stay with your family for a few days after Christmas- of course I’d
love to come.
I’ve already found out about flights, and I could arrive at 12:30 midday on the 27th December. As
you know, I’ve never been abroad during the Christmas holidays so I have no idea what to expect.
What kind of things do you normally do then? And what’s the weather like there at that time of
year? Let me know if there are any special clothes I should bring.
        Dear John,
        Thank you very much for your letter. It’s great to know that you accept my
invitation to come and stay with us.
        As you can see, everything is very peaceful and quiet here. We normally
spend the time just relaxing at home, getting over all the celebrations and
finishing off the Christmas food. We either read or play games and occasionally
go out for a walk in the snow.
        When you come here. We ‘d like to take you to the mountain for a few days.
It’s very beautiful here at this time of the year. We can go skiing during the day.
And in the evenings, we can go out to try some special food in local restaurants
because the area is famous for it’s good food.
        The temperature drop to 10 degrees centigrade in December. It’s certainly
very cold. So make sure to bring some warm clothes, a pair of walking boots
would be ideal as well as some waterproof trousers if you have them just in case
it becomes cold at midnight.
        That’s all for now. I will pick you up at the airport on the 27th. I’m looking
forward to your arrival. See you soon.
        Love,
TEST 7
You are studying English in London and you’ve just received a letter from your friend, Ken, who
is a sailing instructor on the south coast.
And I’m really enjoying the job.
By the way, we’re going to run weekend sailing courses for complete beginners. Why don’t you
come down to Hamble and do one? You’re always said you wanted to learn to sail, so this would
be an ideal opportunity. And after only a few weekends you could get your certificate
        Dear Ken,
        It is my great pleasure to write this letter in replying to your requests and
suggestions. I feel very happy when you’re really interested in your job. I am
studying English in London and in this time, I am trying to live and study there.
As you know sailing is one of the most interesting hobbies when I was a child
Therefore, I think that I will come down to Hamble to take part in your sailing
courses in the first one next month for complete beginners. Because, by joining
this course I will study the ways to sail with my friends and get my certificate.
        I am looking forward from your news. Please let me know soon more
complete information about your course such as fee, studying environment or
teachers and so on.
        Yours sincerely,
TEST 8
You English friend, Tom came to visit you recently and he has just sent you an email and some
photos:
Thanks for taking me to the airport. I hope your journey home wasn’t too long. I really enjoyed staying
with you. Here are the photos I took. Which one do you like best? When I got home, I realized I left my
watch behind, It’s green and gold. You haven’t found it, have you? I think we’ll have a great time together
when you come here in September. We could either spend the whole time in my family’s flat in the city or
stay on my uncle’s farm in the countryside? Which would you like to do?
        Dear Tom,
        Thanks for your email. It was great to hear from you. How are you? I hope
you’re well. First of all, it is that fact that it took me over 3 hours to get home
because there was a traffic accident happening on the street that caused the long
traffic jams which I meet. How terrible!
        I saw all the photos and I like them all because they are beautiful but my
favorite is the one in the park which we were together. It looks more attractive
and natural.
        Don’t worry about your watch. When I entered my bed room I found it on
the desk
next to the computer. Let me send it back to you.
        I’m really looking forward to my trip in September. I would prefer to stay at
your uncle’s house because I like farm life, natural beauties, fresh air. Moreover,
we can take part in outdoor activities such as hiking, mountain climbing,
swimming in a river. I’m sure we will have a lot of fun.
        I can’t wait to see you soon. Drop me a line.
        Love,
TEST 9:
You have just received a letter from your English pen pal, Mark, inviting you to come and stay
with him in the summer.
I’m sorry I haven’t written sooner, but I’m busy helping my parents out on the farm. It’s a great fun
though I haven’t got used to getting up at six every morning to milk the cows. We often have the radio on
while we’re doing it, so it’s not too bad. Then, once we have had breakfast, we tend to spend the rest of the
day outside, either in the fields or looking after the sheep. Do you remember Lady, our oldest sheepdog?
Well, she has just had puppies! If you are free in the summer, you could come and see them all and help
with the harvest as well. Let me know if you can make it- We’d love to see you again.
        Dear Mark,
        It’s really nice to receive your news. I know that you are busy helping your
parents out on the farm so do not worry about writing to me late. Getting up
early is not easy for us but I think it will be very interesting when we get up early
to milk the cows. I was amazed when you said that you often listen to the radio
while milking, I cannot imagine that before but I think it will be very fantastic.
        How can I forget that cute old sheepdog, she was always around me when I
was there. It’s such wonderful news about the puppies, I am so excited to play
with them on my next trip.
        In fact, I am going to ask you if I can come to stay on your farm this summer,
I am so happy when you suggest like that, of course, I really want to have a
meaningful holiday by helping your family with the harvest
        Looking forward to seeing you in the summer
        Love,
TEST 10
You have received a letter from your English-speaking friend, Renate, who is planning to visit
you. Read part of his letter below.
It was great to talk on the phone last week about my visit to your country. I’m sorry that you won’t be
home when I visit but it’s great that your brother can meet me at the airport and let me stay at his house.
As I have only 10 days, where would you recommend I visit? And also what is the best way to travel? Is it
expensive to hire a car? One other thing, I’d like to bring your brother a present. What do you think he’d
like? Maybe he’d like some of my country’s chocolate.
        Dear Renate
        I’m glad to receive your letter from you. Although I won’t be home when
you visit my country, my brother will replace you to be a guide for you during
your visit so I feel very safe.
        There are many beautiful places so that you can have the oporturnity to
come. For example, you can go Han Mac Tu, Bai Trung, Han Mac Tu, Hoang
Hau beach, Life’s beach, Nhon Ly and so on. I can be sure that you can have
comfortable and relaxed moments with your family or loved friends there.
Indeed, in my opinion, the best way for you to travel is motorbike because traffic
in my country is not too busy when compared to other cities including Ho Chi
Minh city. Moreover, you can also be interesting to note that you won’t have
spend too much money to hire a car if you want. On behalf my brother, I thank
you of giving a present to him when you come here. One of his hobbies is
reading books; therefore, you can give him to some novel books, or short stories
and so on. I’m sorry to let me know that my brother is not interested in eating
sweet food, so you don’t have to bring you your country’s chocolate.
        I’m looking to forward from hearing your news soon.
PART II : OVERVIEW OF A PARAGRAPH
 THEORY
A. KHÁI NIỆM
1. Định nghĩa
Đoạn văn (a paragraph) là tập hợp các câu có liên kết chặt chẽ với nhau về nội
dung và Hình thức nhằm diễn đạt hoàn chỉnh ý tưởng chính (main idea) về 1
chủ đề (topic). Đoạn văn bắt đầu bằng chữ cái viết hoa, lùi đầu dòng và kết thúc
bằng dấu chấm ngắt câu và xuống dòng.
2, Bố cục
 Đoạn văn hoàn chỉnh gồm có 1 câu mở đoạn (a topic sentence), các câu thân
đoạn (body sentences) và 1 câu kết đoạn (a concluding sentence).
        - Câu mở đoạn thường là câu đầu tiên, thể hiện ý chính của đoạn văn.
        - Các cầu thân đoạn diễn giải câu mở đoạn, cung cấp thêm thông tin chi tiết
về chủ đề.
        - Câu kết đoạn là câu cuối cùng của đoạn văn, nhắc lại ý chính hoặc đưa ra nhận xét cuối
cùng về chủ đề.
Indonesia - Something Interesting at Every → a topic sentence
Turn                                                                           → body
             sentences
                     
By Ken Jones → a concluding sentence
If you dream of travelling to a country with
beautiful tropical islandswonderful food,
beautiful places to go sightseeing, and very
friendly people, you should visit Indonesia.
[If you look at the map, the first thing you notice
is that Indonesia is made up of islands - more
than 17,000 of non them. Travelling between
islands by boat is great fun. Just like the many
islands, there are also many different groups of
people living in Indonesia. In fact, there are
around 300 different groups! Most Indonesians
are Malay, but others are Javanese, Balinese,
Chinese, or Indian. All these groups together
make Indonesian culture very interesting.
Finally, Indonesia has many cities and historical
sights to see. Jakarta, the capital city, is fast
becoming a modern centre of commerce, yet the
ancient temples on the island of Bali show that
the country's old traditions are still alive.] All
the people, places, and things to see
definitely make Indonesia a great place for a
vacation.
                  (College Writing: From Paragraph to
Essay)
3. Cách viết một đoạn văn
3.1. Câu mở đoạn
        Thường là câu đầu tiên của đoạn văn và cho người đọc biết chủ đề của đoạn
văn cũng
như thông báo cho người đọc biết người viết sẽ viết gì về chủ đề đó. Trong câu
mở đoạn có 2 thành phần chính: chủ đề (topic) và ý tưởng chủ đạo (controlling
idea).

Ví dụ : Da Nang is considered the most worth-living cities in Vietnam.

                  Topic                                    controlling idea
Ý tưởng chủ đạo chính là phần giới hạn nội dung của đoạn văn, cho người đọc
biết rằng đoạn văn chỉ nói đến những khía cạnh nào đó của chủ đề thôi chứ
không phải những khía cạnh khác. Những khía cạnh này sẽ được giải thích, làm
rõ, chứng minh ở thân đoạn Do đó ý tưởng chủ đạo không nên là điều hiển
nhiên hoặc là thông tin quá chi tiết.
Ví dụ: - A laptop is a machine. (điều hiển nhiên)
                - I bought a new laptop last week. (thông tin quá chi tiết)
                - A laptop is a useful tool for me to study English, ý tưởng chủ đạo hợp lý)
3.2. Các câu thân đoạn
Các cầu thân đoạn nằm sau câu mở đoạn và cung cấp thêm thông tin cho chủ đề
cũng như ý tưởng chủ đạo. Người viết có thể nếu định nghĩa, giải thích và đưa
ra ví dụ minh họa ở các cầu thân đoạn.
Ví dụ:
Câu mở đoạn: Young people are too dependent on computers.
Thân đoạn:
-        Đưa ra định nghĩa: Dependency on computers means that young people cannot
perform the normal tasks and functions of daily life without them.
-        Giải thích: In the old days, people memorized important information, but today's
youth rely on their computers, cell phones, and PDA's to do assignments, record
numbers, and save important information. As a result, they can find themselves
unprepared in an emergency such as an electrical blackout. Once their batteries die, these
people will not be able to communicate.
-        Đưa ra ví dụ minh họa: For example, I do all my schoolwork on my computer.
When my computer crashed last week, I lost my only draft of an essay that was due the
next day. As a result, I got a bad grade.
                        (Effective Academic Writing 1: The Paragraph)
3.3. Câu kết đoạn
Đây là câu cuối cùng trong đoạn. Câu này có thể diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng
từ ngữ, cấu trúc câu khác hoặc tóm tắt các ý chính trình bày ở thân đoạn.
Ví dụ:
-         Câu mở đoan: My favourite class is psychology.
        Câu kết đoạn: Learning about how the mind works makes psychology my favourite
class. (tóm tắt các ý chính trong thân đoạn)
-         Câu mở đoạn: For me, a friend is someone who accepts you the way you are.
        Câu kết đoan: Someone who likes me the way I am is a good friend for me. (diễn
đạt lại câu mở đoạn)
Ngoài ra, người viết có thể dùng các cách sau để kết thúc đoạn văn:
-        cảnh báo người đọc: If you do not follow these steps, you may not get the grad
that you want.
-        đưa ra dự đoán: The automotive industry will change, and soon everyone will
be driving pollution-free cars.
-        đưa ra ý kiến, quan điểm về chủ đề: Some people might disagree, but I believe
lamb is the best meat for grilling.
B. CÁC DẠNG ĐOẠN VĂN
I. đoạn văn miêu tả (a descriptive paragraph)
 1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn miêu tả, người viết sử dụng từ ngữ để giúp người đọc hình
dung về đổi vong được miêu tả. Do đó người đọc có thể hiểu được đối tượng đó
trông ra làm sao,mùi vị và âm thanh như thế nào, được đặt ở đâu. khi nào và
cảm nhận được cảm xúc của người viết.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu đối tượng được miêu tả
- Thể hiện cảm nhận chung hoặc ý kiến của người viết về đối tượng đó
Thân đoạn
- Cung cấp thêm thông tin về đối tượng
 - Miêu tả chi tiết về đối tượng (hình thức, tính chất) - Miêu tả chi tiết cảm nhận
của người viết
Câu kết đoạn
- Diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc câu khác hoặc tóm tắt các ý
chính trình bày ở thân đoạn
3. Bài mẫu
The Long Life of my Grandfather's Car
        I own a car that has special meaning for me because it belonged to my grandfather.
When he was a young man, he saved money so he could buy a beautiful car to use on
trips around the country. He finally bought a Cadillac convertible. It was white and blue
with silver trim. There were white circles on the tires, and it had a powerful horn that
made people jump out of his way. The seats were also white, but the dashboard was black.
The steering wheel had a brown leather cover. The mats were gray and always clean. My
grandfather took very good care of the car, and after he died my uncle gave it to me. I am
very happy because it still has the original motor, and the body is intact. If it has
problems, I will fix it myself. I plan to take very good care of my grandfather's car
because someday I will use it to travel to all the states and cities that my grandfather
visited when he was a young man.
(Effective Academic Writing 1: The Paragraph)
4. Đề luyện tập
Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Describe a firework display.
2.Describe your favourite restaurant.
3.Describe your favourite film/ book.
4. Describe your favourite character.
II. Đoạn văn tường thuật (a narrative paragraph)
1. Khái niệm
Trong đoạn văn tường thuật, người viết kể về những tình tiết, sự kiện, vv. đã xảy
ra ở quá khứ, có thể là câu chuyện của bản thân hoặc của một ai đó. Dạng đoạn
văn . thường tập trung vào việc trình bày logic và hệ thống theo trình tự thời
gian, sự việc diễn ra trước, sự việc nào diễn ra sau. Đoạn văn tường thuật thường
bao gồm các vết cần thiết cho sự phát triển của một câu chuyện, ví dụ như: bối
cảnh, các nhân vật có hoạt động, nhận xét về sự kiện đó.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu cho người biết câu chuyện về sự việc gì
- Có thể giới thiệu thời gian, địa điểm diễn ra câu chuyện
- Thu hút được sự chú ý của người đọc
Thân đoạn
- Kể chi tiết về câu chuyện đã diễn ra như thế nào
- Bao gồm cảm nhận của người viết, ví dụ như người viết đã nhìn thấy gì, nghe
thấy gì, ngửi thấy gì, cảm thấy gì
- Có thể đưa ra cảm xúc của người viết trong suốt câu chuyện
Câu kết đoạn
- “Đóng lại” câu chuyện
- Đưa ra nhận xét hoặc cảm nhận của người viết sau câu chuyện là gì
3. Bài mẫu
A Hair-raising Experience
        One evening, my mom was downstairs doing the laundry. As usual, she was trying
to do ten jobs at once when she grabbed the wet clothes from the washer and tossed them
into the dryer. She slammed the dryer door, turned the timer, and started to run upstairs.
All of a sudden, a whining sound stopped her in her tracks. The sound was coming from
the dryer. She yelled for me. As I raced downstairs, the sound grew louder and louder. I
flung the dryer door open. There to our surprise was Mica, our cat he looked like someone
who had just got off a Tilt-A-Whirl ride. His eyes bugged out, and his hair looked like a
cartoon character with a finger in an electric outlet. Mica darted out of the dryer and up
the stairs. After that, Mom always checked out the dryer before slamming the door, and
Mica stayed clear of the laundry room for a long, long time.
                                        (Write Source)
4. Đề luyện tập
Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Your embarrassing experience
2. A strange or interesting incident that you witnessed
3. Your heartbreaking moment
II. Đoạn văn miêu tả quá trình (a process paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn miêu tả quá trình, người viết tập trung vào việc giải thích cách
thức thực hiện một công việc hoặc nhiệm vụ nào đó bằng cách trả lời câu hỏi làm
như thế nào, theo cách nào.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu nhiệm vụ hoặc quá trình mà người viết sẽ giải thích ở thân đoạn
Thân đoạn
- Miêu tả các bước thực hiện một cách chi tiết
- Có thể cung cấp thông tin về nhiệm vụ/ quá trình để người đọc hiểu được tại
sao nhiệm vụ, quá trình này cần thiết hoặc quan trọng
 - Có thể bổ sung thông tin về các dụng cụ cần để thực hiện nhiệm vụ quá trình
Câu kết đoạn
- Diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc khác
- Đưa ra gợi ý hoặc cảnh báo nhằm giúp người đọc thực hiện nhiệm vụ/ quá
trình dễ dàng hơn
3. Bài mẫu
        Planning a vacation abroad? Here are some suggestions to make your trip
successful. First, find out if you need a visa for the country that you want to visit. Make
sure you have enough time to apply for it before you buy your ticket. After you have
found out about visas, you should research airfares and schedules. Next, look for the best
flight for you. Remember, the cheapest flight may stop over in several cities and reduce
the amount of time you have to spend at your destination. You might want to fly direct.
While you are researching flights, you can also ask your travel agent about getting a good
deal on a hotel. It's a good idea to book your flight and hotel early if you are sure of your
destination. If you haven't already done it, the next step is to learn about places to visit,
the weather, the food, and other details about the country. The Internet can be a very
useful source of information. Finally, on the day of your flight, make sure you go to the
airport at least two hours before your flight. Now you are ready to start enjoying your
vacation!
                        (College Writing: From Paragraph to Essay)
4. Đề luyện tập
Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. How to create a successful profile?
2. How to use social networks (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, etc.) sensibly and
effectively?
3. How to choose a major in college?
IV. Đoạn văn so sánh - đối chiếu (a compare-contrast paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa 
Trong đoạn văn so sánh - đối chiếu, người viết trình bày sự giống và khác nhau
của hai đối tượng người, vật, sự việc)
2. Bố cục
Ta có thể viết lần lượt điểm giống hoặc khác nhau của cả hai đối tượng (block organization) hay
chia nhỏ từng ý rồi chỉ ra điểm giống và khác nhau của hai đối tượng (point-by-point
organization).
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu hai đối tượng được so sánh
- Trình bày sự giống nhau và/ hoặc khác nhau giữa hai đối tượng
Thân đoạn
Block organization Point-by-point organization
- Đối tượng 1: những đặc điểm được so - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 1: đặc
sánh điểm: của đối tượng 1 và đối tượng 2
- Đối tượng 2: những đặc điểm tương - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 2: đặc
ứng được so sánh với đối tượng 1 điểm của đối tượng 1, đối tượng 2
Hoặc - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 3: đặc
- Tất cả điểm giống nhau giữa đối điểm của đối tượng 1, đối tượng 2
tượng 1 và đối tượng 2
- Tất cả điểm khác nhau giữa đối tượng
1 và đối tượng 2
Câu kết đoạn
- Tóm tắt lại những điểm giống nhau và/ hoặc khác nhau giữa hai đối tượng -
Đưa ra cảm nhận của người viết về hai đối tượng
3. Bài mẫu
Block organization
        Reading a story in a book is often very different from seeing it as a movie. When you
read a story, you need to use your imagination. A book usually gives a lot of description
about the people, places, and things in the story, so you can create pictures in your mind.
In addition, the conversations between people are always written with details that
describe how the people look or feel while they are talking. When you read, you use a lot of
imagination to help "see" the characters in the story. However, when you see a movie, it
is a different experience. When you watch a movie, you do not need to use your
imagination. The pictures on the screen give all the details about the people, places and
things in the story. The conversations are spoken out loud, so you just listen and watch.
The feelings of the people come through their faces, body movements, and voices.
Although a book and a movie might tell the same story, reading a book and watching a
movie are very different experiences.
                        (College Writing: From Paragraph to Essay)
4. Đề luyện tập
Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Compare two historical events
2. Compare two political candidates/ politicians
3. Compare working parents and stay-at-home parents
4. Compare news in a newspaper and news on the Internet
V. Đoạn văn nguyên nhân – hệ quả (a cause-effect paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn nguyên nhân – hệ quả, người đưa ra nguyên nhân của một sự
việc và hoặc ảnh hưởng, tác động của một sự việc.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu nguyên nhân của sự việc và/ hoặc ảnh hưởng, tác động của sự việc
Thân đoạn
- Giải thích nguyên nhân của sự việc một cách chi tiết
- Và/ Hoặc nêu ra các ảnh hưởng, tác động của sự việc một cách chi tiết
Câu kết đoạn
Tóm tắt lại những nguyên nhân và/ hoặc tác động của sự việc
- Thể hiện cảm nhận của người viết về sự việc
3. Bài mẫu Đoạn văn nêu nguyên nhân (A cause paragraph)
Why I Stopped Smoking
        For one thing. I realized that my cigarette smoke bothered others, irritating people's
eyes and causing them to cough and sneeze. They also had to put up with my stinking
smoker's reath. Also, cigarettes are a messy habit. Our house was littered with ashtrays
piled high with butts, , matchsticks, and ashes, and the children were always knocking
them over cigarettes are expensive, and I estimated that the carton a week that I was
smoking cost me unout $2,000 a year. Another reason I stopped was because I felt
exploited. I hated the thought of wealthy, greedy corporations making money off my
sweat and blood. The rich may keep getting richer, but - at least as regards cigarettes -
with no thanks to me. Cigarettes were also inconvenient. Whenever I smoked, I would
have to drink something to wet my dry throat, and that meant I had to keep going to the
bathroom all the time. I sometimes seemed to spend whole weekends doing nothing but
smoking, drinking, and going to the bathroom. Most of all I resolved to stop smoking
when the message about cigarettes being harmful to health finally got through to me. I
had known they could hurt the smoker - in fact, a heavy smoker I know from work is in
Eagleville Hospital now with lung cancer. But when I realized what secondhand smoke
could do to my wife and children, causing them bronchial problems and even increasing
their risk of cancer, it really bothered me.
(Exploring Writing: Sentences and Paragraphs 4th edition)
Đoạn văn nêu kết quả (An effect paragraph)
New Puppy in the House
        Buying a new puppy can have significant effects on a household. For one thing, the
puppy keeps the entire family awake for at least two solid weeks. Every night when the
puppy is placed in its box, it begins to howl, yip, and whine. Even after the lights go out
and the house quiets down, the puppy continues to moan. A second effect is that the
puppy tortures the family by destroying material possessions. Every day something
different is damaged. Family members find chewed belts and shoes, gnawed table legs,
and ripped sofa cushions leaking stuffing. In addition, the puppy often misses the paper
during the papertraining stage of life, thus making the house smell like the public
restroom at a city bus station. Maybe the most serious problem, though, is that the puppy
causes family arguments. Parents argue with children about who is supposed to feed and
walk the dog. Children argue about who gets to play with the puppy first. Puppies are
adorable, and no child can resist their charm. Everyone argues about who left socks and
shoes around for the puppy to find. These continual arguments, along with the effects of
sleeplessness and the loss of valued possessions, can really disrupt a household. Only
when the puppy gets a bit older does the household settle back to normal.
                 (Exploring Writing: Sentences and Paragraphs 2nd edition)
4. Đề luyện tập Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Causes/ effects of getting a college degree
2. Causes/ effects of not getting enough sleep
3. Causes/ effects of a major change in your life
VI. Đoạn văn vấn đề - giải pháp (a problem-solution paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn vấn đề - giải pháp, người viết giải thích thực trạng của một vấn
đề và/ hoặc đưa ra một hoặc nhiều giải pháp cho vấn đề đó.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
đi thiệu thực trạng vấn đề và/ hoặc giải pháp
Thân đoạn
Miêu tả thực trạng vấn đề một cách chi tiết Đưa ra các giải pháp cho vấn đề đó.
Câu kết đoạn
Tóm tắt lại những giải pháp cho vấn đề
kêu gọi người đọc thực hiện những giải pháp đó
3. Bài mẫu
        Deforestation is a serious problem because forests and trees aren't just pretty to look
at, they do an important job making the earth's environment suitable for life. They clean
the air, store water, preserve soil, and provide homes for animals. They also supply food,
fuel, wood products, and paper products for humans. In the past fifty years, more than
half of the world's rain forests have been destroyed. Today, the forests of the world are
being cut down at a rate of fifty acres every minute! Scientists say that if deforestation
continues, the world's climate may change, floods may become more common, and
animals will die. One solution to the problem of deforestation is to use less paper. If you
use less paper, fewer trees will be cut for paper making. How can you use less paper? One
answer is to reduce your paper use by using both sides of the paper when you photocopy,
write a letter, or write a paper for school. A second answer is to reuse old paper when you
can, rather than using a new sheet of paper. The backs of old envelopes are perfect for
shopping lists or phone messages, and when you write a rough draft of an essay, write it
on the back of something else. A final answer is to recycle used paper products instead of
throwing them away. Most schools, offices, and neighbourhoods have some kind of
recycling centre. If you follow the three Rs - reduce, reuse, and recycle - you can help save
the world's forests.
                        (College Writing: From Paragraph to Essay)
4. Đề luyện tập Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. How can social media bullying be prevented?
2. How has texting affected face-to-face relationships?
3. How can we prevent people from dropping out of high school?
VII. Đoạn văn đưa ra ý kiến (an opinion paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
"trong đoạn văn đưa ra ý kiến, người viết bày tỏ quan điểm, thái độ của mình về
một chủ đề hay vấn đề nào đó nhằm thuyết phục người đọc đồng ý với mình với
việc đưa ra các lí do thích hợp.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu chủ đề vấn đề
- Người viết thể hiện ý kiến, quan điểm của mình về chủ đề/ vấn đề đó.
Thân đoạn
- Đưa ra lí do giải thích cho ý kiến, quan điểm của người viết
- người viết dùng số liệu thực tế, kinh nghiệm bản thân, đưa ra cách giải thích
giúp cho ý kiên, quan điểm của mình có tính thuyết phục.
Kết đoạn
* Diễn đạt lại ý kiến, quan điểm của người viết bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc khác
 - Đưa ra nhận xét về ý kiến đó
- Tóm tắt các lý do chính dẫn đến ý kiến đó
3. Bài mẫu
Driving and Cell Phones
        Because cell phones and driving are a deadly mix, I am in favour of a ban on cell
phone use by drivers. The most obvious reason for this ban is to save lives. Each year,
thousands of drivers are killed because they are talking on cell phones instead of watching
the road while they are driving. This first reason should be enough to support a ban on
cell phones when driving, but I have two other reasons. My second reason is that these
drivers cause accidents that kill other people. Sometimes these drivers kill other drivers;
sometimes they kill passengers or even pedestrians. These drivers certainly do not have
the right to endanger others' lives! Finally, even in cases where there are no injuries or
deaths, damage to cars from these accidents costs us millions of dollars as well as
countless hours of lost work. To me, banning cell phones while driving is common sense.
In fact, a wide range of countries has already put this ban into effect, including Australia,
Brazil, Japan, Russia, and Turkey. Driving a car is a privilege, not a right. We must all
be careful drivers, and talking on a cell phone when driving is not safe.
                        (Great Writing 2: Great Paragraphs)
4. Đề luyện tập Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: “Young people should decide
whether to join the army or not on their own."?
2. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Young people should be
required to buy health insurance."?
3. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "People have no right to keep
exotic animals as their home pets."?
4. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Parents should be more engaged
in the educational process and what can they do to help kids with homework
more efficiently."?
5. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Students should learn only
subjects they like."?
SAMPLE SHORT PARAGRAPHS FOR GIFTED STUDENTS
COMPUTER
        Nowadays, a computer is very important to everyone. We can use it to find
information, play games, store documents, listen to music or chat with friend…
        Last year, I bought a laptop in Thanh Hoa city. First, It was very difficult for
me to use it. Then, I learnt myself on the internet and some my friends help me to
use it. Now I can do various things with my laptop.
        Computer is very useful for my job. Every day, I login and check mails from
my colleagues. I can finish my job earlier by using my computer.
        Computer helps me to find information such as news, inform of your
favorite stars or find a job. I can read many kinds of newspapers such as Dantri,
vietnamnet, vnexpress, 24h …etc.
        Computer is a source of entertainment. Whenever we fell tired or stress, we
can play games on computer. I can listen to music and watch a lot of films.
        I usually use my computer for communicating. I can send and get emails. I
have a good friend but she is in Ho Chi Minh City, so I can’t visit her. Thanks to
computer, we can chat together and exchange our documents. She can talk about
her life, her school, her friend in Ho Chi Minh and I can too.
        In my opinion without the computer, my life with very dull. I love my
computer.
A RESTAURANT THAT YOU LIKE
        I have eaten in many restaurants so far. My favorite restaurant is Dalan. It is
located at the center in Thanh Hoa city. In my opinion, the restaurant "DA LAN"
is best places to eat in Thanh Hoa cities.
        The facilities in Dalan are very good. There are a lot of large rooms with
modern equipment, so we can celebrate various events such as weddings,
birthdays, parties…. The waiters and waitress here are very helpful and friendly.
They are willing to answer your questions and help you if you need. When you
order your food they service very quickly.
        Besides it has a very interesting and varied cuisine. It is also a bar. The
dishes here are very delicious. The price is very reasonable. Most of the people
who have ever eaten Dalan are satisfied with it.
        I think Dalan restaurant is getting more and more famous. I hope I will have
more chances to eat there.
LOTTERY WIN.
        Yesterday, I won the lottery. I got 100 million. I am very happy now and I'm
wondering what to do with that money. I think I will do a variety of things.
        First, I will buy presents for my wife and my son. I think I will buy a new
motorbike. Now my family has only a motorbike. We have to share it every day.
I remember buying it ten years ago when we had just got married. We want to
buy a new one but we do not have enough money. I intend to buy some comics
and many toys for my son. Second, I will buy a misting fan and a LCD television
for my parents. These things will certainly make them happy. The weather in
Vietnam is very hot in the summer, so the misting fan will make my parents feel
more comfortable. Besides that, they can watch their favorite films on that new
deletion.
        Third, I will send a small part of my money to help the poor children in my
village. I will buy some new clothes and some new books for them. I think my
gifts will alleviate their difficulties.
        A hundred million is not a large amount, but I can do many things if I know
how to spend sensibly.
ACCIDENT
Last week, while I was going to Thanh Hoa city, I saw a horrible accident on
the road in Dong Son. I stopped and looked around. A man lying on the road
and his wife was crying besides. His head was blooding a lot. He was
unconsciuos. Someone was covering his head with a long bandage. I thought his
head hit on the road. Some people standing around said that he was over drunk
but he still controlled his motorbike and his wife sitting behind. I thought that he
should be taken him to hospital as soon as possible, so I called 115 and asked the
hospital to send an umbulance and a nurse here.
5 minutes later, an ambulance appeared and took him to hospital. I continued
my journey to the city with a real worry for that injured man.
        It’s very dangerous to drive after drinking alcohol. People had better obey
traffic rules so we will have a happier life.
FESTIVAL
        Mid Autumn is a special Festival in some countries of Asia in general and
Vietnam in particular. In fact, Mid Autumn is the festival which is for children.
In Vietnam, this festival originated from the legend: The moon and a kid. The
legend explains why the moon is shiniest in mid autumn and why people see a
banian tree and a kid on the moon. The moon is called Sister Moon and the kid is
Cuoi.
        Mid Autumn Festival begins from 14 to 15 in the August in Vietnamese
lunar calendar. In these days, children are going to pick the lantern up and go
around streets or towns. Children will be given gifts such as pies, candies , star
lanterns... They often see lion dance or musical concert. They also join in the mid-
autumn lantern parade at night .
However, mid autumn festival is also festival for business. The streets have
many stores that sell pies, cakes, toys..etc. This is an opportunity for many
people to enjoy many kinds of cake. Pie mid autumn is a kind of special cake that
is only in mid autumn festival. The Pie mid autumn has special taste. It is sweet
smelling and very delicious. Almost Vietnamese people love pie mid autumn
and buy it for family.
Mid Autumn became a tradition festival in Vietnam. It is a part of Vietnamese
culture. Anyone who grown up in Vietnam is regular knowing and joining in
this festival.
FREETIME ACTIVITIES
        As a student, I am quite busy on weekdays. However, at weekends, I have
much free time, so I usually spend it on relaxing to prepare for a coming busy
week.
        First of all, in my free time, I like playing some sports, such as soccer,
badminton or basketball, with my friends. Sport not only makes me stronger but
also connects me with my friends who have the same hobbies. We sometimes go
riding in order that we can combine sporting activity and sightseeing.
        If the weather is not fine enough for me to go out with my friends, I like
reading books. I have a big bookshelf with many kinds of books but I prefer
science books. Through these books, my knowledge is gradually widened.
        Thirdly, I also love to listen to music from pop, dance,rock 'n roll to rap or
melody. I can listen to music at any place with a small but modern Ipod which is
my father's gift for my 12th birthday. Sometimes, I dance freely when listening to
my favorite songs. Music really paints my life.
        Last but not least, I spend my free time on surfing on Internet. I can chat
with my friends from very far distance or I read online news. With Internet, I
update many things without having to go anywhere. I can also study English
through some interesting websites. In conclusion, I want to use all of my free
time to relax and connect with other people.
THE MID- AUTUMN FESTIVAL
        There are many festivals in a year in Viet Nam .Today I want to talk about
one of them.It's the mid-autumn festival
        By tradition the Vietnamese people love their children so much that they
organize Mid-Autumn festival for themselves but mainly for their children
        This festival is celebrated on the 15th of the eighth month in the lunar
calendar .It's called Mid-Autumn festival because this festival takes place exactly
in the middle of Autumn when the moon is full.
        The preparations for the festival are made a month before .The moon cakes
and toys as well as the lanterns of various designs are sold at the market or on
the street .People buy moon cake either for themselves or for their children .Some
people buy moon cakes as gifts for their friends and relatives .
        On that day adults eat moon cakes over their tea while children are served
moon cakes,Mid-Autumn festival food and fruit .Children are very keen on
marching in a procession of lanterns in shapes of various things and animals
too.They are excited and amused by Mid-Autumn toys and lanterns.
It'very interesting to celebrate the Mid- Autumn festival by tradition .
        How delighted we feel watching the bright full moon on a cool and breezy
evening of Mid-Autumn .
DEFORESTATION
        As we know, forests cover approximately one fifth of the worlds land
surface and play an important role in our everyday lives. They are one of the
most necessary natural resources that have been gifted to mankind. They not
only have major role in enhancing the quality of our environment but also
influence local and global climate. Forests are also our nation’s wealth.
        Can you picture our earth without forests, we can, t, but the problem is that
“deforestation”. It is a major concern in today’s society.
        Each year, millions of woodlands are destroyed, the varied species of
animals and insects from the forests are extinct. Morever, the uncontrolable
wildfires fueled by weather, wind and dry underwood not only consume our
beautiful forests but also the wildlife, our homes and the lives of those who fight
the wildfires.
        Deforestation is causing many social, economic and ecological problems.
One ecological problem is global warming that changes the climate of the whole
world. With deforestation we are basically cutting our own lungs. We take away
an ecosystem that produces major oxygen and filter our carbon dioxide,
destroying forests products influences nation, s wealth, too.
        Direct causes of deforestation are agricultural expansion, wood extraction,
infrastructural expansion such as road, building and urbanization.
        Such activities result in flash floods, land slides and soil erosion, wild
animals are robbed of their natural habitats, with fewer trees there is an increase
in carbon dioxide but a decrease in oxygen production.
        If forests are destroyed, there is no way that human can survive. From
oxygen that we breathe in, the food that we eat, to the clothes we wear, we own
it to the trees. We won’t have fuel, fodder, timber, medicine and other products
from the trees.
        So what we should do immediately to change it and solve it. Forests can be
protected by things we do everyday.
        Firstly, we can use recycled paper to help save trees. We avoid destroying
paper by consuming less paper and recycling them because one ton of recycled
papers save approximately 15 big trees.
        Secondly, we need to conserve the old forests, rainforests and plant more
forests to make place for wild animals to live. Where deforestation has taken it
should be followed by reforestation. I suggest that everyone should sow seeds to
grow at least one tree every year.
        Thirdly, every citizen from the young to the old especially students in
schools should be educated on the benefits of forests and ways of reusing and
recycling papers. Everyone should know that man is really trying to destroy
forests and directly cutting his life span, actually cutting one tree is equal to
subtracting one day of his life .So everyone should protect our forests, prevent
wildfires and remind each other to carry out. I think that any act of kindness, no
matter how small is never wasted. Beside that our government needs to
promulgate effective laws to punish offenders.
        In conclusion, I would like to say that forests are our life. So please take care
of our forests as well as our earth. I hope that our planet will be more and more
green.
READING
        Of course, reading is one area you in how to learn English well, but this is
something you can learn on your own quite effectively, outside of the classroom
or even around other people. Keep a dictionary with you so that you can look up
unfamiliar words. Then, you can write these words down in a notebook and use
them in a conversation so that when you try to use them again, they will come to
you much more easily.
        Newspapers, magazines and books all help you learn English well. If you're
just starting out, try reading children's books to start. This is especially helpful
for people just starting to learn English. There are some books specifically written
for people just starting to learn English; the words are quite simple and yet
effective enough that if you use them, you can learn to speak simple English
quite quickly.
        If your English is more advanced, you can try reading from magazines
books and newspapers. With these sources, English is more difficult, but they
will challenge you if your English is advanced enough that you need more
interesting things to read.
        When you first begin to read English, don't try to understand every word.
Instead, simply try to get a general idea of what you are reading; other words in
the sentence will help you do this. If you don't understand the first time you read
something, you can always go back later and use your dictionary to look up the
words you don't quite know.
 WRITING
        Another idea in how to learn English well is with writing. When you write,
you can practice your English as effectively as you do when you read, only more
so. This is because you reinforce your understanding of the language by writing
it, which is a physical movement. For best practice, write something every day in
English, even if it's a letter to a friend, or a simple message. You can also keep a
diary, and use your English skills to write down what happened to you during
your day. Start with simple sentences and as you get better, make sentences
longer and more complicated.
        You can also use the Internet this way, because the Internet will let you
"talk" with other people simply by writing. You can visit chat rooms, or write a
blog. All of these things help you learn English through writing. When you
write, you can also take another look at words you have learned in the past, and
use them in sentences to make sure you know them well.
As you learn, you can also look at a variety of writing topics that help you
improve your writing skill with graphics and sound. For those who are
advanced, I highly recommend a whole range of tools to help both students and
teachers improve theirwriting skills onlin.This will also help you continue to
refine your English and become even more effective in the language.
PART III : ESSAY WRITING OVERVIEW
THEORY
DẠNG 1: DISCUSSION
 Hướng dẫn viết mẫu.
        In recent years, …..CHỦ ĐỀ….has become a broad issue to the general public. Some
people believe that….QUAN ĐIỂM 1…. However, others think that…. QUAN ĐIỂM
2….. In my opinion, I agree with the FORMER/ LATER idea. Discussed below are several
reasons supporting my perspective.
 Cách 1 dòng
        First  and  foremost,  people  should  recognize  that  QUAN  ĐIỂM  1.  A very
important point  to consider is that…………  LÍ  DO 1………. This  means that GIẢI
THÍCH 1………..  To illustrate this point, I  would  like to  mention that…..  VÍ DỤ
1…..Another point I would like to make is that…. LÍ DO 2….. This because of the fact
that …..GIẢI THÍCH 2…… For example,…VÍ DỤ 2……
 Xuống dòng nhưng không cách dòng
        On the other hand, there are several arguments in support of the idea that…QUAN
ĐIỂM 2… It is also convincing to realise that… LÍ DO… This means that … GIẢI
THÍCH… A specific example of this is that… VÍ DỤ.
 Cách 1 dòng
        In conclusion, the above mentioned facts have created a dilemma when people
evaluate the impact of this issue, and it is still a controversial issue. As far as I am
concerned, I put more highlight on the idea that……. People should have further
consideration on this issue.
DẠNG 2: AGREE- DISAGREE
 Hướng dẫn viết mẫu.
        In recent years, …..CHỦ ĐỀ….has become a broad issue to the general public. Some
people believe that….QUAN ĐIỂM …. In my opinion, I partly agree with this idea. Discussed
below are several reasons in favor of my perspectives.
 Cách 1 dòng
        First and foremost, people should recognize that QUAN ĐIỂM . A very important
point to consider is that………… LÍ DO 1………. This means that……..GIẢI THÍCH
1………..To illustrate this point, I would like to mention that….. VÍ DỤ 1….. Another
point I would like to make is that…. LÍ DO 2….. This because of the fact that    GIẢI
THÍCH 2…… For example,…VÍ DỤ 2……
 Xuống dòng nhưng không cách dòng
        On the other hand, there are several arguments  against  the  statement  that…QUAN
ĐIỂM … In fact, people have this opinion because…. LÍ DO KHÔNG ĐỒNG Ý 1…. This
means that …GIẢI THÍCH… This can be shown by the example that… VÍ DỤ 
 Cách 1 dòng
        In conclusion, the above mentioned facts have created a dilemma when people evaluate the
impact of this issue, and it is still a controversial issue. As far as I am concerned, it could have both
positive and negative impacts. People should have further consideration on this issue.
DẠNG 3: ADVANTAGES – DISAVANTAGES
 Hướng dẫn viết mẫu.
        In recent years, …..CHỦ ĐỀ….has become a broad issue to the general public. Some
people believe that…. QUAN ĐIỂM/ CHỦ ĐỀ….has many advantages. However, others
think that it could aslo have some negative effects. In my opinion, its cons could never
overshadow its pros. Discussed below are several benefits as well as drawbacks of this issue.
 Cách 1 dòng
        First and foremost, people should recognize that there are many advantages of CHỦ
ĐỀ. A very important point to consider is that THUẬN LỢI 1 This means that……..GIẢI
THÍCH CHO THUẬN LỢI 1 To illustrate this point,  I  would like to mention that….. VÍ
DỤ 1….. Another point I would like to make is that…. THUẬN LỢI 2….. This because of
the fact that ….. GIẢI THÍCH CHO THUẬN LỢI 2…… For example,…VÍ DỤ 2……
 Xuống dòng nhưng không cách dòng
        On the other hand, in addition to the important advantages of this problem, it has
some disadvantages. In fact, people have this opinion because…. BẤT LỢI This means
that…. GIẢI THÍCH….. This can be shown by the example that…..VÍ DỤ….
 Cách 1 dòng
        In conclusion, the above mentioned facts have outlined the benefits as well as the drawbacks
of this issue. Its advantages should be taken into account. People should take advantage of the
pros and minimize the cons of this issue.
DẠNG 4: CAUSES- EFFECTS (NGUYÊN NHÂN VÀ HỆ QUẢ)
 Hướng dẫn viết mẫu.
        In recent years, …..CHỦ ĐỀ….has become a broad issue to the general public. Some
people believe that…. QUAN ĐIỂM 1 Although noticeable, the impact of this issue has not
been realised by many residents. Discussed below are several causes as well as effects of this issue.
 Cách 1 dòng
        First and foremost, people should recognize that there are several main reasons
supporting the idea that ….QUAN ĐIỂM …... A very important point to consider is
that………… NGUYÊN NHÂN 1………. This means that……..GIẢI THÍCH 1 To
illustrate this point, I would like to mention that….. VÍ DỤ 1 Another point I would like
to make is that…. NGUYÊN NHÂN 2….. This because of the fact that  GIẢI THÍCH
2…… For example,…VÍ DỤ 2……
 Xuống dòng nhưng không cách dòng
        There are many serious effects of this issue.one primary effect would be
that……... HẬU QUẢ 1…… In addition, ……….. HẬU QUẢ 2………..
 Cách 1 dòng
        In conclusion, the above - mentioned facts have outlined the reasons as well as the measures
of this issue. Its causes and effects should be taken into account. People should have further
consideration on this issue.
DẠNG 5: CAUSES – SOLUTIONS (NGUYÊN NHÂN VÀ GIẢI PHÁP)
 Hướng dẫn viết mẫu.
        In recent years, …..CHỦ ĐỀ….has become a broad issue to the general public. Some
people believe that…. QUAN ĐIỂM 1 Although noticeable, the impact of this issue has not
been realised by many residents. Discussed below are several causes as well as solutions of this
issue.
 Cách 1 dòng
        First and foremost, people should recognize that there are several main reasons
supporting the idea that ….QUAN ĐIỂM …... A very important point to consider is
that………… NGUYÊN NHÂN 1………. This means that……..GIẢI THÍCH 1To
illustrate this point, I would like to mention that….. VÍ DỤ 1 Another point I would like
to make is that…. NGUYÊN NHÂN 2….. This because of the fact that  GIẢI THÍCH
2…… For example,…VÍ DỤ 2……
 Xuống dòng nhưng không cách dòng
        In order to resolve such problems, people should take some concerted measures. One
primary solution would be that…. GIẢI PHÁP 1…. In addition, …. GIẢI PHÁP
2…..However, education is the main way to tackle this issue. People need to be aware of the effects
so that they can avoid this problem.
 Cách 1 dòng
        In conclusion, the above - mentioned facts have outlined the reasons as well as the measures
of this issue. The presented suggestions would be very good steps towards solving them. People
should have further consideration on this issue.
SAMPLE ESSAYS FOR GIFTED STUDENTS
TEST 1
As children grow older, they become increasingly involved with their peer group, a group
whose members are about the same age and have similar interests. The peer group-along with
the family and the school- is the one of the three main socializing agents. The peer groups is
both a positive and negative influence in our life.
Write an essay to discuss the effects of peer group on children
        As children grow older, they become increasingly involved with their peer
group, a group whose members are about the same age and have similar
interests. The peer group - along with the family and the school - is one of the
three main socializing agents. However, the peer group is very different from the
family and the school. Whereas parents and teachers have more power than
children and students, the peer group is made up of equals.
        The adolescent peer group teaches its members several important things.
Firstly, it teaches them to be independent from adult. Secondly, it teaches social
skills that are how to get along with other people and they can handle any
difficult in their life. Thirdly, the peer group teaches its members the values of
friendship among equals. For example, they can share hobbies together and learn
many good things from others.
        Beside its positive effects, the peer group including some negative things. To
begin with, they imitate bad behaviors of their friends. For example, smoking or
drinking and taking part in fighting groups. In addition to, they will also neglect
their studying. Moreover, this group also increases the distance of teenagers and
their parents because they like joining social activities more than concentrating
on learning in school.
        In conclusion, the peer group is good or bad depending on themselves.
Doing what everyone else is doing is more important than being independent
and individual. However, they should adopt adult values, such as wanting to get
good grades and good jobs.
TEST 2
Write an essay to discuss both advantages and disadvantages of advertizing
        Owing to the development of the mass media, in gereral, the advertising
industry in all over the world has been booming. Although most people agree
that this offers tremendous benefits, some say that it may cause negative effect.
        It cannot be denied that advertising has a great number of advantages.
Firstly, all companies must make people know their brands by means of media
when selling items. Secondly, advertisements suggest people what they demand
to lead a more convienient life and where to purchase products with best quality.
As a result, customers find themselves have more choices on the outlet. Finally,
advertising is a creative industry that employs a wide range of people and most
jobs related to advertising are now considered well-paying most.
        The advertisement, on the other hand, shows many drawbacks. One of them
is that they persuade people to buy a product without telling them the
disadvantages of it. This has led to the overstatement and even false information
of  an  item’s  use that we see in advertising industry nowadays. Furthermore,
advertising also encourages people to follow the latest trend and causes them to
shop lavishly. In addition, many commercials aim at children’s interest thus they
probably put pressure on their parents to buy the items advertised.
        In conclusion, advertising is a form of modern business that every company
needs in order to inform people about their products. However, it may be
disadvantageous when it stimulates or even decieves people to buy them things
a great deal.
TEST 3
Write an essay to discuss negative effects of the Internet
Write an essay to an educated reader to discuss the negative effects of the
Internet. Include reasons and any relevant examples to support your answer.
        With the development of science and technology, internet is one of the
greatest invention of mankind in our modern society. It is widely used on global
system. It not only becomes a useful and indispensable tool for us but also
influences nearly every aspect of our life. It is certain that internet has brought to
us many disadvantages.
        Firstly, Internet is the most popular source of spreading viruses. These
viruses create different problems in your computer. Viruses that can attack your
privacy and get some information about you. It’s hard to predict what will
happen if you were hacked the account information.
        Secondly, internet can have a bad effect to our health risks. We can suffer
from many health problems such as optic disease, backache, even obesity and
many other diseases due to using the internet for long hours.
        The worse of all, it directly or indirectly influences to formimg and
developing of children’s manner. It is widely seen bad progams on internet like
pornographic scenes violent, sexual and action films, they are very harmful to
children’s mind and soul therefore juvenile crimes can’t be inevitable and that
can ruin all young generation.
        In conclusion, it can be observed from the above arguments that the internet
it’s drawbacks. It has an extremely wide influence on our life. It is very useful to
us when we know how to use it. Therefore, we should choose suitable internet
programs and duration to use
TEST 4
Write an essay to discuss the benefits of staying single
        Single lifestyle is more and more popular in our modern life. Many women
choose to be single because of some reasons. Some of them have not met their
Mr. Right while others prefer single lifestyle because of its benefits. Indeed,
single life gives you many advantages.
        Firstly, you can enjoy your life more when you are single. Being single, you
have more time for yourself. You can spend all your time to work with your
passion and to do your hobbies. Moreover, you also have time to take care of
 yourself better. When you get marriage, you have to spend your time to do
housework, to look after your children and your husband. Some married women
said that they even do not have enough time for making up or doing their
individual hobbies.
        Secondly, when you are single, you are not tied up by responsibilities with
your husband or your children. There are no commitments with your husband
about how to take care and educate your children or even how to live together
happily. You will be more freedom when being single. You can do whatever you
like; go wherever you want without any worries about your children and
husband.
        On the other hand, you will not be upset when your marriage is broken up.
When you are single you can avoid this risk, therefore your life will be more
wonderful.
        In conclusion, being single is clearly a better lifestyle for women in such a
modern life because of its mentioned above benefits. However, you should be an
intelligent woman to choose rightly which one is better for you whether getting
marriage or being a single woman.
TEST 5
Some people think that young people should be required to work for a year before they go to
university. Such work gives young people  valuable knowledge of the world, which in turns
helps them to appreciate their studies and decide what they want to do in life. However, there
are those argue that going to university immediately after school is a ……
Write an essay to discuss what choice in your opinion is better for young people
in preparing them for the future career
        While some nurture their belief that young people should be required to
work for a year before they go to university, I strongly argue that going to
university immediately after school is a much better option because of the
rationale in the following essay.
        A university education can be seen as a process of improving students’
analytical thinking. The variety of courses offered at university inspires students
in various ways, therefore improving their analytical ability. For example,
science courses such as math and biology help students develop a rational way
of thinking whereas arts courses such as literature have to let students ponder
over issues from a logical, multi- dimensional perspective; and courses in social
sciences force students to recognize the ideas that have been traditionally
assumed to be acceptable and unproblematic. With the development of these
types of analytical thinking, graduates can face future challenges with more
confidence and enthusiasm.
        Also, university education is expected to improve students’ moral
standards. This is rooted in universities’ belief that students’ awareness of
 responsibility towards their community and their country is of high importance.
In this society and civilization, students are encouraged to actively participate in
improving the local community. A university that provides care and facilities for
physically disadvantaged students may inspire the graduates to better handle
situations in the future where they may have to interact with the disabled
community. A successful university education is supposed to produce morally
sound graduates, therefore increasing their employability.
        In conclusion, university education not only helps students locate a decent
job but will also develop other qualities. Thus, I believe students should be
encouraged to enter university to broaden their knowledge first.
TEST 6
In modern society, fashion is becoming more highly valued in people’s choice of clothes.
Nowadays, it is not uncommon to see people walking around in brand- name clothes and
sunglasses like celebrities. While some people think it is a positive development, others blame
for negative aspects of fashion obsession.
Write an essay to discuss your opinion about fashion consciousness.
        Nowadays, fashion plays an important role of our modern life. While people
think it is a positive development, others criticize the fashion obsession.
        Fashion is mainly about clothes. Clothes today are not only for covering
your body, they represent for many aspects relating to one person such as
personality, hobby, social class. Your clothes can show who you are, what you
like, what you tend to be, etc. Therefore, choosing what to wear is an essential
part of daily life. Brand-name clothes, sunglasses and other things can make you
more stylish in people’s eyes. That is why people say that: “Clothes make the
man”.
        However, some people are blaming for negative aspect of fashion obsession.
What is fashion obsession? It’s a kind of obsession that people who have it
always think about fashion. They can spend all time just to think about what to
wear today or what clothes to buy when they are shopping. In their point of
view, fashion is all. It is absolutely not good. Fashion is an important part, but it
is not all of our lives. This kind of obsession makes people deeply sink into
fashion and they cannot care about anything except clothes.
        Although the fashion obsession brings disadvantages, people should also
care about fashion. Polite and suitable wearing is the best way to show your
fashion awareness. Moreover, fashion is a big industry in the world and it more
and more meets people’s demand for wearing now. In short, paying attention to
fashionable clothes is good, but don’t let it obsesses you.
TEST 7
Some people think governments should spend as much money as possible exploring outer
space ( for example travelling to the Moon and to other planets). Other people disagree and
think goverments should spend this money for our basic needs on the Earth.
        Whether governments should subsidize outer-space exploration is a subject
of
debate. While some people expect that amount of budget should be for
improving humans' quality of life, I would contend that this branch of science
should be given as much financial assistance as possible.
        To begin with, that many aspects of our life are quite improved is partly
attributed to the development of necessary technologies like satellites and
rockets in recent years. For example, we can communicate with each other in a
more convenient way thanks to achievements in the aerospace science. A great
number of jobs and research fields in universities are also created since that
science has become popular.
        In addition, the Earth is being overcrowded, which means we no longer
have sufficient space and resources for next generations. Exploring outer space
provided us with a chance to find out another planet that is suitable for most
creatures on Earth, including humans, to live on. It is as well an opportunity to
discover certain huge resources or elements on other planets to be the
substitution for some exhausted ones on our planet. As the root of poor living
standards is the shortage of living space and resources on Earth, it is rational to
have more sponsorship for the space science to deal with those difficulties and
fulfill humans' basic needs
        To conclude, although the improvement of humans' living standards is an
important task for any administration, it seems to me that it is a right thing for
governments to spend more money on space programs to resolve the urgent
issue on Earth.
TEST 8
Discuss what ages in your opinion are more suitable to begin learning a foreign
language
        In modern world, language plays an indispensable role in both studies and
jobs as well as during socializing. Many believe that students at primary schools
should start learning a new foreign language and should not wait till secondary
school level, while others hold the opposite point of view. As for me, I side with
the first one.
        On the one hand, children at young age are fast learners. Because children
are more flexible and they can grasp any language very easily. Moreover, there is
a fact that little kids approximately between five and nine years have a capacity
to remember things twice as fast and effectively than another aged people. For
example, some children can even start three different languages, such English,
French and German together when they are six years old.
        On the other hand, more subjects open in secondary school is the other main
reason that a new foreign language should be started at younger age. Children
start to learn some new subjects, such as Chemistry, Biology and History. The
more classes they have, the more homework they need to do after school.
Obviously, they would spend little time on a foreign language. There is no doubt
that it takes time to master a foreign language, especially the pronunciation. If
they spend enough time on practicing their speaking ability, they can speak
English more fluently. Therefore, children should learn a foreign language at
primary school, instead of secondary school.
        In conclusion, in order to learn a foreign language, it is better to start it at
primary school rather than secondary school for children. It is also the better way
to make the future secured by further studies and applying for the good jobs as
well.
TEST 9
Discuss the effects of technology in the classroom
        There is a significantly increasing use of technology, such as tablets and
laptops, in the classroom. It is often argued that this is a positive development,
whilst others disagree and think it will lead to adverse consequence. It is agreed
that an increase in technology is beneficial to students and teachers. This essay
will take a closer look at this issue.
        It is clear that the internet has provided students with access to more
information than ever before. Moreover, learners have the ability to research and
learn about any subject at the touch of a button. It is therefore agreed that
technology is a very useful tool for education. Wikipedia is a prime example,
where students can simply type in any keyword and gain access to in-depth
knowledge quickly and easily.
        However, many disagree and feel that technology deprives people of real
human interaction. Human interaction teaches people valuable skills such as
discourse, debate and empathy. Despite this, human interaction is still possible
through the internet and this essay disagrees technology should be dismissed for
this reason. For instance, Skype and Facebook make it possible for people to
interact in ways that were never before possible.
        In conclusion, while the benefits of technology, particularly the internet,
allow students search limitless sources of information, some still feel that people
should be wary of this new phenomenon and not allow it to curb face to face
interaction. However, as long as we are careful to keep in mind the importance of
human interaction in education, the educational benefits are clearly positive.
TEST 10
Effects of media on society
        The media plays a big role in society that has both positive and negative
effects. Yet, some wonder if the negative effects trump the positive ones. It is true
people want to know what is going on in the world around them from their
neighborhood to state, federal and international interests. But the media may
have more of an effect on society that many are tired to being reminded of on a
daily basis.
        The media has an important job in providing informative information about
things that may have an effect on you or how you live your life. The positive side
includes learning about breakthroughs in health, technology, and other areas
that can help make a difference now and in the future. At the same time you
know what is going on in other places you may have connections with such as
family, friends and so forth.The media can be a useful tool in helping you be
aware of things that could be harmful or detrimental to you or your loved ones.
        On the other hand, the media is known for taking things out of context and
even causing panic when it is not necessary. There are certain networks and
outlets that people realize they cater to certain audiences or provide information
that may not be seem fair or correct. There are times in which too much
information is shared or details could have been left to the imagination. There
are events that happen in which the media is known for taking things too far
such as mass shootings, terrorist attacks, and political controversies to name a
few.
        In conclusion, the media can help a consumer get the word out about
something useful. Nowadays, it seems you have to be more careful about what
you learn through the media since some sources are known to provide bogus
information. Others see media as a form of entertainment since it can be
interesting following stories you find hard to believe that actually happened.
TEST 11
Read the following text from an educational magazine.
Compulsory attendance in university has always been a highly debated subject.
Professors view class attendance as an individual student responsibility. However, many
students want to be given the freedom to decide which classes to attend. Due to the
difficulty of regulating a school-wide attendance policy, most colleges and universities
give professors the authority to set their own attendance rules. Some people believe that
university students should be required to attend classes. Others believe that going to
classes should be optional for students.
Write an essay to an educated reader to tell which point of view you agree
with. Include specific reasons and any relevant examples to support your
answer
        Still universities have options for their students to attend class. In my case, I
do believe that class attendance should be required seriously since it would help
students gain lectures from professors, interact with others to learn teamwork
skills, improve relationships and keep away from distractions.
        First of all, appearing at class brings students opportunities to met
professors and gets practical advices from them. Professors’ lectures summarize
ideas on a subject so that students could save a great deal of time and efforts in
figuring out general concepts. Moreover, professors with deep knowledge and
experiences would provide students many expertises. Lacks of teachers’
guidance possibly lead to shortage of understanding or even the opposite to
primary thoughts. Therefore, attending class should be strictly mandatory.
        Secondly, at classes, students could learn how to co-operate with the others.
It would be worthy for them since the fact that almost nowadays employers
consider their applicant’s teamwork skills as a decisive factor. By going to class
and interacting with other people, students are able to gain these experiences.
Students who often stay at home would face up with troubles when trying to join
a public group in the future.
        Another reason for students to appear at class is that they could improve
their relationship with the others. While study is the primary purpose of
universities, meeting and making friend, in my opinion, should be considered as
the following task. It is reasonable because students always spend much time on
campus and the improvement of relationships has a lot of advantageous
conditions, working and playing together for instance. Reality has shown that
friends at schools are essential for not only a person’s ordinary life but also his
career.
        Finally, attending class could keep student away from distractions. A huge
number of possible causes might interrupt students from study, for example
entertain games, parties, camping trips or even society evil. In contrast,
universities provide students with academic environment that help them focus
on doing research as well as motivate their thoughts about career.
        To sum up, tremendous critical benefits obtained from compulsory class
attendance are obvious. Students studying at class could get severely essential
directions from their teachers, train teamwork skills, enhance relationships with
other people and avoid negative effects on study. Therefore, I strongly
recommend that universities should considered attending class an indispensable
part of their courses.
TEST 12
Read the following text from a health magazine.
Stress is the feeling of being under too much mental or emotional pressure. Pressure
becomes stress when you feel unable to cope. Stress can affect how you feel, think, and
behave and even how your body functions. It is worth taking the time to learn different
strategies and techniques for managing your stress before there are serious consequences
for your mental and physical well-being. People have different ways of escaping the stress
and difficulties of modern life. Some read; some exercise; others work in their gardens.
Write an essay to an educated reader to tell what you think is the best way of
reducing stress.
        In modern life, stress is quite popular problem to everyone. Stress causes
negative effects on both physical and mental health. Therefore, it has become a
hot topic for many discussions to find solutions for stress. People may get stress
when they suffer too much mental and emotional pressure. It is necessary to
have suitable ways to manage these pressures before they cause an extremely
stressful. In my views, I suggest 2 ways to reduce stress: talking with your friend
and have a hobby
        First of all, you may feel better if you talk with your friends at a coffee
station. I think spending time with friends is a good way to get everything that
bothers you out of your mind and also it is a good way to have good friendships.
For example, I hang out with my friends when I have some stress in studying.
When hanging out with friends, we talk about funny stories like travelling,
shopping and so on. Therefore, I can forget all my study and projects.
        Next, a great hobby will make you reduce stress effectively. There are a large
number of things you can do such as exercise, yoga, reading, painting and so on.
Listening music is my favorite hobby. When I have sadness or emotional
pressure, I often open English songs. After listening music, I can relieve all stress
from working or life.
        To sum up, there are various ways that may help you to deal with stress
such as talking with your friends and having a hobby. It would be great for you
if you know how to balance everything in life because it is worthy to have happy
life without stress.
TEST 13
Read the following text from a business magazine.
Success is the most aspired by everyone. Success comes in all shapes and colors. You can
be successful in your job and career but you can equally be successful in your marriage,
at sports or a hobby. However, success is not easy to achieve. The road leading to the
achievement has obstacles that are to be crossed over. Some people believe that success in
life comes from taking risks or chances. Others believe that success results from careful
planning.
        “Success” is the word that urges people to try hard to get no matter how
hard things in life are. Some people think that success in life comes from taking
risks or chances. Others believe that success results from careful planning. This
essay will take a closer look at the issue.
        On the one hand, for many people, success is the result of taking risks or
chances in life. First, risks bring about valuable experience for people. Even if
they cannot manage to overcome the problems, they consider themselves to be
successful as they learnt a lot from the failure. Second, some people believe that
chances also provide them with success. They claim that with an individual,
opportunities are not always there for them to take and make plans with. There
are sometimes once-in-a-lifetime chances that people may regret if these are not
taken. Therefore, once people take advantages of these opportunities, their
success is much more meaningful.
        On the other hand, others argue that there will be no success if people do not
make careful plans. First of all, it is believed that planning helps things better. A
person provided with a chance may find it easier to perform if s/he makes
schedules thoroughly. On the contrary, even the person could get stuck in the
middle of the process without a plan and s/he may fail. In addition, they
demonstrate that a person, especially a businessperson is regarded to be careful
if s/he has a clear plan to conduct steps. They ask to imagine a businessman
required to take risks or chances who cannot make a careful planning of what
and how to do. This person cannot be successful in his business.
        In conclusion, success is not easy to achieve. How successful a person is may
depend on both risks or chances taken and careful planning. For me, to succeed
in life, people should take full advantages of risks and find ways to schedule for
the risks so that we can achieve successfully.
TEST 14
Read the following text from an education magazine.
While compulsory education in some countries such as England begins at the age of five
(with many children actually starting at four), in countries such as Sweden, Denmark
and Finland, school does not begin until the age of seven.
There are two different points of view regarding this. Some people think that children
should begin their formal education at a very early age and should spend most of their
time on school studies. Others believe that young children should spend most of their
time playing.
Write an essay to an educated reader to tell which point of view you agree
with.
        Childhood is one of the most important and memorable periods of our lives.
We come into the world innocent and unaware and in just a few short years
make great physical and mental progress. Although play is an important
component of our young lives, in my view, there are significant benefits to be
gained from beginning formal education at an early age. My view is based on
intellectual and social reasons.
        Intellectually, the period from birth to six years is the most significant for
brain growth. A child who is surrounded by a rich multi-sensory environment
develops infinitely more connection between brain cells, which are the basis of
what we call “intelligence”. In this connection, the process of learning to read is
of particular significance because it has such a strong positive influence on neural
development. Although parents can provide this early intellectual stimulation, in
most cases working parents find it difficult to do so. This strengthens the case for
enrolling children in a formal education system, which can provide the necessary
resources and trained personnel to bring out the best in the child.
        Socially, being in a school environment teaches children both how to behave
themselves and also how to get along with other children and adults. These
lessons in human behaviour are as important as the formal subjects a child must
study. By learning how to follow rules, take turns and be respectful a child
becomes a part of the social nexus to which we all belong. The formal academic
experience, in an objective context, away from the family structure, also satisfies
the child’s growing sense of independence. Most children often “play school” in
any case, particularly if they have older siblings.
        In conclusion, early education offers children a host of benefits at different
levels. A child can always play after coming home; in the meantime, the school
experience sets the child on a path to success and self-confidence in a
competitive, demanding world.
TEST 15
Write an essay to an educated reader to discuss your opinions about the positive
and negative aspects of online shopping. Include reasons and any relevant
examples to support your answer. You should write at least 250 words.
        In this 21st century the growth of internet has changed our way of life, these
days nothing is hard, we can do everything online such as watching movies,
reading books, paying bills, shopping online, etc,. These days online shopping is
becoming very popular and has become the best choice for many people who do
shopping regularly. However, shopping online has some of positive and
negative aspects in life.
First and foremost it is the best, easiest and safest shopping in the history.
Even at midnight we can do our shopping since it is open 24/7 days and perhaps
you can purchase any item from online store without going to the store
physically. Secondly, it is affordable and convenient to do shopping online. And
moreover we need not have to wait in heavy traffic to reach the store in our area.
Lastly, this shopping helps us in keeping our friends and family together all the
time, by sending special gifts on behalf of us that ranges from flowers to
perfumes, from chocolate to jewellery items, etc, on their special occasions even if
we are far away from them.
        However, there are some negative impacts of shopping online. Online
shopping has not been the safest place to shop. Even in traditional malls there are
shoplifters, thieves, and bullies. But online shopping is one of the places were
identity thief occurs most frequently. Privacy and security on the Internet is not
as secure as it should be. Online shopping sites have tried to take precautions to
minimize these issues. Web sites are improving their security and surveillance on
a daily basis.
        To conclude, as we have found out there is no easy answers to this question.
Nevertheless, shopping online makes a huge difference to peoples' lives in term
of time saving and I believe that this is a positive impact in our society.

CHAPTER VII : LISTENING SKILLS

PART I : OVERVIEW OF LISTENING SKILLS
 THEORY
PHƯƠNG PHÁP HOÀN THÀNH  BÀI NGHE  TRONG KỲ THI
1. Phải nghe thường xuyên tập thói quen và hình thành 1 phản xạ nghe hiểu tự
nhiên.
2. Đọc lướt qua yêu cầu đề bài và nội dung bên dưới đề.
3.Với dạng bài nghe Gap-Filling các em nên ghi chú các từ, cụm từ quan trọng
nhất liên quan đến nội dung cần hoàn tất bên dưới ( trước hoặc sau chỗ trống
cần điền)
4.Dạng bài nghe hiểu chọn đáp án đúng nhất áp dụng phương pháp loại trừ đáp
án. Cần nghe kỹ và gạch chân các ý đã xuất hiện để áp dụng phương án loại trừ.
CÁC DẠNG NGHE THƯỜNG KIỂM TRA
Form 1. Listen and answer the questions
Part I :
Listen to the conversation between Cindy and Bob, then answer the following
questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for
each answer.
How many people are Cindy and Bob planning the picnic for?
        (1)                
On which date will the picnic be held?
        (2)                 
What is the total budget for food and drink per person?
        (3) £         
Which food does Bob specifically say is unsuitable?
        (4)                  
 Form 2. Listen and fill in words or numbers
Complete the following notes about the three catering companies Bob and Cindy
discuss.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER.
Paris Kitchen
- lack of variety of food
- poor quality (5) _______________
Company Caterers
- expensive
- (6) _______________ discount for groups of 30 or more
Celebrations
- new company
- only (7) ______________ for picnics
- vegetarian dishes offers free samples
Part II :
You will hear part of a radio tribute to a writer and zoologist who has recently
died. Complete the notes which summarise what the speaker says. You will need
to write a word or a short phrase in each blank.
1. Gerald Durrell wrote about his life in more than ______________.
2. He was born ___________.
3. After his father died, his family moved to both _________________.
4. The first word he spoke was ______________.
5. His book about his boyhood in Greece became a best seller and ____________.
6. He wanted his books to attract _____________.
7. Gerald’s books are full ______________
8. Unfortunatedly he became easily frustrated and on these occasions he had
____________.
Form 3. Listen and choose True or False statement.
Part III :
You will hear part of a talk about the protection of animals. Answer the questions by writing T
(for True), F (for False) in the boxes provided.
1. Few people attended the talk. 1.
2. Over population is threatening animal species. 2.
3. The zoo does not receive money from the government. 3.
4. There is no entrance fee for “friend” of the zoo. 4.
5. Adopting small animals cost £ 3,000 per year. 5.
Form 4. Listen and choose the best answer
Part IV :
You will hear a radio interview with a ghost hunter called Carlene Belfort.
Choose the correct answers.
1. How did Carlene become a ghost hunter?
        A. She wanted to contact her dead grandmother.
        B. She grew up in a haunted house.
        C. Her parents encouraged her.
        D. She had special power.
2. What, according to Carlene, do ghost hunters need most?
        A. a special gift                 B. equipment
        C. an adventurous mind        D. psychic power
3. Who does Carlene mostly work for?
        A. People who want reassurance         B. People who want to contact loved
ones
        C. People who want to find a ghost         D. People who do research about
ghost
4. What does Carlene think about people who don’t believe her?
        A. She doesn’t understand why they think that.
        B. She thinks they don’t have enough evidence.
        C. She wants them to experience it for themselves.
        D. She doesn’t care about them.
5. What does Carlene feel about her business?
        A. She realises she is taking advantage of customers.
        B. She feels she is providing a service.
        C. She wants to expand and make more money.
        D. She thinks it’s her responsibility to help people.
Form 5. Listen and circle the best answer (Look and choose the
appropriate pictures)
Part V :
Listen and circle the best answer .
1 - When will the man go to England

A B C
2 - What did Fred do yesterday?
 A B C
3 - What was the weather like on Saturday?

A B C
4 - What does Jack want for his birthday?

A B C
5 - When does the next train to Rome leave?

A B C

PART II : PRACTICES
CÁC BÀI NGHE CƠ BẢN
LISTENING TEST 1
I. You will hear five short conversations. Listen and circle the correct answer.
1. What time will the taxi arrive at the woman’s house?
        A. at 7.30        B. at 6.30        C. at 5.30
2. What will they give George?
        A. a bicycle        B. some videos        C. a guitar
3. Where will they sit?
        A. under a tree        B. in the sun.        C. in the car
4. What size does the woman buy?  
        A. 42.        B. 40.        C. 38.
5. Which ice cream will they have ?
        A. chocolate        B. coffee        C. banana
II. You will hear a woman telephone to a garage about her car. Listen and complete
questions 1 to 5. You will hear the conversation TWICE.
JACKSON’S GARAGE
1. Customer’s name:         
2. Trouble with car:         
3. Office address:         
4. Customer’s phone number:         
5. Type of car:         
III.You will hear some information about a farm. Listen and complete the questions given. You
will hear the conversation TWICE.
PARK FARM
1. To see: ………………………………………………………………....
2. Open at: ……………………………………………………………….
3. Family ticket costs: …………………………………………pounds.
4. Don’t bring: ……………………………………………………….…..
5. Not far from: ……………………………………………………….....
IV. Listen to Sarah talking to her friend, Jane, about a new job. Choose the best
answer (A, B, C or D). You will hear the conversation TWICE.
1. Sarah's boss wants a new …………………
        A. manager                B. shop assistant                C. worker                D.
secretary
2. Sarah usually starts work at ………………
        A. 6.00                B. 7.15                C. 8.30                D. 9.00
3. Sarah has lunch …………………………..
        A. in a café                B. in a park                C. at home                D. in a hotel
4. In the new job, Jane can have ……………
        A. 2 weeks’ holiday                                B. 3 weeks’ holiday                
        C. 4 weeks’ holiday                                D. 5 weeks’ holiday
5. The manager's name is Mr ……………….
        A. Fawset                B. Fawcett                C. Fauceet                D. Faucett
LISTENING TEST 2
 I. Listen to the conversation about living in the countryside in Japan. Circle A, B
or C to answer each question.
1.        Where is Sam living now?
        A. in England                B. in Japan                C. in Europe
2.        What does he like about the village?
        A. the mountains                B. the ocean                C. the pollution
3.        How does he feel about the people in the village?
        A. difficult                B. friendly                C. easy
4.        Which among these is true about Sam's attitude towards the weather in the
village?
        A. He likes it very much.               B. He thinks it is comfortable          
        C. He hates it.
5.        What is the most unusual about the village in Sam's opinion?
        A. There are many snakes.               B. All snakes are green.      
        C. Snakes like to stay in his office.
II.Listen and fill in the blanks with the information you hear (Write no more than one word).
Favorite subject: 1._______________________
Favorite sport:     2._______________________
Usual transport:   3._______________________
On:                     4 : ______________________Young Farmer Group
Future Job:         5._______________________
III. You will hear a telephone conversation between a travel consultant and a customer.
Listen carefully and fill in the missing information
Dreamtime travel agency
Tour information

Example Answer
Holiday name    Whale Watch Experience

Holiday length: 1._________________________________

Type of transportation: 2._________________________________
Maximum group size: 3._________________________________
Next tour date: 4._________________________________
Hotel name: 5. The_____________________________
IV. Listen to Philip talking to a friend about his photography course.
Choose the best answer (A, B or C) for each space .
1 - Where does Philip do the photography classes?
        A.Park College        B. City College         C. South College
2- What time do the photography classes begin?
          A. 5.15 pm        B. 6.00 pm        C.6.45 pm
3 - How much does Philip pay for the photography course?
        A. 55 pounds        B. 75 pounds        C.95 pounds
4 - Philip's happy with the course because he's
        A. learning about famous photographers
        B. using a new camera          
        C. getting better at photography
5- Philip thinks it's easy to take photographs of
        A. trees        B. animals        C. children
LISTENING TEST 3
I. You will hear five short conversations. You will hear each conversation twice.
There is one question for each conversation.
1.What colour is Kathy’s bedroom now?
        A. pink                       B. blue                                    C. green
2. Which platform does the woman’s train leave from?
        A. Platform 2               B. Platform 6                          C. Platform 10
3. How is Susan going to get the airport?
        A. by coach                B. by taxi                               C. by train
4. Her father is tall with dark hair, her mother is ________, her brother is 5
years ________ than her.
        A. tall ..... younger            B. tall ..... older.                     C.  short ..... younger
5. When is Kim’s birthday party?
        A.  On July 11th              B. On June 11th                      C. On May 11th
II. You will hear a man asking for information about the Westwood English School. Listen and
complete questions. You will hear the conversation twice.
WESTWOOD ENGLISH SCHOOL.
Evening classes on : Thursday
Next course starts on : (1) __________________________
Speaking class with : (2) __________________________
Cost for 12 classes : (3) __________________________
Address : (4) __________________________ Fitzroy Square.
School is next to the : (5) __________________________
III. You will hear an English woman called Britta talking to an interviewer
about her life in Berlin. For each question, circle the correct answer.
1. How long has Britta lived in Berlin?
        A. four years               B. six years        C. twenty years
2. What does Britta say about living in Berlin?
        A. She can’t sleep at night because of the traffic noise.
        B. She misses the museums and theatres in Bonn.
        C. She likes living in a big, busy city like Berlin.              
3. The area of Berlin where Britta lives is ________.
        A. a rather expensive place to live                          
        B. a good place to eat out
        C. a long way from the city centre                        
4. Britta says that her nephew, Philippe, likes going________.
        A. to the park with her                                  
        B. to the shop with his parents
        C. to a gallery with her                                
5. Britta has a lot of friends who________.
        A. live near her                    
        B. work with her      
        C. are still in England  
IV. Listen to a passage and fill in the blanks with correct words/phrases.
Life Is Good
I am happy. I have many (1) ________.I have a large family. I have four brothers
and four sisters. I am in the middle. Four brothers are older than me. Four sisters
are younger than me. I go to school. I am in the sixth grade. I like my teachers.
My teachers like me. I have friends in every class. My favorite class is history. I
like to read about (2) ________.History is a story about our past. Soon we will all
be history. Then kids in school will read about us. I hope they like our stories.
My best friend is Bobby. Bobby and I do many things together. We
(3)________together. We play  (4)________together. We ride our bikes together. I
have many other friends. We all go to the mall on weekends. We go to movies.
We go to (5)________.We tell jokes. We laugh. We have fun. Life is great!
LISTENING TEST 4
Part 1: You will hear FIVE short conversations. You will hear each conversation
twice. There is ONE question for each conversation. Listen and put a tick ( √)
under the right answer.
0. What time is it?

1. What was the weather like on Wednesday?

2. How much did Mark’s pullover cost?

3. What did Raquel buy today?

4. How many students are there at the college?

5. What is David going to buy?

Part 2: Listen to Chloe talking to a man about a sailing holiday. Listen and tick
(√) A, B or C. There is ONE example (0).  
0. Chloe wants to go to_________ .
        A. Italy                 B. Sweden                 C. Switzerland
6. How many times has Chloe been sailing before ?
        A. never                 B. once                 C. twice
7. How much can Chloe spend?
        A. £300                 B. £380                C. £450
8. Chloe will go in_________.
        A. August                 B. September                 C. October
9. Chloe would like to sail on_________.
        A. a lake                 B. the sea                 C. a river
10. How does Chloe want to pay?
        A. by cheque                 B. with cash                 C. by credit card
Part 3: You will hear some information about a cinema. Listen and complete
questions 1-5. You will hear the information twice.
CINEMA
Name of cinema: North London Arts Cinema
Next week’s film: (11)...........................Meeting
From Monday to (12).....................
Times: 6:45 p.m and (13)..................
Student ticket costs: (14) £.......................................
Nearest car park: (15).............................Street.
LISTENING TEST 5
I. Listen to five short recordings and for each recording you have to choose the
best of three pictures (A, B or C).
 1 - What do they need to buy?

2 - Where do they do their activity?

3 - What cannot the speaker borrow?

4 - Which shirt does the speaker prefer?

5 - Which animal were they able to visit?

II.You will hear a girl, Mollie, asking a friend about Hong Kong. Listen and
complete questions 1 to 5
HONG KONG
Airport                :Chek Lap Kok
Transport                :(1)________________
Child ticket                :(2)___________pence
Must visit                :
Museum of                  :(3)________________
Open                        :(4)______________ am
Bus stop                :(5)  _______________  Road South.
III. Listen and  Fill in the blank with NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS/NUMBERS from the talk.
1.The Mid-autumn festival is held on(1)________________of the eighth lunar
month.
2.The Mid-autumn festival is especially joyful to(2)________________
3.Fruit is prepared in fun(3)________________designs on the festival.
4.(4)________________are the special food on the Mid-autumn festival.
5.The traditional food of the Mid-autumn festival symbolizes Luck,
(5)________________, Health and Wealth.
IV.Listen to Diane talking to a friend about a trip to London.Choose the best
answer (A, B or C)
1 - Diane went to London yesterday
        A. morning        B. afternoon        C. evening
2 - Diane went to London by
        A. car        B. bus        C. underground
3 -Diane and her friends ate        
        A. Mexican food        B. Chinese food        C. Spanish food
4 - Diane says the restaurant was        
        A. full        B. expensive        C. quiet
5- During Dian's trip to London
        A. it rained        B. it snowed        C. it was windy
LISTENING TEST 6
I.  Listen to the recording and circle the appropriate answer A, B or C.
1. What did Richard buy at the shop?
        A. envelopes        B. papers        C. dictionary
2. What homework has Richard got tonight?
        A. Math        B. Art        C. Geography
3. Which of these is clean?
        A. Shorts         B. Football shirt        C. Socks
4. How is Richard going to get to the football game?
        A. By car        B. By bike        C. By bus
5. What job does Richard want to do?
        A. Photographer        B. Footballer        C. Pilot
II.  You will hear a man asking about theatre tickets. Listen and complete questions 6 to 10. You
will hear the conversation TWICE.
PLAYHOUSE THEATRE
EVENING SHOW: The White Room
    Time: (6)  ________________________________
AFTERNOON SHOW: (7) The School _____________________
    Time:  3  o’clock
Ticket prices: (8) £ 15 and £_______________________
All tickets £6 on: (9) ________________________________
Car park in : (10) ________________________Street.
III.  You will hear a young woman who has applied for an office job talking about
her jobs abroad. For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered
space. You will hear the recording TWICE.
Name        :Vicky Brownlo
Age        :22 years old
Position applied for        :Office Manager
Two years’ experience abroad:
* First job            - worked for         (11)         
              - length of time stayed (12)        
* Second job        - worked as         (13)           in a hotel.
* Third job           -  worked for        (14)         
                              - got up at         (15)         
Bank International: worked in foreign department desk.
IV.  Two overseas students called Spiros and Hiroko have just finished the first
semester of the university course. They are discussing with their English language
teacher how they coped with the course. Choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for
each space.
16. One reason why Spiros felt happy about his marketing presentation was that
        A. he was not nervous.        B. his style was good.
        C. the presentation was the best in his group.        D. the presentation was worst
in his group.
17. What surprised Hiroko about the other students’ presentations?
        A. Their presentations were not interesting.        B. They found their
presentations stressful.
        C. They didn’t look at the audience enough.        D. The audience did not clap
their hands.
18. After she gave her presentation, Hiroko felt
        A. delighted.        B. hungry.        C. embarrassed.        D. dissatisfied.
19. How does Spiros feel about his performance in tutorials?
        A. not very happy.        B. really pleased.        C. fairly confident.        D. lucky.
20. Why can the other students participate so easily in discussions?
        A. They are polite to each other.        B. They agree to take turns in speaking.
        C. They know each other well.        D. They have good preparations.
LISTENING TEST 7
Part I : Listen and tick(v) the box.
1.Where does her brother work ?
2.How does he go to work ?

3.When does he start work ?

4.What does he do for lunch ?

5.What did he do before he started this job ?

 Part II.
Part 1. Cindy’s father is taking phone for her. Listen and complete the forms.
HERE’S WHO CALL
Name        :(1)        
Message        :Nancy wants (2)         to call her as soon as (3)_______gets back.
Telephone        :(4)        
Taken by        :(5)        
Part 2: Listen again. Circle the correct answer.
1. _______is the person who answers the phone.
        A. Tom        B. Cindy        C. Nancy
2.  Cindy can’t take the phone because she is_______.
        A. busy        B. asleep        C. not home
3._______wants Cindy to call her as soon as she gets back.
        A. Tom        B. Cindy        C. Nancy
4. The caller is Cindy’s_______.
        A. friend        B. teacher         C.  boss
Part III. Listen and fill in the blanks.
Mr. Doe is at home tonight. He is reading a newspaper while his wife is tidying
up the cupboard. Freddy, their son is helping her with the chore.
Freddy         : Mum, (6) ________ should I put this  chemical stuff?
Mrs. Doe         : Well, put it on the (7) ________  over there so that the baby
cannot reach it.
Freddy        : How about these (8) ________ ?
Mrs. Doe         : All right. Put them in the  lockek cupboard in the (9) ________ .
Freddy         : I’ll do it right now. Anything else I can help you in the  kitchen ?
Mrs. Doe         : Well, unplug the (10)________ kettle, dear.
Freddy        : OK, mum.
LISTENING TEST 8
I. Listen to Max asking Tony about a concert. Tick A,B or C. You will hear the
conversation twice.
1. What kind of music do they play?
        A. modern rock        B. jazz                C. old rock
2. What time does the show begin?
        A. 9.00        B. 10.30        C. 11.00
3. Where is the show?
        A. next to the musieum                B. next to the music center        
        C. in Bell Street
4. How much do the tickets cost for students?
        A. £4        B. £8                C. £12
5. What is the Seagulls?
        A. a restaurant        B. a farm        C. a cafe'
II. You will hear some information about a painting contest. Listen and complete questions. 
Wellbrooke School Painting Contest
Registration: Main Hall
Sports Hall:
Age Group        : (1) __________to__________year-olds
Display        : photographs of (2)__________sights
Dining room:
Age Group        : (3)__________to__________year-olds
Price of sculptures        : (4)__________.
Winner announanced        : (5) __________pm.
III. You will hear a tour guide talking about a day trip. Listen and complete the questions.
TRIP TO CHESTER
Coach leaves        : 9.15 a.m
Arrives Chester        : (1)_______________
Morning visit        : (2)_______________
Price of family ticket        : (3)_______________
Lunch in        : (4)_______________
Afternoon visit        : (5)_______________
IV. Listen to the recording and choose the best answer to the questions below.
1.What does the speaker say about apes?
        A.Apes can learn even a few words.        B.Apes can join words and make
sentences.
        C.Apes can think as we do.        D.Apes think about the past but not the
future.
2. Why are men different from animals according to scientists?
         A.Because men can learn.        
        B.Because men can talk in many different languages.
        C.Because men cannot talk about the past or the future.
        D.Because men have learnt to use language.
3.Why can men speak according to the scientists?
        A.Because they have a big brain.        
        B.Because they teach their children.
        C.Because they know how animals learn to speak.
        D.Because they can make sounds and noises.  
4. How can apes understand some things according to the scientists?
        A.They can’t do   as well as men do.        B.They can do better than men do.
        C.They can do faster than men do.        D.They hardly ever do faster than
men.
5. What  do men have to develop civilization?
        A.They have a big brain.        B.They have language.  
        C.They have a lot of children.        D.They have a wonderful view about the
future.
LISTENING TEST 9
I. Listen  to five short conversations. You will hear each conversation twice. For
1-5, put a tick (√) under the right answer.
1. When is the party?
         A. Tuesday               B. Wednessday             C Thursday           D. Sunday
2. Where are the glasses?
        A. on the floor             B. on the table               C. On the chair           D. on the
bed
3. How much are those shoes?
        A. £10                         B. £16.50                        C. £ 15.60            D. £ 16
4. What will the weather like in the afternoon?
        A. rainy                       B. sunny                   C. cloudy                D. wet
5. What time will she take the train?
        A. five fifty                  B. a quarter to four             C. five ten            D.  five past
five
II.You will hear a man leaving a message. Listen and complete questions. You will hear the
information twice.
PHONE MESSAGE
From        :Bike shop
Colour of bike        :(1)____________________
Bike costs        :(2)£___________________
Shop has also got        :(3) ___________________bicycle
Come tonight before         :(4)___________________p.m
Address to go to           :(5)___________________King Street.
III. Listen and write in the missing words.
There were many whales swimming in the (1)___________a long time ago. Then
they were hunted and killed by Native American hunters. They hunted whales
for food, oil, and other items. Seventy years ago, they were told to stop killing
whales because the number of whales was so small. But the Native Americans
were(2)___________that they could start hunting whales again afterwards. The
(3)___________was that some people did not want the whales to be killed but the
Native Americans wanted to do what ancestors had done for many years and to
(4)___________their children about their past. They also think that it helps the
group to stay together. Moreover, they are still allowed to hunt a limited number
of whales to feed their (5)___________.If people kept hunting whales, there
would not be these wonderful animals any longer.
IV. You will hear a program talking about Health Problems Caused by Smoking.
For each question, circle the best answer among A, B , C or D
1. Smoking is the leading cause of ____________.
                A. mumps               B. canner                 C. heart disease               D.
sorethroat
2. Who is talked in the program this week ?
                A. Barack Obama president                        B. Bush president
                C. Bill Clinton president                              D. Trump president
3. What did doctors give the president suggestions so that he can stay healthy ?
        A. stopping smoking                B. doing more exercise                 
        C. moderate working                             D. stop working
4. How many people are skilled by smoking worldwide every year?
        A. five million people         B. about five million people        
        C. more five million people            D. nine million people
5.Which disease does smoking causes frequently?
        A. circulatory disease.                 B. digestive disease
        C. respiratory disease                  D. cancer disease
LISTENING TEST 10
I. You will hear five short conversations (twice for each). There is one question
for each conversation. Choose the right answer A, B, C or D.
1. What doesn’t the girl like about her photo?
        A. her eyes         B. her nose         C. her dress                
2. Which is the boy’s next lesson?
        A. Math        B. Music         C. Geography                 
3. What will the woman do first?
        A. Paint the walls         B. Clean the floor        C. Clean the window        
4. What do they need to buy for dinner?
        A. Some pasta        B. Some fish         C. Some tomatoes        
5. What did Joe get for her birthday?
A. The CD player        B. The bike         C. The CD                 
II. You will hear a man called Ben, from a young people’s organization telling a
youth group about a course they can do on Saturdays. For each question, fill in
the missing information in the numbered space. You will hear the information
twice.
(NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS)
Saturday Course
Name of Ben’s organization:                               (6)____________________
Aim of course: Discovering                             (7)  ___________________
Closest course location for this group:               (8)  ___________________
Length of course:                                                 (9)____________________weeks.
Examples of activities we will do:
       - Learn how to climb
       - Cut up wood
       - Make a                                                     (10)  __________________
       - Design a bird house
III. You will hear a school teacher talking to a group of students about a national poetry
competition. For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered space. You will
hear the information twice. (NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS)
POETRY COMPETITION FOR SCHOOL
The competition for 11-14s is called the         (11)_____________________Prize
The topic for this year is:                                 (12)_____________________
The title of last year’s winning poem was:        (13)_____________________
This year the prize money available is :          (14)__________________ euros
For further help, see the :                                     (15)_____________________
IV. You will hear an interview with a singer called Nick Parker who plays in a
band called Krispy with his sister Mel. For each question, choose the right
answer A, B, C or D.
16. When Nick and Mel were younger, ______
        A. they played music in a band with his father.
        B. like their mother, their father never took them to live concerts.
        C. their mother discouraged them from playing music professionally.
        D. they studied music together in a band at school.
17. When Nick and Mel started writing music together, ______
        A. they knew how to mix the styles effectively.
        B. they had the same influence on music.
        C. they didn’t want to work together in a band at first.
        D. they both loved international music especially bands from Africa.
18. The band Krispy started after ______
        A. Nick and Mel began studying music at a music school for the gifted.
        B. Nick and Mel wanted to join a band after watching them play live.
        C. Nick and Mel advertised for band members when they gave live concerts.
        D. They received a request to play music together with two other students.
19. In the band’s first year, ______
        A. they only wrote and practised playing music at Nick’s home.
        B. the local audiences loved the music they played.
        C. their parents helped them to sign a music contract.
        D. they started to tour around the country after two successful songs.
20. What does Nick say about life in the band today?
        A. The older members look after Nick and Mel.
        B. There’s no opportunity for them to relax together.
        C. Their brother and sister give great care to them.
        D. Sometimes they stay in one place more than a fortnight to relax.
CÁC BÀI NGHE NÂNG CAO
LISTENING TEST 11
Part 1. (Questions 1 – 5) You will hear five students who are studying away from home. They
are talking about their accommodation. Choose from the list of letters (A-F) what each
speaker says about their accommodation. Use the letters only once. There is one extra letter
that you do not need to use.        
1. Speaker 1: ____________         A   There were few chances for me to socialize there.  
2. Speaker 2: ____________ B   I have recommended it to others.
3. Speaker 3: ____________ C   I should have thought more about being independent.
4. Speaker 4: ____________ D   I got on well with my roommate despite a few
5. Speaker 5: ____________ disagreements.
E   I made a mistake there at first.  
F   I was able to settle into a new area.  

Part 2. (Questions 6 – 10) You will hear an interview with someone who has
started a magazine for children. Listen and choose the best answer (A, B, or C).
6. When talking about her job as a primary school teacher, Kate emphasizes
        A. how good she was as a teacher.
        B. how difficult the children could be.
        C. how much effort the job required.
7. What does Kate say about enthusiasm?
        A. Children can not maintain it for long.
        B. Children respond positively to it.
        C. Children experience it more than adults.
8. Kate says that she learned from her research that children
         A. don’t like texts that have too much serous content.
        B. don’t know some words that she had expected them to know.
        C. don’t want to feel that they are being considered inferior.
9. Kate says that the magazine makes use of the Internet because
        A. some children prefer using it to learn about subjects.
        B. some subjects can not be covered fully in the magazine.
        C. It is used a great deal in connection with some school work.
10. Kate says that one of her aims for the magazine is to
        A. include subjects that children don’t normally read about.
B. encourage children to choose what they want as an career.
C. create an interest in subjects some children consider boring.
Part 3.
(Questions 11 – 14) Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN
TWO WORDS for each answer.
11. The coach is comfortable because it is________________.
12. After all passengers are abroad, the coach will make its first stop
at________________Island.
13. The ‘tree top walk’ is above a ________________.
14. Passengers will have a________________with the alpacas before boarding the
bus for home.
 (Questions 15 – 20). Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR
A NUMBER  for each answer.
DREAMTIME TOURS
Booking at    15. ............................ or Tel: 07 5562 4402
16. ............................ TOUR
SUNDAY, MONDAY, FRIDAY
COSTS: FULL-DAY TOUR
280km
DEPARTS:
Adult $37.00 Coolangatta 7:50 a.m.
17. ............................ $33.00 Bruleigh 8:10 a.m.
Child (4 – 14 years) $10.00 Surfers Paradise 18. ............................
Family (2 Adults, 2 $94.00 Labrador   8:45 a.m.
Children)
Prices include 19. ............................ only*
Free pick-up at your resort, hotel, or motel
*
Not included in the fare: Optional tours, luncheons, morning or afternoon tea (unless
otherwise specified), 20. ............................
Meals and refreshments are available at all stops (at your own cost)
LISTENING TEST 12
Part 1. Listen and choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
Global Design Competition
1. Students entering the design competition have to
        A. produce an energy-efficient design.
        B. adapt an existing energy-saving appliance.
        C. develop a new user for current technology.
2. John chose a dishwasher because he wanted to make dishwashers.
        A. more appealing
        B. more common
        C. more economical
3. The stone in John’s “Rockpool” design is used
        A. for decoration
        B. to switch it on
        C. to stop water escaping
4. In the holding chamber, the carbon dioxide
        A. changes back to a gas.
        B. dries the dishes.
        C. is allowed to cool.
5. At the end of the cleaning process, the carbon dioxide
        A. is released into the air.
        B. is disposed of with the waste.
        C. is collected ready to be re-used.
Part 2.  You will hear five different students talking about their first year at
university.  Choose from the list (A-F) what each student says about the course
they took. Use the letters only once. There is one extra letter which you do not
need to use.
A.  I had to face some criticism when I chose a subject to study.        1. Speaker 1
______
B.  I was able to change an earlier decision about my studies.        2. Speaker 2
______
C. I'm pleased that I'm able to combine studying with a job.        3. Speaker 3
______
D.  I had to be careful when choosing which college to study at.        4. Speaker 4
______
E.  I had to give up a good job to concentrate on my studies.        5. Speaker 5
______
F.  I'm happy to have an active social life while at college.
Part 3.  Complete the note below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
History of fireworks in Europe
th th
13 -16  centuries
 Fireworks were introduced from China.
 Their use was mainly to do with:
  War
 1. ................................... ( in plays and festivals)
th
17  century
 Various features of 2. ................................... were shown in fireworks
displays.
 Scientists were interested in using ideas from fireworks displays:
 To make human 3. ................................... possible
 To show the formation of 4. ...................................
 London:
 Scientists were distrustful at first
 Later, they investigated 5. ................................... uses of fireworks (e.g. for
sailors)
  St Petersburg:
 Fireworks were seen as a method of 6. ................................... for people
 Paris:
 Displays emphasized the power of the 7. ...................................
 Scientists aimed to provide 8. ...................................
th
18  century
  Italian fireworks specialists became influential.
 Sevandoni’s fireworks display followed the same patterns as
an 9. ...................................
 The appeal of fireworks extended to the middle classes.
 Some displays demonstrated new scientific discoveries such
as 10. ...................................
LISTENING TEST 13
I. Questions 1-10.
Listen to an interview with Mick Davidson, an animal rights activist,
and complete the sentences. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/
OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the correspondent
numbered boxes.
* Animal rights protesters destroyed expensive___________(1) at a research
laboratory.
* Davidson believes that using animals in experiments is a___________(2).
* Firms need a lot of money to set up ___________ (3).
* Davidson hasn’t got any shoes that are made of ___________(4).
* Newspapers publish ___________ (5) that Mick Davidson has written.
* Davidson damaged a fur coat in a shop in ___________ (6).
* In one illegal action, Davidson removed video ___________(7) from a
laboratory, which halted the research.
* In the attack on a laboratory, Davidson and his ADG colleagues took thirty
___________ (8) away with them.
* Davidson doesn’t support the use of ___________ (9), except against property.
* The ADG has apologized to people that they have harmed without ___________
(10).
II. Questions 1-5.
You are going to listen to a conversation with a woman who wants to join an international
social club. Listen and complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/ OR A
NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the correspondent numbered boxes.
International  Social Club                                
 APPLICATION FORM
Name:                                           Jenny Foo
Age:                                              21
Nationality:                                 (1) _______________
Address:                                      (2) _____________ Road, Bondi
Mobile phone:                            (3) _______________
Occupation:                                (4) _______________
Free time interests:                    (5) _______________
III. Questions 1-5
You will hear a radio with a road safety expert on the topic of road rage then
choose the best answer. Write your answers in the correspondent numbered
boxes.
1. James says that drivers become angry if _____________.
            A. they think they will be delayed.        B. other drivers threaten them.
            C. other people don’t drive as well as they do.        D. they lose control of
their car.
2. Revenge rage can lead motorists to ________________.
            A. chase after dangerous drivers.        B. become distracted whilst driving.
            C. deliberately damage another car.        D. take unnecessary risks.
3. Most ‘revenge ragers’ are ______________.
            A. young male drivers.        B. drivers of large vehicles.
            C. inexperienced drivers.        D. people who drive little.
4. What, according to James, does the experiment with grass show?
            A. people living in country areas are better drivers.
            B. strong smells help us drive more safely.
            C. our surroundings can affect the way we drive.
            D. regular breaks on a journey keep drivers calm.
5. James thinks the hi-tech car _________________.
            A. sounds less irritating than a passenger.        B. is not very reliable.
            C. could cause further anger.        D. would be difficult to control.
 LISTENING TEST 14
Part 1: Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER
for each answer.
Cycle tour leader: Applicant enquiry
Example:
Name: Margaret .............Smith.............
About the applicant:
•    wants a (1) ____________job
•    will soon start work as a doctor
•    has led cycle trips in (2) ____________
•    interested in being a leader of a cycling trip for families
•    is currently doing voluntary work with members of a (3) ____________club
•    available for five months from the 1st of May
•    can’t eat (4) ____________
Contact details:
•    address: 27 (5) ____________Place, Dumfries
•    postcode: (6) ____________
Interview:
•    interview at 2.30 pm on Tuesday
•    will plan a short (7) ____________about being a tour guide
Part 2: You will hear a radio programme about a bird called a
peacock. For questions 8 15, complete the sentences.
 The Peacock
People say that the peacock's tail looks similar to a (8)____________ .
The original home of the blue peacock is in India.
Peacocks were first kept by people as long as (9)____________years ago .
The peacock's (10)____________is long and thin.
The coloured spots on the peacock's tail are known as (11) ____________  .
The female peahen is mostly (12) ____________  in colour.
In English, some people are described as being as (13) ____________as a peacock.
In the wild, peacocks usually live close to (14) ____________ in the forest.
Peacocks usually spend time in trees when they want to sleep.
At Peacock Paradise in Malaysia, you can see (15)____________as well as birds.
Part 3: Listen to the extract of a television travel program, and then decide whether each of
the following statements is true or false.
Statements T F
16. A British passport holder has to pay $10 for a visa at the
border of Guatemala.        
17. A new limit of seven days will be imposed on tourist
visas to visit Burma.        
 18.  Tourists arriving in Burma will not be allowed to visit the
capital, Rangoon.
19. At the moment, the only place you can obtain a visa to
visit Burma is in Bangkok.
20.  Not all resorts on the Costa del Sol will be offering
reductions for children next year.
Part 4: You will hear an interview with an architect called Lucy Collett who
designs small buildings. Choose the answer (А, В, C or D) which fits best
according to what you hear.
21. Lucy enjoyed building the tree-house because it _________.
        A. gave her children somewhere to play                         
        B. presented an interesting design problem 
        C. demonstrated the type of work she does                
        D. allowed her to fulfil a childhood ambition
22. What fascinated Lucy about the historical phone boxes? 
        A. their international character         B. their luxurious interiors 
C. their range of styles        D.  the quality of their construction
23. At college, Lucy designed small buildings so that they _________.
        A. could be assembled in a shorter time                 
        B. would comply better with safety rules 
        C. would have a wider range of uses                        
        D. could be built in a simpler style
24.  Lucy got the idea for a folding market stall _________.
        A. from her parents                 B. from travelling salesmen 
C. while she was at a trade fair        D. while she was on an overseas trip
25. The hotel phone booths which Lucy worked on were _________.
A. developed with mobile phone users in mind 
B. designed for countries with relatively few mobile phones 
C. placed at the entrance to the hotel lobby
D.  intended to be the largest feature of the lobby
LISTENING TEST 15
SECTION I.
Complete the notes below: Write ONE WORD for each answer(Question 1 – 6)
SELF-DRIVE TOURS IN THE USA
Example:
Name: Andrea ____Brown____a
Address:    24  (1) _______________Road
Postcode: BH5 2OP
Phone: (mobile) 077 8664 3091
Heard about company from: (2) _______________.
Possible self-drive tours:
Trip 1:
 Los Angeles customer wants to visit: (3) _______________parks with her
children.
 Yosemite Park customer wants to stay in a lodge, not
a (4) _______________.
Trip 2:
 Customer wants to see the (5) _______________on the way to Cambria.
 At Santa Minoca: not interested in shopping.
 At San Diego, wants to spend time on the (6) _______________.
Complete the notes below(Question 7-10)
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Number Total Price (per Includes
of days distance person)
Trip 12 days (7) _________ £ 525  accommodation
1  car
 one (8) _________
Trip 9 days 980 km (9) £_________  accommodation
2  car
 (10) _________
SECTION II.
Choose the best correct letter A, B, or C (Question 11-15)
MANHAM PORT
11. Why did a port originally develop at Manham?
        A. It was safe from enemy attack.
        B. It was convenient for river transport.
        C. It had a good position on the sea coast.
12. What caused Manham’s sudden expansion during the Industrial Revolution?
        A. the improvement in mining technologies.
        B. the increase in demand for metals.
        C. the discovery of tin in the sea.
13. Why did rocks have to be sent away from Manham to be processed?
        A. shortage of fuel
        B. poor transport systems
        C. lack of skills among local people
14. What happened when the port declined in the twentieth century?
        A. The workers went away.
        B. Traditional skills were lost.
        C. Buildings were used for new purposes.
15. What did the Manham Trust hope to do?
        A. discover the location of the original port
        B. provide jobs for the unemployed
        C. rebuild the port complex
Answer the following questions (Question 16-20)
16.Where should visitors start their visit?
        _______________________________________________________________
17.Who shouldn’t be taken into the mine?
        _______________________________________________________________
18. Where should visitors visit next?
        _______________________________________________________________
19.What is the name of the beautiful old sailing ketch near the school?
        _______________________________________________________________
20.By whom was the ship’s wheel dredged  out of the silt?
        _______________________________________________________________
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer(Question 21-25)
TOURSIT ATTRACTIONS IN MANHAM
Place Features and activities Advice
Copper mine specially adapted miners’ (21) the mine is (22) ____________
______________ take visitors and enclosed – unsuitable for
into the mountain children and animals
Village classroom and a special a (24) _____________ is
school exhibition of (23) recommended
______________
‘The George’ the ship’s wheel (was lost but children shouldn’t use the
(old sailing has now been restored) (25) ____________
ship)
LISTENING TEST 16
Question 1: Complete the notes below by writing NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS in the
spaces provided.
CAR INSURANCE
Example                           Answer
Name:                         Patrick Jones
Address:                 (1)……………………, Greendale
Contact number:    730453
Occupation:            (2) ……………………
Size of car engine:  1200cc                             Type of car:
                                                                                   Manufacturer: Hewton
                                                                                   Model:  Sable
                                                                                   Year:    1997
Previous insurance company:                        Any insurance claims in the last five
years?
(3) ……………………                                              Yes     
                                                                                    No      
                                                                           If yes, give brief details:
                                                                                    Car was (4) ……………………in
1999
Name(s) of other driver(s):                             Uses of car: - social
Simon (5) ……………………                                               - traveling to work
Relationship to main driver:
(6) ……………………            
Start date: 31 January
Recommended Insurance arrangement
Name of company: (7) ……………………      
Annual cost: $450
Question 2: You will hear a photographer called Ian Gerrard talking about his
career. For question 1 – 8, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.
Ian Gerrard – photographer
The subject that Ian studied at university was (1)________________.
Ian did a presentation on (2)________________as part of his final year.
Ian worked for a (3)________________in the USA for a year after leaving
university.
When he travelled around the USA, Ian choose (4) ________________as the
theme for his photographs.
Ian says that (5)________________in the season when he takes the best
photographs.
Ian says he was surprised by how few photographers specialize in shots of
(6)________________communities.
The title of Ian’s book is (7)________________
Ian has chosen (8)________________as the theme for his next tour.
Question 3: Indicate whether the following statements are true or false by
writing T for true, F for false and (?) if there is insufficient information.
1. Now some people still take a risk when the police officer is away on Newland
Street.
2. The police officer there doesn’t get any pay for the work.
3. Officer Springirth is a real man and he is a volunteer there.
4. Officer Springirth helps the police to reduce the crime rate in Chase Village.
5. The police department will put more mannequins on other roads.
Question 4: Listen to the recording and circle the appropriate letter.
1. What does Peter want to drink?
        A. tea        B. coffee        C. a cold drink
2. What caused Peter problems at the bank?
        A.  The exchange rate was down.
        B. He was late.
        C. The computers weren’t working.
3. Who did Peter talk to at the bank?
        A. an old friend        B. an American man        C. a German man
4. Henry gave Peter a map of
        A. the city.        B. the bus routes.        C. the train system.
5. What do Peter and Sally decide to order?
        A. food and drinks        B. just food        C. just drinks
LISTENING TEST 17
I. Listen and choose the correct letter A, B, or C. You are going to listen to the
recording twice. 1. 1. What does the charity Forward thinking do?
        A. It funds and art exhibitions in hospitals.
        B. It produces affordable materials for art therapy.
        C. It encourages the use of arts projects in healthcare.
2. What benefit of Forward thinking’s work does Jasmine mention?
        A. People avoid going to hospital.
        B. Patients require fewer drugs.
        C. Medical students do better in tests.
3. When did the organization become known as Forward thinking?
        A. 1986        B. in the 1990's        C. 2005
4. Where does Forward thinking operate?
        A. within Clifton city
        B. in all parts of London
        C. in several towns and villages near Clifton
5. Jasmine explains that the Colvin Centre is
        A. a school for people with health problems.
        B. a venue for a range of different activities.
        C. a building which needs repairing.
II. Listen and mark each of the following statements TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
You are going to listen to the recording twice.
6. Stan Leach is a member of a sport club specializing in adventure sports
7. Walking is the most popular outdoors activity in Britain
8. Climbing is a terrifying sport even when you are experienced.
9. Stan went on a day- climb on his own in Scotland.
10. You do not need to pay a huge amount of money if you want to take up
mountain biking.
III. Complete the notes below. Write ONE WORD for each answer. You are
going to listen to the recording twice.
Questions 11-15:
Manufacturing in the English Midlands
 In the eighteenth century, the (11) _____________________ still
determined how most people made a living
 In the ground were minerals which supported the many (12)
_____________________ of the region.
 Since the late sixteenth century the French settlers had made (13)
_____________________.
 In Cheshire (14) _____________________ was mined and transported on
the river Mersey.
 Potters worked in a few (15) _____________________ situated on the
small hills of the North Staffordshire.
Questions 16-20:
Pottery notes
Earthenware
      Advantages:
 potters used (16) _____________________ clay
 saved money on (17) _____________________
       Disadvantages:
 needed two firings in the kiln to be (18)
_____________________
 fragile led to high (19) _____________________ during
manufacturing
Stoneware
 more expensive but better.
 made from a (20) _____________________ of clay and flint
LISTENING TEST 18
Part 1. In this part, you will hear a radio interview with a ghost hunter called
Carlene Belfort. For questions 1-5, choose the best answer. You should listen to
the audio twice
1.   How did Carlene become a ghost hunter?
1. she wanted to contact her dead grandmother
2. she grew up in a haunted house
3. her parents encouraged her
2.   What, according to Carlene, do ghost hunters need most?
1. a special gift
 2. equipment
3. an adventurous mind
3.   Who does Carlene mostly work for?
1. people who want reassurance
2. people who want to contact loved ones
3. people who want to find a ghost
4.   How does Carlene detect when ghosts are present?
1. She feels cold.
2. She gets evidence from her equipment.
3. She feels them touching her hair.
5.   What does Carlene think about people who don’t believe her?
1. She doesn’t understand why they think that.
2. She thinks they don’t have enough evidence.
3. She wants them to experience it for themselves.
Part 2. You will listen to a piece of news about cycling. For questions 1-5,
decide whether the statements are true or false.         
1. Mr Jones is travelling on his own.                 True / False
2. Mr Jones only stays in hotels.                True / False
3. Edward Genochio completed a 41.000km trip to China and
back.        True / False
4. Cycling is becoming more popular in the UK.                 True / False
5. Boris Johnson cycles to show people that he cares about the
environment        True / False
Part 3. You will hear the head teacher of a school talking to a group of parents
about an international student exchange programme. Complete the table
below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORD for each answer.
INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMME
 The school's exchange programme is called 1. ____________
 A return visit is then arranged 2. ____________ later
 Children first get to know their exchange partners by taking part in
a 3. ____________ scheme.
 The programme is not only intended for students who enjoy
using 4.  ____________
 The two countries most often visited on the programme
are 5. ____________
 Some students suffer from problems such as homesickness
and 6.____________
 To help students who have problems, a qualified 7. ____________
is always available.
  Local visits are described as being 8.____________ and
also 9. ____________
 Students enjoy visiting 10. ____________ parks most of all.
LISTENING TEST 19
Part 1: Listen carefully to the short conversation and question in the recording
and then choose the best answer to the question.
1. WHERE DOES THIS CONVERSATION PROBABLY TAKE
PLACE?  
        A. In a photograph studio.
        B. In a biology.
        C. In an office.
        D. In the library.
2. WHO IS THE MAN?
        A. He’s a pilot.
        B. He’s a flight attendant.
        C. He’s a member of the ground crew.
        D. He works clearing land.
3.         WHAT WILL THE MAN PROBABLY DO?
        A. Wash the dishes immediately.
        B. Use as many dishes as possible.
        C. Wash the dishes for as long as possible.
        D. Wait until later to clean up.
4.         WHERE DOES THIS CONVERSATION PROBABLY TAKE PLACE?  
        A. In a bank.
        B. In a restaurant.
        C. At a service station.
        D. In a beauty salon.
5.         WHO IS THE MAN?
        A. A salesclerk in a shoe store.
        B. A shoe repairperson.
        C. A party caterer.
        D. A salesclerk in a fixtures department.
Part 2: Listen and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).  
New inventions
True False
1. Wing-suits are getting cheaper.
2. Gabriele Diamanti's water distiller is powered by the sun.
3. The "enable talk gloves" help people to use sign language in really
cold
conditions.
4. James Cameron invented a new underwater camera.
5. The last invention is a way of producing clouds indoors.
Part 3: Listen and fill in the missing information.
1. Some of you are probably fantastic at studying, really organized
and __________.
2. It’s a good idea to have some kind of plan or __________.
3. If you’re studying for an important exam, it’s important to think
__________.
4. Make sure the place where you’re going to study is comfortable,
with no distracting
__________.
5.         If you have to work near a TV, you might have to use __________ to
drown out the         sound of the TV.
6. While you’re studying, you should __________ the internet, text
message, Facebook, etc.
7. You should plan your studying and take regular __________.
8. It is better to write notes, so your mind is __________ the
information more.
9. Mind maps seem to work in the same way the __________works.
10. Which study method you choose all depends on your personal
__________.
LISTENING TEST 20
PART 1.
You are going to listen a journalist called Max Wilson talking about a book
about luck in sport by Matthew Syed. Listen to the whole interview and
choose the best answer A, B, or C.
1. Max says that top sportspeople usually believe their success is due to
        A. good fortune
        B. hard work
        C. natural skill
2. According to Max, the examples of recent sporting achievements prove
        A. that people in general have become stronger and fitter
        B. that standards are getting higher
        C. that technology is responsible for improved performance
3. In the book Matthew Syed says he had a greater chance of success because of
        A. his parents’ love of table tennis.
        B. his competitive brother.
        C. his own ambition.
4. That advantage is mentioned of the Omega Club when Matthew joined?
        A. It was open all the time.
        B. It had a lot of good players.
        C. It had great facilities.
5. Max says that a ten-year investigation has shown that lucky people  
        A. believe they will succeed.
        B. look for good opportunities.
        C. depend less on talent.
PART 2.
Listen to a nutritionist called Penny Flack talking about the effects of health
and diet in some countries around the world. Are these statements True (T) or
False (F)?)
EATING FOR HEALTH
1.        A quarter of Europeans and Americans are now said to be obese.        
2.        American politicians have been discussing how to tackle the causes and
        consequences of obesity.                                
3.        High-fat cheese and meat is causing the French to become obese.        
4.        Heart disease is becoming more common in Japan and Greenland.        
5.        Scientists have discovered that a number of spices used in Indian cooking
can improve brain health.
PART 3.
Listen to a talk on insomnia – the inability to sleep properly. Complete the following notes on
the talk about insomnia. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each
answer.
 CAUSES
People may have trouble falling asleep due to worries about exams or a (1)
_____________
It can be due to (2) _____________factors: noise, light, no privacy.
It can be due to occupational factors: working irregular hours, overworking, too
much (3) _____________, high stress.
 SOLUTIONS
In situations where the patient is suffering from illness and physical discomfort,
a doctor may give them (4) _____________or (5) _____________
(6) _____________before going to bed.
Watch your diet. Don’t eat a large meal in the evening. Avoid alcohol, cola and
coffee.
Drink herbal tea (e.g. camomile)  or (7) _____________
Don’t take naps during (8) _____________
Take a (9) _____________before bed or after exercise.
Cut down on (10) _____________in the evening.
Trần Trường Thành (Giáo trình bồi dưỡng HSG và CHUYÊN ANH cấp
THCS 2022 )